Voicemail Pro Installation

IP Office
Voicemail Pro
15-601063 Issue 20b - (11 July 2008)

© 2008 AVAYA All Rights Reserved.
Notice
While reasonable efforts were made to ensure that the information in this document was complete and accurate at the time of
printing, Avaya Inc. can assume no liability for any errors. Changes and corrections to the information in this document may be
incorporated in future releases.
Documentation Disclaimer
Avaya Inc. is not responsible for any modifications, additions, or deletions to the original published version of this
documentation unless such modifications, additions, or deletions were performed by Avaya.
Link Disclaimer
Avaya Inc. is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked Web sites referenced elsewhere within this
Documentation, and Avaya does not necessarily endorse the products, services, or information described or offered within
them. We cannot guarantee that these links will work all of the time and we have no control over the availability of the linked
pages.
License
USE OR INSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT INDICATES THE END USER’S ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS SET FORTH
HEREIN AND THE GENERAL LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA WEBSITE AT
http://support.avaya.com/LicenseInfo/ (“GENERAL LICENSE TERMS”). IF YOU DO NOT WISH TO BE BOUND BY THESE
TERMS, YOU MUST RETURN THE PRODUCT(S) TO THE POINT OF PURCHASE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF DELIVERY
FOR A REFUND OR CREDIT.
Avaya grants End User a license within the scope of the license types described below. The applicable number of licenses and
units of capacity for which the license is granted will be one (1), unless a different number of licenses or units of capacity is
specified in the Documentation or other materials available to End User. “Designated Processor” means a single stand-alone
computing device. “Server” means a Designated Processor that hosts a software application to be accessed by multiple users.
“Software” means the computer programs in object code, originally licensed by Avaya and ultimately utilized by End User,
whether as stand-alone Products or pre-installed on Hardware. “Hardware” means the standard hardware Products, originally
sold by Avaya and ultimately utilized by End User.
License Type(s): Designated System(s) License (DS).
End User may install and use each copy of the Software on only one Designated Processor, unless a different number of
Designated Processors is indicated in the Documentation or other materials available to End User. Avaya may require the
Designated Processor(s) to be identified by type, serial number, feature key, location or other specific designation, or to be
provided by End User to Avaya through electronic means established by Avaya specifically for this purpose.
Copyright
Except where expressly stated otherwise, the Product is protected by copyright and other laws respecting proprietary rights.
Unauthorized reproduction, transfer, and or use can be a criminal, as well as a civil, offense under the applicable law.
Third-Party Components
Certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Product may contain software distributed under third party
agreements (“Third Party Components”), which may contain terms that expand or limit rights to use certain portions of the
Product (“Third Party Terms”). Information identifying Third Party Components and the Third Party Terms that apply to them is
available on Avaya’s web site at: http://support.avaya.com/ThirdPartyLicense/
Avaya Fraud Intervention

If you suspect that you are being victimized by toll fraud and you need technical assistance or support, call Technical Service
Center Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at +1-800-643-2353 for the United States and Canada. Suspected security
vulnerabilities with Avaya Products should be reported to Avaya by sending mail to: securityalerts@avaya.com.
For additional support telephone numbers, see the Avaya Support web site (http://www.avaya.com/support).
Trademarks
Avaya and the Avaya logo are registered trademarks of Avaya Inc. in the United States of America and other jurisdictions.
Unless otherwise provided in this document, marks identified by “®,” “™” and “SM” are registered marks, trademarks and
service marks, respectively, of Avaya Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Documentation information
For the most current versions of documentation, go to the Avaya Support web site (http://www.avaya.com/support) or the IP
Office Knowledge Base (http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/).
Avaya Support
Avaya provides a telephone number for you to use to report problems or to ask questions about your contact center. The
support telephone number is 1 800 628 2888 in the United States. For additional support telephone numbers, see the Avaya
Web site: http://www.avaya.com/support.
Voicemail Pro Page 2

IP Office 15-601063 Issue 20b (11 July 2008)
Contents
2.8.4 Using
............................................................................
IMAP 78
Contents 2.9 Troubleshooting
.....................................................................
2.9.1 Checking
............................................................................
the Voicemail Pro Service
79
79
1. Voicemail Pro 2.9.2 The
............................................................................
Voicemail Console 81
1.1 What is New..................................................................... 9 2.9.3 Voicemail
............................................................................
Pro User Log 83
1.2 Features of.....................................................................
Voicemail Pro 11 2.9.4 Tracing
............................................................................
in Debug 84
1.3 Supported .....................................................................
Languages 12
1.4 Number of .....................................................................
Simultaneous Voicemail Users 13 3. Configuring Voicemail Pro
3.1 IP Office Configuration
..................................................................... 90
2. Installing Voicemail Pro 3.1.1 Overview
............................................................................ 90
2.1 General Installation
.....................................................................
Requirements 16 3.1.2 Identifying
............................................................................
the Voicemail Server PC 90
2.1.1 PC
............................................................................
Specification 17 3.1.3 Configuring
............................................................................
Voicemail for Individual Users 91
2.1.2 Network
............................................................................
Requirements 20 3.1.4 Configuring
............................................................................
User Source Numbers 93
2.1.3 Disk
............................................................................
Space Requirements 21 3.1.5 Setting Up Voicemail Transfer Options for a
2.1.4 Web
............................................................................
Server Operation 21 User ............................................................................ 94
2.1.5 Voicemail
............................................................................
Email Connection 21 3.1.6 Voicemail
............................................................................
Channel Reservations 95
2.1.6 ContactStore
............................................................................
Operation 21 3.1.7 Using
............................................................................
Voicemail to Give Error Messages 96
2.1.7 Voicemail
............................................................................
Pro Licenses 22 3.2 Voicemail Pro .....................................................................
Preferences 97
2.1.8 User
............................................................................
and Group Mailboxes 23 3.2.1 System
............................................................................
Preferences 98
2.2 Basic Voicemail
.....................................................................
Installation 24 3.2.2............................................................................
Control Panel Options 108
2.2.1 Installing Compact Voicemail Pro Server and 3.3 Fax Server .....................................................................
Configuration 112
Client ............................................................................ 25 3.3.1............................................................................
Fax Server Configuration 113
2.2.2 Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server and 3.3.2 Setting the VoiceMail Pro System Fax
Client ............................................................................ 28 ............................................................................ 114
Number
2.2.3 Installing Custom Voicemail Pro Server and 3.3.3............................................................................
Setting up Fax Forwarding 116
Client ............................................................................ 31 3.3.4............................................................................
Setting Up a User Defined Fax Number 116
2.2.4 Removing Software Features from a 3.3.5............................................................................
Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action 117
............................................................................
Voicemail Pro Installation 31
3.3.6 Configuring an Analog Extension Number for
2.2.5 Configuring Windows 2003 to Work with Web ............................................................................ 118
Fax Use
Campaigns
............................................................................ 32
3.3.7............................................................................
Castelle Fax Server 119
2.2.6 The
............................................................................
Voicemail Pro Services 33
2.3 Client Only.....................................................................
Installation 35 4. Administration
2.3.1 Installing
............................................................................
the VoiceMail Pro Client Only 36
4.1 Starting the .....................................................................
Voicemail Pro Client 122
2.4 Upgrading .....................................................................
Voicemail Pro 38
4.1.1............................................................................
Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server 122
2.4.1 Upgrade
............................................................................
from below version 3.2 38
4.2 Administrator.....................................................................
Configuration 125
2.4.2 Upgrade
............................................................................
from Version 3.2+ 39
4.2.1............................................................................
Changing Administrator Details 126
2.4.3 Upgrade
............................................................................
to Voicemail Pro 40
4.2.2............................................................................
Deleting an Administrator 126
2.5 Voicemail Email
.....................................................................
Installation 41
4.2.3............................................................................
Resetting a Password 127
2.5.1 Installing VoiceMail Pro for SMTP Voicemail
4.2.4............................................................................
Releasing a Locked Administrator Login 127
Email ............................................................................ 41
4.3 General Administration
..................................................................... 128
2.5.2 Domain
............................................................................
Member 42
4.3.1............................................................................
Changing the Inactivity Timeout 128
2.5.3 Work
............................................................................
Group Member 46
4.3.2............................................................................
Changing Mailbox Operation Mode 129
2.5.4 Operation
............................................................................ 53
4.3.3............................................................................
Confirm Call Flow Download Window 130
2.6 Centralized.....................................................................
Voicemail Pro 58
4.3.4............................................................................
Changing your Password 130
2.6.1 Planning
............................................................................
Requirements 59
4.4 Routing Calls.....................................................................
to Voicemail 131
2.6.2 Restrictions
............................................................................ 59
4.4.1............................................................................
Routing Calls to Voicemail 132
2.6.3 Configuring the Remote System Voicemail
Settings
............................................................................ 60 4.4.2............................................................................
Transferring Calls to Voicemail 132
2.6.4 Fax
............................................................................
Configuration 60 4.4.3............................................................................
Using Short Codes to Access Voicemail 133
2.6.5 Licensing
............................................................................ 60 4.4.4............................................................................
Using VM: to Access Voicemail 134
2.7 Text to Speech.....................................................................
(TTS) Install 61 4.4.5............................................................................
Voicemail Telephone Numbers 135
2.7.1 Installing
............................................................................
Generic Text to Speech 62 4.4.6............................................................................
Example Call Flow 137
2.7.2 Installing
............................................................................
Avaya Text to Speech 62 4.5 User Voicemail
.....................................................................
Access 139
2.7.3 Using
............................................................................
the Speak Text Action 62 4.5.1............................................................................
Giving Users Button Access 140
2.7.4 Text
............................................................................
to Speech SAPI Controls 63 4.5.2............................................................................
Giving Users Access from Any Extension 142
2.7.5 Setting
............................................................................
Up Text To Speech to Read Email 66 4.5.3 Giving Users Access from an External
Location
............................................................................ 143
2.8 UMS Web .....................................................................
Services 67
4.5.4............................................................................
Creating a Trusted Location 143
2.8.1 IMAP
............................................................................
Installation 68
4.6 Mailbox Access
.....................................................................
Controls 144
2.8.2 Web
............................................................................
Voicemail Installation 71
4.6.1............................................................................
Telephony Operation Mode 144
2.8.3 Using
............................................................................
Web Voicemail 74

4.6.2............................................................................
Automatic Message Deletion 145 5.7.11
............................................................................
Queue Actions 253
4.6.3............................................................................
Personal Distribution Lists 145 5.8 System Variables
..................................................................... 255
4.7 Hunt Group .....................................................................
Voicemail 146 5.8.1............................................................................
User Defined Variables 257
4.7.1............................................................................
Hunt Group Configuration in IP Office 147 5.9 Creating Modules
..................................................................... 259
4.7.2............................................................................
Configuring Message Waiting Indication 148 5.9.1............................................................................
Running a Module 259
4.7.3............................................................................
Configuring Group Broadcast 149 5.10 The Conditions
.....................................................................
Editor 260
4.7.4............................................................................
Using a Short Code to Collect Voicemail 150 5.10.1
............................................................................
Using the Condition Editor 261
4.7.5............................................................................
Out of Hours Operation 151 5.10.2
............................................................................
Calendar 264
4.7.6............................................................................
Configuring Announcements 152 5.10.3
............................................................................
Week Planner 265
4.7.7............................................................................
Customizing Announcements 154 5.10.4
............................................................................
Condition 266
4.7.8............................................................................
Hunt Group Queuing 155 5.10.5
............................................................................
Compare 266
4.7.9............................................................................
Customizing a Hunt Group Call Flow 156
4.8 Recording.....................................................................
Calls 158 6. Prompts
4.8.1............................................................................
Call Recording Warning 159 6.1 US English
.....................................................................
Intuity Prompts 268
4.8.2............................................................................
Changing the Recording Time 160 6.2 English Non-Intuity
.....................................................................
Prompts 281
4.8.3............................................................................
Voice Recording Library (VRL) 160
4.8.4............................................................................
Manual Call Recording 161
7. Voicemail Pro Examples
4.8.5............................................................................
Automatic Call Recording 165 7.1 Using VB .....................................................................
Script 290
4.9 Announcements
..................................................................... 171 7.1.1............................................................................
VBScript Properties 291
7.1.2............................................................................
VBScript Methods 297
4.9.1............................................................................
Mandatory Announcement Example 171
4.9.2............................................................................
Personal Announcements 172 7.2 IVR: Connecting
.....................................................................
Voicemail Pro to a Database 316
4.10 Support .....................................................................
for Callers with Impaired Hearing 173 7.2.1............................................................................
Example 317
7.3 Dial by Name ..................................................................... 326
4.10.1
............................................................................
Installing Voicemail Pro TTY Prompts 174
7.3.1............................................................................
Example Call Flow 327
4.10.2
............................................................................
Changing User Locale 174
7.3.2............................................................................
Adding a Record Name Module 328
4.10.3 Advice for Mailbox Owners Using a TTY
Device
............................................................................ 174 7.3.3............................................................................
Using the Name Table 329
4.10.4 Changing the Language Setting for a TTY 7.3.4............................................................................
Changing Full Names 329
Device
............................................................................ 175 7.4 Campaigns ..................................................................... 330
4.11 Changing .....................................................................
Language 177 7.4.1............................................................................
Managing Campaigns 331
4.11.1
............................................................................
Supported Languages 177 7.4.2............................................................................
Customer Prompts 333
4.11.2
............................................................................
Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 7.4.3............................................................................
Customer Menu 334
4.11.3
............................................................................
Changing the Language of Custom Prompts 179 7.4.4............................................................................
Campaign Identification 335
4.12 Mobile Twinning
..................................................................... 180 7.4.5............................................................................
Granting Access to a Campaign 335
4.12.1
............................................................................
Example Call Flow 181 7.4.6............................................................................
Using the Web Campaign 337
4.13 Remote .....................................................................
Voicemail Notification 183
4.13.1
............................................................................
Callback 184 8. Appendix
4.13.2
............................................................................
Outcalling 186 8.1 Installing .....................................................................
IMS 342
8.1.1............................................................................
IMS Limitations 343
5. Using the Voicemail Pro Client 8.1.2............................................................................
IMS Components 344
5.1 The Main .....................................................................
Voicemail Pro Window 191 8.1.3............................................................................
IMS Client PC Requirements 345
5.2 Toolbar Icons..................................................................... 192 8.1.4............................................................................
IMS Server PC Requirements 346
5.3 Saving Changes
.....................................................................
and Making them Live 193 8.1.5............................................................................
IMS Server Installation 347
5.4 Importing .....................................................................
and Exporting Call Flows 193 8.1.6............................................................................
IMS Client Installation 360
5.5 Including .....................................................................
Other Files 194 8.1.7............................................................................
Maintenance 378
5.6 Start Points ..................................................................... 195 8.1.8............................................................................
Known Issues 389
5.6.1............................................................................
Default Start Points 197 8.2 Installing VoiceMail
.....................................................................
Pro as an ACM Gateway 398
5.6.2............................................................................
Using Start Points 198 8.3 Installing .....................................................................
Networked Messaging (VPNM) 400
5.6.3............................................................................
Viewing Call Flows as Text 200 8.3.1............................................................................
Requirements for VPNM 401
5.7 Voicemail.....................................................................
Pro Actions 201 8.3.2............................................................................
Installing VoiceMail Pro with VPNM Support 402
5.7.1............................................................................
Connections 202 8.3.3............................................................................
Configuring VPNM Preferences 405
5.7.2............................................................................
Available Actions 203 8.3.4............................................................................
Testing a VPNM Setup 408
5.7.3............................................................................
Standard Action Tabs 206 8.4 IP Office to .....................................................................
Avaya Interchange 409
5.7.4............................................................................
Basic Actions 212 8.4.1............................................................................
Configuring the Avaya Intuity Audix 409
5.7.5............................................................................
Mailbox Actions 220 8.4.2............................................................................
Configuring the Avaya Interchange 410
5.7.6............................................................................
Configuration Actions 225 8.4.3............................................................................
Configuring a DNS Server 413
5.7.7............................................................................
Telephony Actions 228 8.4.4............................................................................
Verification and Troubleshooting 413
5.7.8............................................................................
Miscellaneous Actions 240 Index ...............................................................................417
5.7.9............................................................................
Condition Actions 246
5.7.10
............................................................................
Database Actions 251

Chapter 1.
Voicemail Pro

Voicemail Pro:
1. Voicemail Pro
The diagram illustrates a Voicemail Pro system with some of the setup options. Full details on the installation options
available are covered in the Installing Voicemail Pro 16 section.
· IP Office Control Unit

The IP Office Voicemail Pro licenses are entered into the configuration of the IP Office system. The licenses are
required to activate Voicemail Pro features. An unlicensed Voicemail Pro service will run for two hours to allow
demonstration and testing. Licence keys are issued against and validated against the unique serial number of the
feature key dongle used by the the IP Office. For USB and parallel port feature key dongles, the dongle must be
installed on a PC running the IP Office Feature Key Server application.
· Voicemail Pro Server

The Voicemail Pro Service is installed on the Voicemail Pro server PC. This becomes the PC where messages and
other data are stored for the mailboxes and services provided by Voicemail Pro.
· Voicemail Pro Client

The Voicemail Pro Client is used to manage and configure the Voicemail Pro service. It can be installed on the
Voicemail Pro server PC or on a separate PC. Only one client can connect to the server at any time.
· Telephone Extension
For internal extensions, the voicemail server can be configure to send message waiting indication. By default this
is automatically done when the extension users own mailbox contains new messages.
· User's PC
The following applications can be used on a user's PC to access their messages:
· Phone Manager
IP Office Phone Manager can be used to display the number of new messages in a mailbox and to access that
mailbox. The Pro version of Phone Manager can also control the playback of the individual messages once a
mailbox has been accessed.
· Web Browser
If the Voicemail Pro server PC is also running Microsoft's IIS web server, users can access voicemail features.
· Web Campaigns
The web campaigns option can be used to collect spoken and key press responses to question from
callers and then display those responses to internal agents.
· Web Voicemail
For Voicemail Pro 4.2+, licensed users can be configured to access their own mailbox using a web
browser.
· Email Options
The voicemail server can interact with email systems in a number of ways:

· Voicemail Email
Using either a MAPI client such as Outlook on the server PC or a connection to an SMTP email server,
Voicemail Pro can send email messages when a user has a new message. The email can be a simple
alert or can include an attached copy of the message. This options does not support synchronization of
messages between the users email program and their voicemail mailbox.
· IMAP
IP Office 4.2+ supports licensed users accessing their mailbox from an IMAP compatible email program
such as Outlook. This option includes synchronization between the voicemail messages in the email
client and the voicemail mailbox.
· Integrated Messaging Systems (IMS)

IMS allows the voicemail server to interact with a Microsoft Exchange Server. Users require an IMS
client component to be installed into their copy of Outlook.
· ContactStore Server
The current IP Office Voice Recording Library (VRL) application is Avaya IP Office ContactStore. The application can
be installed on the Voicemail Pro Server in a separate hard disk partition or on a separate server. The diagram
illustrates the option of installing ContactStore on a separate server.
Voicemail Pro is supplied on two CDs. The first CD contains the Voicemail Pro software. The second CD contains Avaya IP
Office ContactStore.
· The standard Voicemail Pro CD includes the software components for generic Text To Speech (TTS). Voicemail Pro
ScanSoft TTS is supplied on a separate set of 5 CDs. For more information, see the Installing Text to Speech 61
section.

Voicemail Pro:
1.1 What is New

The following are summaries of the new features in IP Office Voicemail Pro releases.
Voicemail Pro 4.2

· IP Office Unified Messaging Service (UMS) 67
Two new methods for users to access their mailbox are now supported. The methods are mailbox access using
email applications that support IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) and mailbox access via web browsers.
The use of these requires the IP Office configuration to contain UMS Web Services licenses for the number of
required users.
· IMAP Service 68
The Voicemail Pro now includes an IMAP server. Users can then access their voicemail messages using email
clients such as Outlook and Lotus notes that support an IMAP Client. When connected, the IMAP client and
Voicemail Pro will synchronize messages in the mailbox with message files in the IMAP client. Playback is
through the sound facilities of the user PC.
· Web Voicemail Service 71

The Voicemail Pro web service allows users to access their mailbox using a web browser. This has been tested
with the Internet Explorer 7, Firefox 2 and Opera 9.10 PC browsers. This method of access requires Voicemail
Pro to be installed on a PC already running Microsoft's IIS web server. Users can select to have message
playback via an IP Office extension or through their PC's sound facilities.
· Test Variable Action 249

The existing Check Digits action has been replaced by a Test Variable action. This, in addition to offering the
capabilities of the Check Digits action, provides significant enhancements. In addition to being able to match the
user's DTMF input against a specified string offered by the Check Digits action, the Test Variable action allows
the testing of the contents of any system variable against known user extensions, hunt-groups, mailboxes and the
contents of another variable. This will allow callers to enter numbers via a menu action, that can be verified as
matching an existing extension or hunt groups prior to attempting to carry out transfers to otherwise potentially
non-existent numbers.
· Menu Action Invalid Input Handling 216

The Menu action has been enhanced. It now includes a control for the number of retries for the caller to make a
valid entry and an Invalid Input result for connection to following call flow actions. Also prompts can be selected
for playback whenever an invalid entry or entry timeout occurs.
· License and Service Status Display

When the Voicemail Pro client is connected to a Voicemail Pro server, the Help | About screen displays a list of
the licenses being used by the Voicemail Pro server. This license details include the validation status and capacity
of those licenses. The status of related services, for example the UMS IMAP server, are also listed.
· System Variable Length Increase 255

Previously the length of values stored by system variables has been limited to 64 characters. That maximum
length has been increased to 512 characters.
· Outcalling Configuration
In conjunction with Phone Manager 4.2, Voicemail Pro 4.2 allows users to adjust their outcalling settings through
using a visual menu within Phone Manager.
· Using the Phone Manager interface, users can now apply a delay between each notification call in an
escalation list.

Voicemail Pro 4.1
In conjunction with IP Office 4.1, Voicemail Pro 4.1 supports the following new features:
· Windows Vista Support 17

Those components of Voicemail Pro previously supported on Windows XP Pro are now also supported on Windows
Vista (excluding Vista Home Basic and Vista Home Premium). The Voicemail Pro client is supported on Vista. The
Voicemail Pro server is supported on Vista but not with IMS or Web Campaigns.
· Automatic Recording Mailbox for Hunt Groups 166

By default automatic recordings for hunt groups are routed to the hunt group mailbox. Previously this could not be
changed except through customized call flows on the Voicemail Pro. An alternate mailbox destination can now be
specified through the Hunt Group | Voice Recording 166 tab.
· Automatic Recording Mailbox for Account Codes 166

By default automatic recordings for account codes are routed to the mailbox of the user making the call. Previously
this could not be changed except through customized call flows on the Voicemail Pro. An alternate mailbox
destination can now be specified through the Account | Voice Recording 166 tab.
· Call Data Tagging on Transfer Actions 231

The Transfer action now supports fields for setting the transfer source and description to display on phones
receiving the transfer. The ability to associate call data for MS-CRM via Assisted Transfer actions is now also
supported on Transfer actions.
· Call Transfer Announcements 231

The Transfer 231 and Assisted Transfer 236 actions can be configured to announce the transfer to the caller. The
announcement uses the recorded name of the mailbox associated with the transfer if available or the number if
otherwise.
· LIFO/FIFO Mailbox Operation 102

The default message playback order of First In-First Out (FIFO) can now be changed to Last In-First Out (LIFO).
This is separately adjustable for new, old and saved messages. These are set through the System Preferences |
Housekeeping 102 tab (Administration | Preferences | General 102 ).
· Time in Queue and Time on System Variables 255

Two new variables can be used in Queued and Still Queued call flows. They are $TimeQueued for the time in the
queue and $TimeSystem for the time the call has been on the IP Office system.
· Castelle Fax Server Support 119

The Voicemail Pro can be configured to recognize faxes of this type left in user's email mailboxes and include
announcement of there presence in the user's mailbox prompts.
· Hunt Group/Account Code Call Recording Destination 166

Previously the destinations for automatic call recording triggered by hunt groups or account codes could not be
changed except through a custom Voicemail Pro call flow. The IP Office 4.1 configuration now allows the required
destination for the call recording to be specified.
· $DDI System variable for DDI Numbers 255

This variable is available on DDI calls passed from the IP Office to the Voicemail Pro.
· Variable Routing (replaces the CLI Routing Action) 228

The existing CLI Routing action has been replaced by the Variable Routing 228 action. This action allows the call
routing to be based on matching specified values to system variables such as $CLI and $DDI. The numbers to
which matching is performed can include wildcards such as ? for a single digits and * for any digits.
Voicemail Pro 4.0

In conjunction with IP Office 4.0, Voicemail Pro 4.0 supports the following new features:
· Upgrade 39
You can now upgrade without having to remove previous versions of the software.
· Outcalling 186
When a new voice message is left in a user's mailbox, notification can be automatically sent to a selected external
number. Notification can be sent for all new messages or only messages marked as priority. If there is no response
to the first notification there is an escalation capability. A user can configure their outcalling settings using their
telephone handset. Details on how to configure outcalling for individuals can be found in the Intuity Mailbox guide.
· Personal & Hunt Group Announcements 171

Personal announcements can be recorded. A caller will hear the user's personal announcement before being
transferred to voicemail, if available.
· Channel Reservations 95
Specific functions can have voicemail channels reserved for their use. The channels are reserved in IP Office
Manager. By default there are no reserved channels.
· Automatic Recording 165

Incoming call routes can be configured to be automatically recorded.

Voicemail Pro: What is New
1.2 Features of Voicemail Pro

Voicemail Pro provides voicemail for every telephone on the system. Messages can be retrieved from a user's own
extension or from another telephone. Voice messages can also be forwarded to other voice mailboxes. Using Voicemail
Pro call flows can be created that can, for example, guide a caller to the correct extension.
Listed below are some of the differences between Embedded Voicemail, Voicemail Lite and Voicemail Pro. For a fuller
comparison, see the product description.
Feature Embedded Voicemail Voicemail

Voicemail Lite Pro
Integration with Phone Manager Pro.

Create personal greetings. 1 only 1 only 9 max
Selection of voicemail transfer numbers
Play a greeting continuously.
Forward or copy a message to Email.
Listen to an Email using Text To Speech.
Send Email Notification. *
Forward a voice message to another mailbox or multiple mailboxes.
Forward a voice message to multiple mailboxes using a Personal Distribution
List.
Forward a voice message with a header
Rewind Message
Fast forward a message
Skip a message
Pause a message
Skip Message
Set message priority
Control when old messages are automatically deleted.
Alphanumeric data collection
Give callers a choice of transfer options.
Call recording
Create Campaigns
Receive message notification at destinations configured by the user (known as
Outcalling).
Transfer to Fax
Reply to a message if CLI is available Internal
Only
*Added in IP Office 4.2.

1.3 Supported Languages
The voicemail system provides prompts to callers and mailbox users based on the Locale that is set in the System form
of IP Office Manager.
If the necessary set of language prompts is not available, the nearest available match is used. The list shows the first
choice language prompts that Voicemail Pro will try to use, followed by the second choice and so on. For example, if
prompts for users with their locale set to French Canadian are not available, Voicemail Pro looks for French prompts
instead, then English US and finally English UK. The abbreviations shown in the table indicate the language prompt folder
used in order of precedence.
Voicemail Pro server prompts can be installed in the following languages:
Brazilian Portuguese: ptb > pt > en. Greek: el > en.

Chinese (Cantonese): zzh > en > enu. Hungarian: hu > en.
Chinese (Madarin): ch > en > enu. Italian: it > en.
Danish: da > en. Korean: ko > en.
Dutch: nl > en. Latin Spanish: eso > es > enu > en.
English UK: en. Norwegian: no > en.
English US: enu > en. Polish: pl > en.
Finnish: fi > en. Portuguese: pt > ptb > en.
French: fr > frc > en. Russian: ru > en.
French Canadian: frc > fr > enu > en. Spanish: es > eso > en.
German: de > en. Swedish: sv > en.
Turkey[1]: trk > tr > enu > en.
1. Turkish prompts are not provided or installed but the Turkish locale is recognized. English (US) prompts are used if
installed, otherwise English (UK). Fallback route added as part of Voicemail Pro 4.2.
· TTY (Teletype (Textphone)) is included in the list of installable languages even though it is not a language. TTY is a
text-based system that is used to provide service to users with impaired hearing or vision. For more information, see
Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing:Overview 173 .
Individual users can have their own Locale setting. Voicemail then provides them with the appropriate language prompts
if they are available. This is set either through the IP Office Manager User form or through the language choice on some
telephones. For more information, see the appropriate telephone User Guide.
The availability of a language in voicemail does not necessarily indicate support for IP Office in a country that uses that
language. Contact your local Avaya office for details of which countries support IP Office.

Voicemail Pro: Supported Languages
1.4 Number of Simultaneous Voicemail Users

All connections between the voicemail server and the IP Office are via the LAN using data channels. The maximum
number of data channels that can be used for voicemail operation at any moment are shown below. Specific functions
can have voicemail channels reserved for their use. For more information, see Voicemail Channel Reservations 95 .
IP Office Maximum for Maximum for

Voicemail Lite Voicemail Pro
IP406 V2 4 20
IP412 4 30
IP500 4 30
Small Office Edition 4 10
· Voicemail Pro Licenses

The actual number of ports available on Voicemail Pro is controlled by license keys entered through IP Office Manager.
For more information, see Voicemail Pro Licenses 22 .
· The Voicemail Pro license enables 4 ports.
· Additional Voicemail Pro licenses can be added to enable further ports up to the maximum shown in the table.
· VoIP/VCM Channels
Though linked to the IP Office via a LAN connection, voicemail does not use VoIP VCM channels. The Voicemail Server
is seen as a device on the IP Office's TDM telephony interface.
· Calls to/from voicemail involving non-IP trunks and extensions do not use VCM channels.
· Calls to/from voicemail from IP trunks and extensions do use a VCM channel.

Chapter 2.
Installing Voicemail Pro

2. Installing Voicemail Pro
Voicemail Pro 4.2 can be installed with the following IP Office systems:
· Small Office Edition.
· IP406 V2.
· IP412.
· IP Office 500
Voicemail Pro is not supported on an IP Office 500 running in IP Office Standard Edition mode. To use this
application an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license is required.
There are a number of different types of Voicemail Pro installation that can be performed. Ensure that you have read the
appropriate section for the installation required before attempting the actual installation. Each type of installation may
have specific pre-requisites that must be completed before the Voicemail Pro software installation.
2.1 General Installation Requirements

Here is a list of general requirements for all types of installation.
· A PC with IP Office Manager and Microsoft .NET Framework versions 2.0 installed on it. If .NET 2.0 is not detected, you
will be prompted to install it before the Voicemail Pro installation proceeds.
· An IP Office Feature Key and if necessary (ie. for parallel and USB feature keys) a PC running the IP Office Feature Key
Server application. Refer to the IP Office Installation Manual for details.
· Licenses based on the serial number of the IP Office Feature Key. This should include:
· A license for Voicemail Pro and any additional ports is required. If Voicemail Pro Server is installed without a
license it will run for 2 hours and then shut down. For more information,
· For IP500 systems an Upgrade Standard to Professional license.
· Licenses for any other Voicemail Pro components being installed, see Voicemail Pro Licenses 22 .
· The IP Office Voicemail Pro CD.
Tips
· Before you start to install Voicemail Pro it is advisable to check that the PC that you are using can connect to the IP
Office unit and that you can load and save a configuration file using IP Office Manager.
· Switch off any PC and hard disk sleep, power down, suspend, hibernation modes.
· The Voicemail Pro software needs to be installed using an account with full administrator rights on the PC. The service
subsequently runs under that account. We recommend that a specific account is created for this purpose and set so
that its password does not expire.

Installing Voicemail Pro: General Installation Requirements
2.1.1 PC Specification
The PC specification given below are the absolute minimum. To avoid replacing the server when adding new applications
we recommend that at least a Pentium 4 2.8GHz or higher is used wherever possible.
This application requires various licenses entered into the IP Office configuration to control the features it offers and the
number of simultaneous connections, up to 30 on the IP412 and IP500 control units. The operation of Voicemail Pro can
be customized to provide special services.
The Voicemail Pro software can be installed as separate Voicemail Pro client and server parts. This allows the remote
administration of the Voicemail Pro server from a PC with just the Voicemail Pro client installed. A copy of the client is
automatically installed locally with the Voicemail Pro server.
Source
CD IP Office Voicemail Pro 4.2 CD's (700459357)

ScanSoft TTS CD's (700293921)
DVD IP Office 4.2 Applications DVD (700459340)
Languages Chinese (Mandarin and Cantonese), Danish, German, Greek, English (UK), English (US), Spanish,
Latin Spanish, Finnish, French, French Canadian, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Brazilian, Swedish.
IP500 IP Office Standard Edition, IP Office Professional Edition.
License See below.
The Voicemail Pro server part of the software consists of several components in addition to the core server software,
these are:
· Campaigns
The Voicemail Pro can be configured to run a campaign. This consists of a series of questions for which the
Voicemail Pro records the callers answer or key presses. The resulting recordings can then be played back by
users. The web aspect of campaigns allows user to perform this playback and processing of campaign recordings
via their web browser. This requires an IIS web server to be run on the same PC as the Voicemail Pro software.
· Text to Speech (TTS)

Through adding additional licenses, the Voicemail Pro is able to use the TTS functions of Windows to speak text
and numbers to callers in addition to recording prompts. This is intended mainly for scenarios where the Voicemail
Pro is obtaining text and number values from a customer database.
· UMS Web Voicemail

UMS allows users to access their voicemail mailbox using either an IMAP compatible email program or through
their web browser. UMS Web Voicemail requires the Voicemail Pro service to be installed on a server PC that has
IIS already present. It also installs PHP if not detected as already present.
· Integrated Messaging Service (IMS)

IMS allows synchronization between the users voicemail mailbox and their Microsoft Outlook via Microsoft
Exchange. IMS is not supported with UMS and vice versa.
Notes:
1. Use of the Large Fonts setting is not supported. Use of this option may cause options on some screens to become
inaccessible.
2. A 100Mbps network card is strongly recommended.
3. Free disk space requirements are also subject to the message storage required. For more information, see Disk
Space Requirements 21 .
4. IMS and Web Campaigns options within Voicemail Pro are only supported on Windows Servers. Aspects of
operation such as Voicemail to Email, Integrated Messaging Pro (IMS), Web Campaigns, etc, are subject to further
requirements as listed in the relevant sections.

Basic Voicemail Pro
Minimum PC Requirements Operating System Support
RAM 256MB Server OS:

Hard Disk Free Space 2GB* 2000 Server
Processor: 2003 Server
- Pentium P4 1.4GHz 2008 Server
- Celeron Any 1.7GHz Client OS:
- AMD Any 1.4GHz. 2000 Professional
XP Professional
*Also allow 1MB per minute for message and prompt storage.
Vista Business/Enterprise
Vista Ultimate
Voicemail Pro plus UMS Web Voicemail and/or Campaigns


- Celeron Not tested. Client OS:
- AMD Athlon XP 3000+, Athlon 64 2000 Professional
XP Professional
Vista Ultimate
· Both Web Campaigns and UMS Web Voicemail require the IIS web server on the voicemail server PC to be
enabled.
· UMS Web Voicemail will install PHP is not detected as already installed.
· UMS (IMAP or Web Voicemail) cannot be installed if IMS is installed and vice versa.
Voicemail Pro plus IMS

Note that IMS is not supported with UMS.

XP Professional
Non OS Applications IMS
Vista Ultimate
Microsoft Exchange 2000 Yes
Microsoft Outlook 2003 Yes
Microsoft Outlook 2007 No

Voicemail Pro plus IVR and or TTS

Minimum PC Requirements: Basic Voicemail Pro Operating System Support

XP Professional
Also allow 1MB per minute for message and prompt storage.
Vista Ultimate
· If the database being queried is located on the VM Pro server the query speed of the database will be affected by
the amount of memory available. Please take into account the memory requirements of the database being
queried.
Voicemail Pro plus Compact Call Center

Minimum PC Requirements: Basic Voicemail Pro Operating System Support

XP Professional
Also allow 1MB per minute for message and prompt storage.
Vista Ultimate
· VM Pro and CCC can be run on the same server up to a maximum of 25 agents, 8 ports of VM Pro. Any Dual Core
CPU of 2.4Ghz and higher is supported.
Ports
Component Location - %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IP Office\ Ports
Voicemail Pro Service Voicemail Pro\VM\vmprov5svc.exe UDP 50791.

UDP 50795.
ALL 50801.
ALL 8089.
VMPro Database Voicemail Pro\VM\VMPDBSvc.exe
VPIM Client Voicemail Pro\VPIMClient.exe
VMPro VPIM DBSVR Voicemail Pro\VPIM\vpimdbsvr.exe
VMPro VPIM Receiver Voicemail Pro\VPIM\VPIMReceiver.exe
VMPro VPIM Server Voicemail Pro\VPIM\VPIMServer3.exe
IMS Admin Voicemail Pro\IMS\IMSAdmin.exe
IMS Service Restart Voicemail Pro\IMS\IMSServiceRestart.exe
IMS Gateway Service Voicemail Pro\IMS\UMServer.exe TCP 445.
TCP 593.
UDP 445.
UDP 593
IMS Voice Service Voicemail Pro\IMS\VMServer.exe
IMS Security Voicemail Pro\VM\IMSSec.exe
IMS Client for Outlook %ProgramFiles%\Avaya\IMS Client\UMSForm.exe TCP 445.
TCP 593.
UDP 445.
UDP 593.

2.1.2 Network Requirements
The PC should be configured and tested for TCP/IP networking.
We strongly recommend that the voicemail server PC is connected to the IP Office Control Unit directly or via a LAN
switch.
If directly connected, changing the settings of the PC network card to match the IP Office control unit can resolve some
issues. This should be done according to the PC or network card manufacturer's instructions. The options for IP Office
LAN ports are:
· IP412: Use LAN1 and half duplex.
· Small Office Edition, IP406 (V2) and IP500: Full duplex.
· All IP Office LAN ports are 10Mbps/100Mbps auto sensing.
If not directly connected, using any of the above settings must be supported and matched by the intervening network
equipment.
· The PC should have a fixed IP address. Although PCs in a DHCP network may retain the same IP address between
reboots this is not guaranteed.
· If the IP Office is acting as a DHCP server, it defaults to using 192.168.42.2 to 192.168.42.201 for DHCP clients.
This leaves 192.168.42.202 to 192.168.42.254 for devices that require fixed IP addresses.

2.1.3 Disk Space Requirements
The following are only approximations:
· At least 2GB of free disk space is required on the operating system drive (by default c:), regardless of to which drive
Voicemail Pro is actually installed.
· A compact Voicemail Pro installation requires 130MB.
· A typical installation requires approximately 255MB.
· A custom installation, including VPNM and IMS requires up to 2GB of disk space. However, prompts and recorded
messages consume an additional 1MB of disk space per minute.
· For Avaya IP Office Small Office Edition, you can expect to require at least 200 minutes of message recording
space, that is 200MB.
· For a busy environment you can expect to require at least 1000 minutes of message recording space, that is
1GB.
· If you are installing the Client only, you can expect to require at least 170MB.
2.1.4 Web Server Operation

If web browser access is required, the Microsoft IIS Web Server must be installed on the server PC before Voicemail Pro
is installed:
· Microsoft web server products run as services and require Voicemail Pro to also run as a service. This applies on
Windows 2003 or XP.
· Internet Information Server 5.0 or higher is required.
2.1.5 Voicemail Email Connection

Voicemail Email operation is supported using either MAPI or SMTP. MAPI requires the Voicemail Pro server PC to have a
MAPI-compliant email client installed. For information, see Installing Voicemail Email:Overview 41 .
If Text to Speech is installed, email text to speech is supported using MAPI. For more information, see Setting up Text to
Speech to Read Email 66 .
In both of the above cases, full email sending from the server PC to a user PC should be configured and tested before
Voicemail Pro is installed. Testing should use the same PC user account under Voicemail Pro is to be installed.
2.1.6 ContactStore Operation

The current IP Office Voice Recording Library (VRL) application is Avaya IP Office ContactStore. This application and its
installation are documented separately.
However:
· IP Office ContactStore should be installed after Voicemail Pro has been installed and its operation verified.
· IP Office ContactStore must use a separate hard disk partition for its message archiving from that used by
Voicemail Pro for current mailbox messages. Use of a separate hard disk or installation onto a separate server PC
are alternatives.
· The use of RAID 1 or RAID 5 are recommended.
· The use of a DVD recorder for long-term archiving is recommended.
· A figure of 7.2MB per hour for archived recordings is given.
· The archived messages held by IP Office ContactStore are accessed via web browser using the port address 8888.
This port address is not configurable and so it is necessary to ensure that it does not conflict with any other web
server service running on the same server PC.

2.1.7 Voicemail Pro Licenses
The following License Keys can be used with Voicemail Pro. The license keys are entered into the IP Office configuration
using the IP Office Manager. If the Voicemail Pro server is installed without a license, it will run for 2 hours and then
shutdown.
· Voicemail Pro (4 ports)

This is the basic license for all Voicemail Pro operation and must be present. It also enables 4 ports.
· IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional

The IP Office 500 does not support Voicemail Pro unless this license is present.
Additional Port Licenses

The port licenses control the number of ports (simultaneously connected calls into/from the Voicemail Pro server). Note:
The maximum number of ports supported for voicemail operation is set by the type of IP Office control unit. For more
information, see Number of Simultaneous Voicemail Users 13 . Multiple port licenses can be used to achieve the number
of ports required.
· Additional Voicemail Pro (2 ports)

Enables 2 additional Voicemail Pro ports.



Voicemail Pro Feature Licenses

These licenses enable the use of specific features within Voicemail Pro.
· Integrated Messaging
Enables operation of IMS with Voicemail Pro.
· VMPro VB Script
Enables use of VB Scripting through the VB Script action
· VMPro Database Interface

Enables database integration within call flows.
· VMPro TTS (Generic)

Enables use of text to speech facilities using the default Windows and third party TTS engines. One license per
simultaneous instance of TTS usage.
· VMPro TTS (ScanSoft)

Enables use of text to speech facilities using Avaya supplied TTS (ScanSoft) engines. One license per simultaneous
instance of TTS usage.
· Networked Messaging
Enables the use of Voicemail Pro Network Messaging.
· VMPro Recording Administrators

Allows call recordings to be transferred to a VRL (Voice Recording Library) application. The currently supported
application is ContactStore for IP Office.
· For centralized voicemail operation, a VMPro Recording Administrators license is required in each IP Office
system for which VRL support is required.
· UMS Web Services (IP Office 4.2+)

Allows the voicemail server to run IMAP and Web Voicemail services. The number of UMS Web Services licenses
set the number of users who can be configured to access either of those services.

2.1.8 User and Group Mailboxes
The voicemail server creates mailboxes based on the user and hunt group names that are entered in the IP Office
Manager application. Whenever the Voicemail Pro is restarted or the IP Office configuration is changed, new mailboxes
are created for any new names that are found.
This method of operation has the following consequences:
· Mailboxes are based on names

For all users and groups, if their name is changed or deleted, they are no longer associated with their former mailbox
and any associated Voicemail Pro start points.
· Voicemail is case sensitive

If a mailbox or start point name is entered incorrectly in IP Office Manager or Voicemail Pro, the intended operation will
not occur and the call may be disconnected.
· Voicemail removes spaces at the end of mailbox names

If spaces are left at the end of a mailbox user's name in IP Office Manager, when the mailboxes are created, the space
at the end of the name is dropped. When this occurs the mailbox cannot be found as there is a mismatch between the
user name and directory.

2.2 Basic Voicemail Installation
When you complete a full Voicemail Pro installation you install the Voicemail Pro Server and Client together. With this
option you can select some or all Voicemail Pro features to install. You can choose a compact, typical or custom
installation.
Compact Installation
Choose the Compact option to install the minimum set of Voicemail Pro features. If only English language prompts are
required, this is the quickest way to install Voicemail Pro. For more information, see Installing Compact Voicemail Pro
Server and Client 25 . The features installed are:
· The Voicemail Pro Client.
· The Voicemail Pro Server (installed as a Service on Windows 2003/XP Professional).
· Help files and .wav files for the Voicemail Prompts in English.
· Help files and wav files for the Voicemail Prompts in the Language closest to that of the target machine locale.
Typical Installation
Choose the Typical option to install the most commonly used Voicemail Pro features. This option is recommended for
most users.
· Everything in the compact installation.
· Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component.
· All languages.
Custom Installation
Choose the Custom option if you would like to choose the Voicemail Pro features to install. This option is recommended
for advanced users only. The following features are pre-selected and will be installed unless you choose not to install
them:
· Voicemail Pro Client.
· Voicemail Pro Server (installed as a Service on Windows 2003/XP Professional).
· Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component.
· Help files and .wav files for the Voicemail Prompts.
· Help files and .wav files for the Voicemail Prompts in the Language closest to that of the target machine locale.
· Other supported language options.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Basic Voicemail Installation
2.2.1 Installing Compact Voicemail Pro Server and Client
If you are upgrading an existing Voicemail System, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 38 .
The compact (basic) installation of Voicemail Pro provides:
· The Voicemail Pro Server (as either an executable program or service according to the Windows version).
· Appropriate prompts for the selected installation language.
· Help files and .wav files for Voicemail Prompts in English.
· Help files and .wav files for Voicemail Prompts in the language closest to that used by the locale of the target machine.
This is the minimum set of components that you need to run Voicemail Pro. Of all of the setup types, compact Voicemail
Pro is likely to take up the smallest amount of space but this depends on the language selections.
The process for installing a compact Voicemail Pro Server and Client comprises the following key steps:
1. Completing the pre-installation steps described in this section.
2. Installing the Voicemail Pro software as described in this section.
Before you begin:

1. Log on to the server PC using the account under which you intend the Voicemail Pro server or service to run. This
account must have full administrator rights to the local PC.
· Recommendation: Create a new user account called Voicemail and give it full administrator rights on the PC.
This will help to identify the purpose of the account. Set the account password so that it does not expire.
2. In IP Office Manager, check that the correct licenses for Voicemail Pro are installed and show a status of Valid. For
basic Voicemail Pro, the licenses required are:
· Voicemail Pro (4 ports) plus Additional Voicemail Pro (X ports) licenses up to the total number of ports
required or supported by the IP Office.

To install compact Voicemail Pro Server and Client:
1. Insert the IP Office Voicemail Pro CD. The installation should auto-start. If it does not auto-start, click Browse to
locate Setup.exe on the CD and then run it. The Choose Setup Language window opens.
2. Select the installation language. This language is used for the installation and for the default language prompts.
3. Click OK. Installation preparation begins.
4. Voicemail Pro 4.2+ requires Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework. If this version is not detected, you are prompted to
install it. Click Yes to install Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework.
If the following window opens, Voicemail Pro is already installed. You need to upgrade rather than install a new
version. For more information, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 38 . Otherwise the IP Office Voicemail Pro
installation starts and the Welcome window opens.
5. In the Welcome window, click Next. The Customer Information window opens.
6. In the Customer Information window, type a user name and the company name or use the default names that are
proposed. These settings do not affect Voicemail Pro when it is installed.
7. In the same window, choose the option that determines who should be able to use Voicemail Pro when it has been
installed. The recommended option is Anyone who uses this computer (all users).
8. In the Customer Information window, click Next. The Choose Destination Location window opens.
9. In the Choose Destination Location window, click Browse and locate the folder where the Voicemail Pro files are to
be installed. Otherwise, click Next to use the proposed folder. The Messaging Components window opens.
10. In the Messaging Components window, highlight Voicemail Pro (Full).
11. Click Next. The Setup Type window opens.
12. In the Setup Type window, select Compact.
13. Click Next. The Service Account Name window opens. Details of the default administrator account are already
filled in.
14. In the Service Account Name window, type the User Name and Password for the user account under which the
Voicemail Pro service should log on and run. This should be the Voicemail account created previously on the
domain and Exchange server. Alternatively, click Browse and select from the list of available PC or network
accounts.
15. Click Next. The Select Program Folder window opens. By default, the program folders are created in a folder called
IP Office. You can specify a different folder or select one from the list of existing folders. To specify a different
folder, type the folder name in the Program Folders box. Alternatively, to use an existing folder, highlight a name
in the list of existing folders.
16. Click Next. The account details that you have entered are verified.
17. If you entered a new user name, a message is displayed to ask if you want to create a new PC user account with
the specified name and password. Click Yes.
18. Click Next. A summary of the components that are about to be installed is shown. Check that this list is as
expected. If for any reason the details are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes.

When you are satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying the files.
19. The Setup Status window opens to keep you informed while the installation takes place.
20. When the installation is complete you are prompted to restart the computer. Choose Yes I want to restart my
computer now.
21. Click Finish to restart now.
22. When the computer restarts, log back in.
23. The IP Office Voicemail Pro - ACM Gateway Settings window opens. In the Mail Server box, type the name of the
mail server to use.
24. Choose Message Networking/Interchange to use Interchange or Modular Messaging to use Modular Messaging.
25. Click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro - Email Settings window opens.
26. Enter the name of the email account to use or click Browse and select an account to use.
27. Click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro SMTP Email Settings window opens.
28. In the Mail Server box, type the name of the SMTP mail server or use the name that is proposed. This should be
the fully qualified domain name.
29. In the Port Number box, type the number of the receiving port on the SMTP mail server. The default is 25.
30. To enforce server authentication, check the Server Requires Authentication box. This is optional. If you check
it you also need to provide the Account Name and Password that need to be entered. You can also choose whether
or not to set the Use Challenge Response Authentication option.
31. Click Finish. An attempt is made to validate the email settings. An error message is displayed when the attempt to
connect with an SMTP server fails.
32. Click OK to acknowledge the message. You have now finished installing the Voicemail Pro Server and Client
software. See Starting the Voicemail Pro Server 33 .

2.2.2 Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server and Client
If you are upgrading an existing voicemail system, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 38 .
This typical installation of Voicemail Pro provides:
· The Voicemail Pro Server (as either an executable program or a service).
· Web campaign components, including the IIS web server if it is not already installed.
· Options to install Help files and .wav files for the Voicemail Prompts in all supported languages.
The process for installing a typical Voicemail Pro comprises the following key steps:
1. Completing the pre-installation steps described in this section.
2. Installing the Voicemail Pro software as described in this section.
3. Configure Window 2003 to work with Web Campaigns. For more information, see Configuring Windows 2003 to
Work with Web Campaigns 32 .
Before you begin:

1. Log on to the server PC using the account under which you intend the Voicemail Pro server or service to run. This
account must have full administrator rights to the local PC.
· We recommend that a new user account called Voicemail is created and given full administrator rights on the PC. This
will help identify the accounts purpose. We also recommend that the account is set so that its password does not
expire.
2. Check that the web server has been installed and is operating correctly. Test that its home page can be viewed
from other PCs on the customer's network, that is the PCs of users who will want to access campaign messages.
3. In IP Office Manager, check that the correct licenses for Voicemail Pro are installed and show a status of Valid. For
Voicemail Pro with Web Campaigns, the licenses required are:
· Voicemail Pro (4 ports) plus Additional Voicemail Pro (X ports) licenses up to the total number of port required
or supported by the IP Office control unit.

To install typical Voicemail Pro Server and Client:
install it. Click Yes to install Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework.
installation starts and the Welcome opens.
7. In the same window choose the option that determines who should be able to use Voicemail Pro when it has been
9. In the Choose Destination Location window, click Browse and choose the folder where the Voicemail Pro files are to
be installed. Otherwise, click Next to use the proposed folder. The Messaging Components window opens so that
you can choose the components that you want to install.
12. In the Setup Type window, select Typical.
13. Click Next. The Select the Web Server root directory window opens so that you can specify the folder where the
web campaign web pages are to be stored.
14. The default folder is C:\inetpub\wwwroot. To use the default folder, click Next. To specify a different folder,
type the path to the preferred folder location. Alternatively, click Browse and locate the folder to use.
15. Click Next. The Destination of the Web Script Directory window opens so that you can specify the folder where the
web campaign components are to be stored.
16. The default folder is C:\inetpub\scripts. To use the default folder, click Next. To specify a different folder, type
the path to the preferred folder location. Alternatively, click Browse and locate the folder to use.
17. The Service Account Name window opens. Details of the default administrator account might already be filled in.
VoicemailPro service should log on and run. This should be the voicemail account created previously on the domain
and Exchange server. Alternatively, click Browse and select from the list of available PC or network accounts or
click Next to use the proposed account details. The Select Program Folder window opens.
19. By default the program folders are created in a folder called IP Office. You can specify a different folder or select

one from the list of existing folders. To specify a different folder, type the folder name in the Program Folders box.
Alternatively, to use an existing folder, highlight a name in the list of existing folders.
20. Click Next. The account details that you have entered are verified. If you entered a new user name, a message is
displayed to ask if you want to create a new PC user account with the specified name and password. Click Yes. The
Select Program Folder window opens.
21. Select the program folder where you would like the icons for the Voicemail Pro components to be added. By default
the program icons are added to IP Office.
22. Click Next. A summary of the components that are about to be installed is shown. Check that this list is as
expected. Check that the required languages are listed. English is always listed in addition to the selected
installation language.
23. If for any reason the details are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes. When you are
satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying the files. The Setup Status window opens to keep
you informed while the installation takes place.
24. When the installation is complete you are prompted to restart the computer. Choose Yes, I want to restart my
computer now.
25. Click Finish to restart.
26. When the computer restarts, log back in.
27. When the server PC has restarted, the IP Office Voicemail Pro - Email Settings window opens so that you can
specify the name of the email account to use for outgoing SMTP e-mails from the Voicemail Pro server. In the
Accounts Details box, type the name of the email account to use. Alternatively, click Browse and select an account
to use.
28. Click Next. IP Office Voicemail Pro - SMTP Email Settings window opens so that you can specify details of the SMTP
server to which the Voicemail Pro server should send messages. A proposed server name might already be filled
in.
29. In the Mail Server box, leave the proposed name unchanged or type the name of the server to use. This should be
the fully qualified domain name.
31. To enforce server authentication, check the Server Requires Authentication box. This is optional. If you check it
you also need to provide the Account Name and Password that need to be entered. You can also choose whether
or not to set the Use Challenge Response Authentication option.
33. Click OK to acknowledge the message. You have now finished installing the Voicemail Pro Server and Client
software. See Starting the Voicemail Pro Server 33 .
34. If you are using IIS version 6 under Windows 2003 server, some configuration changes are required. For more
information, see Configuring Windows 2003 to Work with Web Campaigns 32 .

2.2.3 Installing Custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client
If you are upgrading an existing voicemail system, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 38 .
A custom installation of Voicemail Pro provides everything that is included in a typical installation plus:
· The opportunity to install software features in addition to those included in the typical installation, for example
Integrated Messaging or Networked Messaging. For more information, see:
· Installing Voicemail Email:Overview 41 .
· Installing Centralized Voicemail Pro:Overview 58 .
· Installing Text to Speech Features:Overview 61 .
· Installing Integrated Messaging:Overview 342 .
· Installing Networked Messaging:Overview 400 .
· The opportunity to choose not to install all of the components that are in a typical installation. For more information,
see Removing Software Features from a Voicemail Pro Installation. 31
· The opportunity to select the languages to use for the wav and help files.
· The opportunity to select the TTY prompts and install them. For more information, see Installing Voicemail Pro TTY
Prompts 174 .
· The opportunity to select any languages that are not required and therefore to exclude them from the installation or
remove them if they have already been installed. This can save disk space.
If you install the Web campaign component, you need to configure Window 2003 to work with Web Campaigns. For more
information, see Configuring Windows 2003 to Work with Web Campaigns 32 .
2.2.4 Removing Software Features from a Voicemail Pro Installation

When you choose to install a custom version of Voicemail Pro you can select additional features to install, for example
IMS. You can also select any features that you do not want to install or actually want to remove. For example, if a feature
has already been installed, you can select it for removal.
To remove a software feature from a Voicemail Pro Installation:

1. Complete the steps for installing custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client. For more information, see Installing
Custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client 31 .
2. When the Select Features window opens, uncheck any features that you do not want to install or that you want to
remove.
· Important - If you uncheck a feature that is already installed, it will be removed (uninstalled).
3. Continue the installation process as you would for installing custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client. For more
information, see Installing Custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client 31 .

2.2.5 Configuring Windows 2003 to Work with Web Campaigns
The following configuration changes are required for IIS version 6 running on a Windows 2003 server.
To configure Windows 2003:

1. Open the Windows Control Panel.
2. Select Administrative Tools > Computer Management.
3. Go to Services and Applications > IIS Manager > Web Sites > Default Web Site.
4. Under Web Sites, right-click Default Web Site and select Properties.
5. Select the Home Directory tab.
6. Under Application Settings section, set the Execute Permissions to Scripts and Executables.
7. Press OK twice.
8. Go to Web Service Extensions section under Web Sites.
9. Right-click and select Add a new web service extension....
10. In new web service extension, set the following values:
· Extension Name: campaigns.
· Required files: Click Add. Select the file type as CGI exe files and browse to the campaign.exe file location
specified during installation. This is usually c:\InetPub\wwwroot\scripts\campaign.exe or c:\InetPub
\scripts\campaign.exe.
· Set extension status to Allowed : Enable this option.
11. Press OK.

2.2.6 The Voicemail Pro Services
If Voicemail Pro has been installed successfully, if the server PC has been rebooted then the voicemail service is started
automatically. However it is useful to check the services and to know how to stop-start the services manually.
To check/restart the Voicemail Pro Service:

2. Select Administrative Tools > Services.
3. The Voicemail Pro Service should be visible. Its Status should be Started and the Startup Type should be set
to Automatic.
· Other services will be present depending on the Voicemail Pro options installed. The services are:
· Voicemail Pro Service
This is the main Voicemail Pro service. Normally this is the only service that needs to be stopped and
restarted. It will stop and restart the other services that it uses.
· VMProDBService
This service is used for the Voicemail Pro database connectivity if licensed.
· IMS(Gateway), IMS(Voice) and IMS(Restart)
These services are used by the IMS components of Voicemail Pro if installed and licensed.
· VPNM Database Server, VPIM Receiver and VPNM Server
These services are used by the VPNM components of Voicemail Pro if installed and licensed.
4. Close Services.
To Initialize the Voicemail Pro Call Flow:

1. Select Start > Programs > IP Office > Voicemail Pro. The Voicemail Pro Client starts and the main window
opens.
2. Click the Save and Make Live icon.

3. Select Yes. The file root.vmp is created and made available to the Voicemail Pro server. This is the compiled non-
editable version of the editable call flow.
4. Voicemail operation can now be tested from an extension by dialing *17.
Setting the Voicemail Services or PC to Restart Automatically

The following action is optional. If there is some fault causing the Voicemail Pro service to halt, that fault should be
investigated and fixed, however having the service or PC automatically restarted if possible will minimize the disruption to
the Voicemail Pro users.
1. Use the Windows control panel to select the Voicemail Pro Service.
2. Right-click on the service and select Properties.
3. Select the Recovery tab.
4. Use the options presented to either restart the service and or restart the PC should the operating system detect
that the Voicemail Pro service has halted.

Using a Batch File to Start Services
In some instances, certain computers might not respond quickly enough in order to start all of the Avaya services in the
correct order. In this circumstance, it can be advisable to create a batch file which will delay the start of these services
until the PC is fully running.
Avaya IP Office Services can be started successfully at system start-up using a scheduled task that initiates the batch file
below. This batch file ensures that the services will start successfully and in the proper order.
1. Set all Avaya services listed below to Manual start. Do not include Key Server.
2. Create the batch file below and save it to %SYSTEMROOT%. Only include lines for the services which are installed.
@echo off
rem Wait 60 seconds before execute.
timeout /t 60
net start VMProDBService
net start Voicemail Pro Service
net start IMS(Restart)
net start IMS(Voice)
net start IMS(Gateway)
3. Create a scheduled task to start the batch file at system start-up.

2.3 Client Only Installation

You can install the Voicemail Pro Client without the Voicemail Pro Server. This is known as a partial installation.
There is only one type of installation for the Voicemail Pro Client. Therefore you are not offered the choice of custom,
compact or typical during the installation process.
For information about Installing the Voicemail Pro Client only, see Installing the Voicemail Pro Client Only 36 .
For information about installing the Voicemail Pro Client and Server together, see Installing Compact Voicemail Pro
Server and Client 25 , or Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server and Client 28 .

2.3.1 Installing the VoiceMail Pro Client Only
You can install the Voicemail Pro Client on its own and use it to connect to a remote Voicemail Pro server.
To install the Voicemail Pro Client only:

1. Insert the IP Office Voicemail Pro CD. The installation wizard should auto-start. If it does not auto-start, browse to
and run Setup.exe on the CD. The Choose Setup Language window opens.
4. Voicemail Pro requires Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework. If this version is not detected, you are prompted to install it.
Click Yes to install Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework.
proposed.These settings do not affect Voicemail Pro when it is installed.
9. In the Choose Destination Location window, click Browse and choose the folder where the Voicemail Pro software is
to be installed. Otherwise, click Next to use the proposed folder. The Messaging Components window opens so that
10. Highlight Voicemail Pro (Partial).
11. Click Next.
12. By default the program folders are created in a folder called IP Office. You can specify a different folder or select
Alternatively to use an existing folder, highlight a name in the list of existing folders.
13. Click Next. The Start Copying Files window opens. Before any copying starts, you are presented with a summary of
the settings that you have chosen so far.
14. Review the settings to make sure that they are what you expect. Scroll down if necessary.
15. If the details are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes.
16. When you are satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying the files.
The Setup Status window opens to keep you informed while the installation takes place.
17. When the installation is complete you are prompted to restart your computer. Click Yes to restart now.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Client Only Installation
18. Click Finish.
19. When the computer restarts, log back in. You have now finished installing the Voicemail Pro Client software. You
can now start the Client and log in so that you start configuring remote Voicemail Pro servers. For more
information, see Starting 122 the Voicemail Pro Client 122 . If required, you can then add one or more administrator
users so that other administrators can work with the Voicemail Pro Client.

2.4 Upgrading Voicemail Pro
This section describes how to upgrade Voicemail Pro. The options available are:
· Upgrading from Voicemail Lite to Voicemail Pro. For information, see Upgrading from Voicemail Lite 40 .
· Upgrading a Voicemail Pro version below 3.2 with the new version of software. For information, see Upgrading a
Voicemail Pro System 38 .
· Upgrading a Voicemail Pro version 3.2 or higher with the new version of the software. For more information, see
Upgrade from 3.2 or higher 39 .
2.4.1 Upgrade from below version 3.2

It is important that the settings of an existing Voicemail Pro are exported before any upgrade. Although folders that
contain prompts and messages are not affected by the upgrade process, the editable version of a customer call flow is
lost.
To upgrade from below version 3.2 to version 4.x+:
1.Export the Database

Before removing Voicemail Pro as part of an upgrade, you must create a backup copy of the call flow database. This
will contain any customizations made to the default call flow.
1. Start the Voicemail Pro Client.
2. From the File menu, select the option Import or Export.
3. Select the option Export call flows and click Next.
4. Enter a file path and file name ending in .mdb, for example C:\temp\backup.mdb. Click Next.
5. Click Finish to start the export then click Close to complete the export procedure.
6. Close the Voicemail Pro Client.
2.Back up the Registry

Any registry settings that are associated with Voicemail Pro need to be backed up.
1. Insert the Voicemail Pro CD for the new Voicemail Pro and cancel the install wizard that auto runs.
2. Right-click the CD drive and select Open.
3. Locate the file backupreg.bat and double-click it to run the application.
4. Check that the registry settings have been backed up. The batch file should have created 3 backup files in the
Windows Temp directory. Make sure that the following 3 files exist in that location:
· VMPro.arf
· NetAly.arf
· IMSGateway.arf
3.Remove Voicemail Pro

Any previous versions of Voicemail Pro must be removed before you start to install the new version.
2. Select Add/Remove Programs.
3. Select IP Office Voicemail Pro and click Add/Remove.
4. From the options offered, select Remove and click Next.
5. Follow the prompts that you see on the screen during the removal process.
6. When the process has been completed, select the option Yes, I want to restart my computer now and click
Finish.
4.Restore the Registry

The Voicemail Pro registry settings that were backed up in step 2 needs to be restored.
1. Right-click the CD drive that contains the Voicemail Pro CD and select Open (reinsert the CD if necessary and
cancel the install wizard).
2. Locate the file restorereg.bat and double-click it to run the application. This restores the registry settings
previously associated with Voicemail Pro.
5.Install the New Software

For more information see Installing Voicemail Pro:Overview 16 and then refer to the sections that relate to the type of
Voicemail Pro that you intend to install.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Upgrading Voicemail Pro
6.Restore the Database
The copy of the call flow database that contained any customizations made to the default call flow needs to be
restored.
1. Start Voicemail Pro.
2. From the File menu, select Import or Export. The Import or Export Call Flows window opens.
3. Select Import Call Flows.
4. Click Next.
5. Click the Browse button and locate the file that contains the backed up call flows.
6. Select the file and click Open.
7. In the Import or Export Call Flows window, click Next.
8. Click Finish to start importing the database.
9. Click Close to complete the import process.
10.Click on Save and Make Live to save the Call flows.
The new version of Voicemail Pro has been installed. Test that the system is running by dialing *17 from any extension.
You should hear the mailbox announcement.
2.4.2 Upgrade from Version 3.2+

You can directly upgrade versions of Voicemail Pro from Voicemail Pro 3.2 upwards. However we still recommend that
you follow the procedure for backing up the database before upgrading.
To upgrade from version 3.2 or higher:
1. Insert the new IP Office Voicemail Pro CD. The installation should auto-start. If it does not auto-start, click Browse
to locate Setup.exe on the CD and then run it. The Choose Setup Language window opens.
2. Select the installation language. The language selected is used for the installation.
3. Click OK. You are asked 'This setup will perform an upgrade of IP Office Voicemail Pro'. Do you want to continue?
4. Click Yes. The Upgrading the IP Office Voicemail Pro window opens.
5. Click Next to start the upgrade. The setup status window opens. The progress of the upgrade is indicated by a time
bar. When the InstallShield Wizard complete window opens.
6. Click Finish. The Email settings window opens.
7. Enter your email account details and click Next. The SMTP Email settings window opens.
8. Enter your SMTP Email details and click Finish. he SMTP settings entered will be validated. If an error occurs, the
validating configuration window opens containing the error . For more information, see SMTP Errors 57 .
9. Click Yes when asked if you want to start the Voicemail Pro service.

2.4.3 Upgrade to Voicemail Pro
You can upgrade from Voicemail Lite to Voicemail Pro. The process described here assumes that Voicemail Pro is being
installed onto the same PC that previously hosted Voicemail Lite. The steps described here will remove Voicemail Lite but
will not remove the existing mailbox messages and greetings.
To upgrade from Voicemail Lite to Voicemail Pro:
1.Remove Voicemail Lite
1. Make sure that Voicemail Lite is not running. It might be necessary to close the Voicemail Lite server program.
2. Open the Windows Control Panel and select Add/Remove Programs.
3. Select IP Office Admin Suite and click Change. The Welcome to the Installshield Wizard for IP Office Admin
Suite window opens.
4. Click Next. The Program Maintenance window opens.
5. Select Modify and click Next.
6. In the list of selected Features, click the option Voicemail Lite and select This feature will not be available.
The feature Voicemail Lite will have a red cross by the name. .
· Important - Do not uncheck any other boxes as this will also remove those features.
7. Click Next. The Ready to Modify the Program window opens.
8. Click Install. The Voicemail Lite program will be removed, which may take several minutes.
9. Click Finish to exit the InstallShield Wizard.
10.Click Close to close the Add/Remove Programs window.
11.Remove any shortcuts to VMLite.exe from Start > Programs > Startup.

The next step is to install the Voicemail Pro software. For more information see Installing Voicemail Pro:Overview 16
and then refer to the sections that relate to the type of Voicemail Pro that you intend to install.
3.Move the Voicemail Lite Folders

This must be done before users start to use Voicemail Pro. As part of the upgrade procedure you need to move the
Voicemail Lite folders that contain any existing voicemail messages and mailbox greetings. This stage copies the
existing Voicemail Lite messages and greetings over the newly installed Voicemail Pro set.
4.Using Windows Explorer or My Computer, locate the folder C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Server.
5.Copy all sub-folders and files in that folder.
6.Paste the sub-folders and files in the folder C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Pro\VM. Replace any
existing folders.
7.Select the Mailbox Mode.

Voicemail Lite runs in IP Office mailbox mode. By default Voicemail Pro installs in Intuity mailbox mode. If required by
your users, you can set Voicemail Pro back to IP Office mailbox mode.
2. Click the Preferences icon and select General.
3. On the General tab, change the Default Telephony Interface from Intuity to IP Office.
4. Click OK.
5. Click Save & Make Live.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Upgrading Voicemail Pro
2.5 Voicemail Email Installation

Voicemail Email sends mailbox users who have been configured with an email address, an email whenever their mailbox
contains a new message. The notification email can contain an alert about the message or an attached copy of the
message.
· Although they are similar in concept, Voicemail Email and Integrated Messaging Service (IMS) are two different
components of Voicemail Pro and should not be confused.
Voicemail Email requires the voicemail server to be running under a user account that has access to either a MAPI
enabled email client program on the server PC or access to an SMTP email server.
SMTP: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

This protocol allows the Voicemail Pro server to send outgoing emails to a specified SMTP server. Microsoft Exchange and
most commercial email servers support SMTP to receive emails. SMTP for Voicemail Pro is therefore easy to implement in
any business that has its own email server. For more information, see Installing Voicemail Pro for SMTP Voicemail Email
41 .
MAPI: Microsoft Windows Messaging Application Program Interface

This is a set of API's that allow MAPI applications to share information and messages. MAPI requires a MAPI compliant
email client program to be installed on the Voicemail Pro server. It also requires the Voicemail Pro service to be run using
a user account that is able to send emails via that MAPI client. Supported MAPI clients are:
· Outlook 2000, 2002, 2003, 2007

MAPI Voicemail Email can be used with Voicemail Lite and Voicemail Pro. For Voicemail Pro installed as a service (the
default on Windows 2000/2003/XP Professional), emails can be sent without having to open and run the MAPI email
client program. For Voicemail Pro installed as a server program, the email client program may have to be left open for
mail transfers to take place.
The exact method of integration between the voicemail server and the MAPI email client depends on whether the
voicemail server is part of a work group or a domain. This guide contains examples for both approaches.
The MAPI process described in this guide was based on Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Microsoft Outlook 2000
and Microsoft Outlook Express 5.5. Steps may differ depending on the version of Windows and email client used.
2.5.1 Installing VoiceMail Pro for SMTP Voicemail Email

To install Voicemail Pro for SMTP Voicemail Email
1. Obtain details of an email account that the Voicemail Pro service can use from whoever administrates the
customer's email server. The details required are:
· Email address.
· Server SMTP address.
· Account user name and password.
2. Install the Voicemail Pro software as required.

3. After the server PC restart, enter the Voicemail Pro SMTP email account settings when requested.
4. Configure the appropriate user accounts with the user's email address. For more information,see Configuring Email
Users and Groups for Voicemail Email.

2.5.2 Domain Member
2.5.2.1 Installing VoiceMail Pro for MAPI VoiceMail Email as a Domain Member
Before you start to install the Voicemail Pro software, you must:
1. Create a voicemail domain account. For more information, see Creating a Voicemail Domain Account 42 .
2. Configure Outlook. For more information, see Configuring Outlook for Internet Mail 48 .
You are then ready to install Voicemail Pro for MAPI Voicemail Email as a Domain Member. This involves the following key
stages:
1. Install the Voicemail Pro software. For more information, see Installing the Voicemail Pro Software 44 .
2. Change the SMTP settings, which are installed by default, to MAPI. For more information, see Switching Voicemail
Pro to MAPI 45 .
2.5.2.2 Creating a Voicemail Domain Account

To create a Voicemail Domain Account
1. Make sure that the PC that will be running the voicemail server is a member of the domain. To join the domain you
will need the use of a log account with administrative permissions on the domain as well as the server PC, consult
the domain administrator.
· Windows 2000
Right click My Computer and select Properties. Select the Network Identification tab.
2. On the Exchange server:
· Create an account called Voicemail on the domain and an associated mailbox.
· Provide a secure password.
· Check the User Cannot Change Password and Password Never Expires boxes.
3. Log on to the voicemail server PC using a domain administrator account.
4. From the Control Panel, select Administrative Tools.
5. Select Computer Management | Local Users and Groups | Groups.
6. Double-click Administrators and select Add.
7. From the Look In list select the domain name.
8. In the Name window, locate and highlight Voicemail. Click Add followed by OK and OK to close.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Voicemail Email Installation
2.5.2.3 Configuring Outlook for VoiceMail Email
To configure Outlook for Voicemail Pro email
1. On the desktop, right-click the Outlook icon and select Properties.
2. On the General tab, select Add.
3. Select Microsoft Exchange Server.
4. Click Next.
5. In the Server field, enter the name of the Exchange Server.
6. In the Mailbox field, enter Voicemail.
7. Click Next.
8. When you are asked if you travel with this computer, select No.
9. Click Next.
10. Click Finish.
11. Highlight the MS Exchange Settings and click Properties.
12. Highlight Microsoft Exchange Server and click Properties.
13. Click Check name and ensure that the name is resolved.
14. If the name is resolved, select Apply.
15. Click OK, OK and Close to shut the mail settings.
16. Do not continue until the name has been resolved correctly with the Exchange Server. If the name is not resolved,
check the account details with the Exchange Administrator.
17. Open Outlook and select Yes to register Outlook as the default email application.
18. Select Tools > Options.
19. Click the Preferences tab.
20. Click Email Options.
21. Uncheck Save copies of messages in Sent Items folder.
· You might want this option selected during initial setup to aid troubleshooting. However due to the size of wav
file message attachments you should uncheck it after installation testing is complete.
22. Log on to the Voicemail Pro Server PC using the voicemail account.
23. From Outlook, send a message direct to an extension user.
24. If this message is received correctly, you can continue installing the Voicemail Pro software. For more information,
see Installing the Voicemail Pro Software 44 .

2.5.2.4 Installing the VoiceMail Pro Software
To install the Voicemail Pro software
1. Log off and log back on using the Voicemail account and password.
2. Install the required Voicemail Pro software. For more information, see Installing Compact Voicemail Pro Server and
Client 25 or Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server and Client 28 .
3. When the installation process requests a User Name and Password for the Voicemail Pro service, enter the
Voicemail account details.
4. Restart the server PC when requested and log on using the Voicemail account.
5. When SMTP email details are requested, enter no values and ignore the error message following the SMTP check.
6. Start the Voicemail Pro server service. For more information, see Starting the Voicemail Pro Service 33 .
7. Check that the basic voicemail services start and operate correctly.
8. The next step is to switch the Voicemail Pro to MAPI operation. For more information, see Switching Voicemail Pro
to MAPI 45 .

2.5.2.5 Switching VoiceMail Pro to MAPI

2.5.3 Work Group Member
2.5.3.1 Installing VoiceMail Pro for MAPI VoiceMail Email as a Work Group Member
Before you start to install the Voicemail Pro software, you must:
1. Create a voicemail user account. For more information, see Creating a Voicemail User Account 46 .
2. Configure Outlook Express for Internet Mail. For more information, see Configuring Outlook Express for Internet
Mail 47 .
3. Configure Outlook for internet mail. For more information, see Configuring Outlook for Voicemail Email 43 .
4. Configuring Outlook for exchange server. For more information, see Configuring Outlook for Exchange Server 49 .
The user name and password created are requested as part of the installation of the Voicemail Pro service. The process
described here assumes that Outlook is installed but has not been previously used or configured.
You are then ready to install the Voicemail Pro software. For more information, see Installing the Voicemail Pro Software
44 .
By default, Voicemail Pro is set to use SMTP for emails. You need to change this to MAPI. For more information see,
Switching Voicemail Pro to MAPI 45 .
You also need to set the SMTP Email Account settings on the Voicemail Pro so that they match those of the customer's
email server. For more information, see Changing SMTP Email Account Settings 52 .
2.5.3.2 Creating a Voicemail User Account

To create a Voicemail User Account
1. Log on to the server PC as the local administrator and create a new user. For this example the name of the user
account created used is Voicemail.
2. Set a secure password.
3. Clear User must change password at next logon and check Password never expires.
4. Click Create and then Close.
5. Right-click the New Account, and select Properties.
6. Select the Member Of tab.
7. Click Add.
8. In the Select Groups window, highlight Administrators and click Add. Click OK.
9. Continue with one of the following as appropriate to the installed MAPI client and method for sending email.

2.5.3.3 Configuring Outlook Express for Internet Mail
To configure Outlook Express for Internet Mail
1. Click the Outlook Express icon to start the Configuration wizard.
2. In the Display name box enter Voicemail.
3. Click Next.
4. Select I already have an e-mail address that I'd like to use and enter the address in E-mail address, eg.
voicemail@your_domain_name. Click Next.
5. Enter the name or address of the Incoming mail server and the Outgoing mail server. Note, if you enter the name,
you must ensure that the voicemail PC has the correct IP address of the DNS Server configured.
6. Click Next.
7. Enter the email account name and password, for example Voicemail. Select Remember password.
8. Click Next.
9. Click Finish to complete the wizard.
10. Open Outlook Express and select Tools > Options.
11. Click the General tab.
· Uncheck Send and Receive messages at Start up.
· Uncheck Check for new messages every.
12. Select the Send tab.
· Uncheck Save copy of sent messages in the 'Sent Items' folder.
· Check Send messages immediately.
· Under Mail Sending Format select Plain Text.
13. Click OK.
14. Log on to the server PC using the account that will be used for the Voicemail Pro server.
15. From Outlook or Outlook Express, send a message direct to an extension user.
16. If this message is received correctly, continue with installing the Voicemail Pro software.

2.5.3.4 Configuring Outlook for Internet Mail
For the installation of Outlook to work correctly, the following setup process must be followed. Outlook can be configured
in two ways. Using the Wizard, prior to completing the steps below will cause Outlook not to send the messages
correctly.
To configure Outlook for Internet Mail:

1. Right-click the Outlook icon on the desktop and select Properties.
2. Select Add.
3. Select Internet Email and click OK.
4. For the Mail Account, enter Voicemail.
5. For User Information enter Voicemail as the Name and for the Email address enter your address, for example.
voicemail@your_domain_name.
6. Select the Servers tab. Enter the name or IP address of the Outgoing mail server and Incoming mail server.
7. The Incoming Mail Server details can be left blank as Outlook does not need to check for mail. Otherwise, enter
the account name and password for example, Voicemail. Select Remember password.
8. Select the Connection tab. Select Connect using my local area network (LAN). Click Next.
9. Click OK.
10. Click Next.
11. Accept the default path for file creation.
12. Select Next, then Finish and then Close.
13. Open Outlook.
14. On the Email Service Option Screen, select Internet Only.
15. Click Next.
16. Select Yes to register Outlook as the default email application.
18. Click the Preferences tab.
19. Click Email Options.
· You might want this option selected during initial setup and troubleshooting. Due to the size of wav file
message attachments it is advisable to uncheck it after installation is complete.

2.5.3.5 Configuring Outlook for Exchange Server
This option may be configured if Outlook is to be configured to connect to the Exchange Server, using a valid user name
and password, while the Voicemail PC remains a member of a work group.
To configure Outlook for Exchange Server:

1. Create a new mailbox on the Exchange Server, for example Voicemail, and assign it the same password as has
been configured on the voicemail PC.
2. Clear User must Change password at Next Logon and select Password Never Expires.
3. On the voicemail PC, logon with the Voicemail account.
4. Right-click the Outlook icon on the desktop and select Properties.
5. Select Add.
6. Highlight Microsoft Exchange Server and click OK.
7. Type in the Microsoft Exchange Server name and enter Voicemail in the Mailbox field.
8. Highlight the MS Exchange Settings, Click Properties.
9. Highlight Microsoft Exchange Server. Click Properties.
10. Click Check name and ensure the name is resolved.
11. If the name is resolved, select Apply. Click OK, OK and Close to shut the Mail settings.
12. Do not continue until the name has been resolved correctly with the Exchange Server. If the name is not resolved,
check the account details with the exchange administrator.
13. Open Outlook and select Yes to register Outlook as the default email application.
15. Choose the Preferences tab. Click Email Options.
· You may want this option selected during initial setup and troubleshooting. Due to the size of wav file
message attachments deselect it once installation is complete.

2.5.3.6 Installing the VoiceMail Pro Software
To install the Voicemail Pro software
1. Log off and log back on using the Voicemail account and password.
2. Install the required Voicemail Pro software. For more information, see Installing Compact Voicemail Pro Server and
Client 25 or Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server and Client 28 .
3. When the installation process requests a User Name and Password for the Voicemail Pro service, enter the
Voicemail account details.
4. Restart the server PC when requested and log on using the Voicemail account.
5. When SMTP email details are requested, enter no values and ignore the error message following the SMTP check.
6. Start the Voicemail Pro server service. For more information, see Starting the Voicemail Pro Service 33 .
7. Check that the basic voicemail services start and operate correctly.
8. The next step is to switch the Voicemail Pro to MAPI operation. For more information, see Switching Voicemail Pro
to MAPI 45 .

2.5.3.7 Switching VoiceMail Pro to MAPI

2.5.3.8 Changing SMTP Email Account Settings
To change SMTP Email Account Settings:
2. Select IP Office Voicemail Pro.

3. Select the SMTP Email Settings tab.
4. Enter the settings to match the customer's email server and the email account configured on that server for the
Voicemail Pro service.
5. Click the Email Settings tab.
6. Enter the email address for the account setup on the customer's email server for the Voicemail Pro service.
7. Click Check to test the connection to the specified email account.
8. Click OK.

2.5.4 Operation
2.5.4.1 Configuring Email Users and Groups for Voicemail Email
Voicemail Email can be used with user mailboxes and hunt group mailboxes.
User or group email addresses can be specified only through IP Office Manager. The remaining settings, for example
email alert, can be set using any of the following methods:
· Through IP Office Manager.

For more information, see the IP Office Manager help or user guide.
· By logging in to the mailbox (for IP Office mode mailboxes).

Voicemail Lite or Voicemail Pro users who are have an IP Office mode mailbox can switch Voicemail Email on/off and
select the mode of Voicemail Email operation. The exact method for doing this depends on the type of telephone being
used. Mailbox owners can find more information in the IP Office Mailbox User Guide.
· Through a Voicemail Pro call flow that uses a Play Configuration Menu action.
For Voicemail Pro systems, the Play Configuration Menu action can be used to allow a caller set a user or group's
Voicemail Email alert mode. Note however that this action is not aware whether the user or group has an email
address set for the service. For more information, see Play Configuration Menu Action 226 .
Other Phone Types and External Call Access

If no email address has been set for the user or group, the voicemail server responds with the message "Email is not
enabled for this mailbox".
After they log in to their mailbox, mailbox owners have the following options:
· *01 - Sets the Voicemail Email mode to Forward.
· *02 - Sets the Voicemail Email mode to Alert.
· *03 - Sets the Voicemail Email mode to Off.
Mailbox owners can find out more in the user guide for their type of mailbox.

2.5.4.2 IP Office Manager Settings
The voicemail email settings are found on the Voicemail tab of the user
The voicemail email settings are also on the voicemail tab of the hunt group
Voicemail Email
The user's or group's email address.
Voicemail Email
· Off
Switches off the use of Voicemail Email. Note that other services using the email address such as Email TTS can still
operate.
· Copy
Send a copy of each new message as a wav file attachment to the email. The original message remains in the mailbox.
Forward and Copy should be used with care. Each 1 minute message will result in a 1MB wav file. This may impact on
the performance of the network and email connection.
· Forward
Send a copy of each new message as a wav file attachment to the email and delete the original message from the
mailbox. Note, this settings overrides all other actions such as message waiting indication and voicemail ringback.
· Alert
Send an email alert for each new voicemail message but do not attach a copy of the message.
· Voicemail Email Reading

This is part of TTS operation but uses the same email address as set for Voicemail Email.

2.5.4.3 How Voicemail Email Messages Look
Messages sent by a user or group's voicemail email settings contain the following:
· To
The user/group email address.
· From
The name and address setting of the email client account.
· Subject
Voicemail Message ('calling number' > 'user name') From:'calling number'.
· Body
If the user or group's Voicemail Email mode is set to Copy or Forward, the message body will contain "IP Office
Voicemail redirected message".
· Attachment
When using Copy or Forward mode, the message is attached as a wav file.
Messages sent via a Voicemail Pro eMail action are configurable, see The Voicemail Pro eMail Action 56 .

2.5.4.4 The Voicemail Pro Email Action
The eMail action in Voicemail Pro can be used to send messages via email in response to caller actions in the
voicemail call flow. The action can also attach a wav file.
In the example above, the eMail action follows a Voice Question action. The $ in the eMail action's Attach file to
email field instructs it to use the file recorded by the preceding Voice Question action.
The same method can be used with a Leave Mail action. Note however that the Leave Mail action must be set to a valid
target mailbox which will then have a copy of the message.
Alternatively, the eMail action can attach a prerecorded wav file by specifying the file name. That named file can be
created by an Edit Play List action.

2.5.4.5 SMTP Errors
SMTP error logging can be enabled to generate a log of SMTP activity. For a default Voicemail Pro installation the activity
is logged in a file in C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Pro\logs. The file name includes a date stamp for
the day on which it is generated.
Enabling SMTP Error Reporting:

1. Stop the Voicemail Pro service
2. Start the Registry Editor.
3. Locate the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Network Alchemy\Voicemail\Directories.
4. From the menu bar select Edit.
5. Select New and then String Value.
6. Enter SMTPLogging.
7. Right-click on the new registry key SMTPLogging and select Modify.
8. Set the value to 1.
9. Close the Registry Editor.
Value Meaning
1 An exception has occurred.

3 The process has run out of memory.
4 An error has occurred due to a problem with the message body or attachments.
5 There was a problem initiating the conversation with the mail server. Ensure the setting of
the Domain property is correct.
6 There was an error terminating the conversation with the SMTP mail server.
7 The "From" address was not formatted correctly or was rejected by the SMTP mail server.
Some SMTP servers will only accept mail from particular addresses or domains. SMTP mail
servers may also reject a from address if the server can not successfully do a reverse
lookup on the from address.
8 An error was reported in response to receipt address. The SMTP server may refuse to
handle mail for unknown recipients.
9 There was an error connecting to the SMTP mail server.
10 There was an error opening the file. If you have specified file attachments, ensure that they
exist and that you have access to them.
11 There was an error reading a file. If you have specified file attachments, ensure that they
exist and that you have access to them.
15 No mail server specified.
16 There was a problem with the connection and a socket error occurred.
17 Could not resolve host.
18 Connected but server sent back bad response.
19 Could not create thread.
20 Canceled as a result of calling the Cancel method.
21 The operation timed-out while the host was being resolved.
22 The operation timed-out while connecting.
24 ESMTP Authentication failed.
25 The selected ESMTP Authentication mode is not supported by the server.
26 ESMPT Authentication protocol error.
27 Socket Timeout error.
105 Invalid license key.

2.6 Centralized Voicemail Pro
A single Voicemail Pro server on a central IP Office system can be used to provide voicemail services for other remote IP
Office systems. This is called Centralized Voicemail Pro.
Centralized Voicemail Pro requires the IP Office systems to be linked by an IP Office Small Community Network (SCN). To
avoid the likelihood of two Voicemail Pro servers answering for the same user, only one centralized Voicemail Pro server
can be installed on a single Small Community Network (SCN). For more information about restrictions that need to be
considered before installing Centralized Voicemail, see Restrictions 59 .
Notes
· For information about small community networking and setting up VoIP lines, see the IP Office Manager User Guide.
· By default each IP Office is set to use a broadcast IP address to locate a voicemail server. It can therefore appear that
centralized voicemail is operating before the remote system is set to the Voicemail Type of Line.
· Leaving the systems in this arrangement rather than setting the remote system's Voicemail Type to Line can cause
problems and is not supported.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Centralized Voicemail Pro
2.6.1 Planning Requirements
The following factors must be remembered during planning of the Centralized Voicemail Pro system:
· The voicemail Server PC is attached to the central system.
· A Feature key and Voicemail Pro license key are required for the central system hosting the Voicemail Pro.
· Small Community Networking (SCN) is required between the central system and remote systems. This document
assumes that this has already been set up and tested.
· On networked IP Office systems, it is possible for centralized voicemail to appear operational without Small
Community Networking. However, this operation tends to be unpredictable and so we support Centralized
Voicemail Pro only when using Small Community Networking.
· VCM modules or VoIP channels are required in the remote and central systems.
· The extension and group numbering on all systems must be unique.
· The extension and group names on all systems must be unique.
· We also recommend that all names and numbers (groups, line, services, etc) on the separate IP Office systems are
kept as unique as possible. This will reduce potential maintenance confusion.
2.6.2 Restrictions
· Voicemail Support - Centralized Voicemail using Voicemail Pro
Within a Small Community Network, a single Voicemail Pro can be used to provide voicemail services for all the IP
Office systems. For full details of installation and setup refer to the Voicemail Pro documentation. The Voicemail Pro is
licensed and hosted by a chosen central IP Office system and provides full operation for that system. The voicemail
features supported for the other remote IP Offices are listed below:
· For IP500 system, centralized voicemail does not require the remote systems to be running in IP500
Professional mode. Only the IP500 hosting the Voicemail Pro server is required to be IP500 Professional.
· User mailboxes.
· Call recording.
Recording of incoming call routes is only supported for destinations on the same IP Office system, not for remote
SCN destinations.
· Dial by Name.
· Auto Attendants.
· Breakout
Requires that the numbers used are routable by the system hosting the voicemail server.
· Announcements
Using IP Office 4.0 announcements. Pre-4.0 announcements are only supported for queues on the system hosting
the voicemail server.
· ContactStore
This application is supported but requires each individual IP Office to have a VMPro Recordings Administrator
license.
· UMS Web Services

Users for UMS Web Services (IMAP and or web voicemail) are licensed through the UMS Web Services license on
their host IP Office system. This applies even if the user remote hot desks to another system in the Small
Community Network.

2.6.3 Configuring the Remote System Voicemail Settings
After you have installed the centralized Voicemail Pro, you are ready to configure the remote system settings.
To configure the remote system Voicemail settings:

1. Start IP Office Manager and receive the configuration of the remote system.
2. Set the License Server IP Address to the address of the PC acting as the remote system's Feature Key Server
PC.
· This cannot be the same PC as the central system's Feature Key Server PC.
· If the remote system does not use any licenses, enter 0.0.0.0.
3. Double-click the System icon.
4. Select the Voicemail tab and set the following:
· Set the Voicemail Type to Line.
· Set the Voicemail Destination to the Outgoing Group ID set on the VPN line to the central system.
5. Load the configuration and reboot the remote IP Office.
6. Dial *17 at an extension on the remote IP Office. The call should ring the Voicemail Pro server and then access the
extensions mailbox.
2.6.4 Fax Configuration

When fax detection is required in a small community network (SCN) there are some specific settings required in IP Office
Manager.
To setup fax detection for a small community network:

1. Open IP Office Manager.
2. In the Navigation pane click Line and select the IP Line.

3. View the VoIP Settings tab.
2.6.5 Licensing
The most commonly seen problem in Centralized Voicemail Pro is misunderstanding the licensing requirements.
· The voicemail licenses are entered on the central IP Office and validated against its Feature Key.
· The remote IP Office systems do not need any voicemail licenses except that for .
· By default each IP Office uses a broadcast address to locate a Feature Key Server PC and validate its licenses.
· Once a Feature Key Server has validated licenses with one IP Office it will not do validation for another IP Office
unless rebooted.
Given the above, we strongly recommend that in any multiple IP Office network, the License Server IP Address (
System form > System tab) on each IP Office is set to the specific address of its Feature Key server or blank if using a
serial port Feature Key. If a remote IP Office does not have a Feature Key Server (because it is not using any licenses)
enter 0.0.0.0.
It is important to note also that the Voicemail Pro server will operate for 2 hours without license validation. This can
cause Voicemail Pro and Centralized Voicemail Pro to appear operational following installation and to then stop.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Centralized Voicemail Pro
2.7 Text to Speech (TTS) Install

The Voicemail Pro server is able to use the Text to Speech (TTS) feature to:
· Speak text in call flows using the Speak Text action. The text can include variables passed from other actions
including database actions.
· Support Email Text to Speech. This requires MAPI based Voicemail Email to have been set up and tested.
Voicemail Pro TTS requires the server PC to have a Microsoft SAPI 5 compatible TTS engine installed and a valid license
entry. Two IP Office licenses exist to enable Voicemail Pro support for TTS operation. These are:
· VM Pro Generic TTS

This license enables the Voicemail Pro server to use either Microsoft's own SAPI5 TTS engines or third-party SAPI 5
compatible TTS engines. The Microsoft TTS engines (Microsoft Sam, Mike, Mary and Simplified Chinese) are installed by
default as part of the Microsoft Windows installation. One license is required for each simultaneous instance of TTS
usage.
· VM Pro ScanSoft TTS

This license enables the Voicemail Pro server to use Avaya supplied TTS engines. These engines currently provide
better voice quality than the Microsoft TTS engines and support a wider range of languages. They are supplied on a set
of 5 CDs separate from the Voicemail Pro software CD. One license is required for each simultaneous instance of TTS
usage.
· Installation of Windows Server Operating Systems

TTS requires the PC to have Windows Audio enabled. On many server PC, while the Windows Audio components
are present as standard they are not enabled. In order to use TTS ensure that the server PC has Windows Audio
enabled. Note that this does require the PC to have a sound card installed.
1. Ensure that you have full administrator rights for the PC. This process will also require the PC to be restated.
2. In the Windows Control Panel select Sounds and Audio Devices.
3. If Windows Audio has not been enabled, select the Enable Windows Audio check-box.
TTS licenses are enabled on a per port basis. This means that a four port voicemail could have two licenses enabled. If
both the Generic and ScanSoft TTS licenses are enabled in Manager, both of the TTS engines will be used by all four
voicemail ports on a first-come first-served basis. Due to this, the TTS engine used by a particular port for a particular
call cannot be guaranteed. To have one consistent engine used for all calls, make sure that there is only one valid TTS
license in Manager.
· Tip
For a customer demonstration, sales staff can use the Microsoft Speech SDK 5.1 which includes a TTS playback
application that enables you to play and compare different TTS engines without requiring Voicemail Pro. For example
you can compare the Avaya-ScanSoft TTS engine with the Microsoft TTS engine. If you install the application on a sales
laptop PC that has the ScanSoft TTS installed on it, you can then choose a TTS engine and produce a WAV file for the
specified TTS engine. The Microsoft Speech SDK is available from http://www.microsoft.com/speech/download/sdk51/.
The following languages are supported by the Avaya TTS engines:
· Chinese. · German. · Brazilian Portuguese.
· Dutch. · Italian. · Russian.
· English (UK). · Korean. · Spanish.
· English (US). · Norwegian. · Latin Spanish.
· French.
· Multiple Language TTS Support

More than one language can be installed. A Select System Prompt Language action can then be used to switch TTS
to a different language from the selected default.
· Email Reading
When installed in parallel with Voicemail Email, Voicemail Pro TTS can be used to provide email reading to selected
mailbox users. For more information, see Voicemail Email:Overview 41 and Setting Up Text To Speech to Read Email
66 .

2.7.1 Installing Generic Text to Speech
To install Text to Speech:
1. Install and test Voicemail Pro as normal.
2. Using IP Office Manager, add the VMPro TTS (Generic) license into the IP Office configuration. Send the new
configuration to the IP Office system.
3. Reload the IP Office configuration into IP Office Manager and check that the status of the license has changed to
Valid.
4. The Voicemail Pro installation includes the default Microsoft TTS engines (Microsoft Sam, Mike, Mary and Simplified
Chinese) as standard. If another third-party SAPI 5 compatible TTS engine is going to be used, install that
software.
5. If the system is licensed for generic TTS, Voicemail Pro will automatically discover any SAPI 5 installed engine. If
there is no 3rd party engine installed then the Microsoft 3rd party engine is used.
2.7.2 Installing Avaya Text to Speech

The Avaya TTS engine for Voicemail Pro is supplied on a set of CDs. Each CD contains a different set of languages.
However, in each case CD 1 is required to start the TTS engine installation process.
To install Avaya Text to Speech:
1. Install and test Voicemail Pro as normal.
2. Using IP Office Manager, add the VM Pro TTS (ScanSoft) license into the IP Office configuration. Send the new
configuration to the IP Office system.
3. Reload the IP Office configuration into IP Office Manager and check that the status of the license has changed to
Valid.
4. Insert the first Avaya TTS CD. The installation should auto-start.
5. Follow the prompts and install the required languages. Depending on the languages that you select, instructions to
insert the other CDs in the set may follow.
6. If the system is licensed for Avaya TTS, the ScanSoft engine is automatically used.
2.7.3 Using the Speak Text Action

One method of employing TTS is through adding a Speak Text action to a call flow. The text to be spoken is entered
in the action's Specific tab. This text can include combinations of:
· Typed text sentences.
· Voicemail Pro System Variables. For example:
· Entering $KEY would be replaced when spoken by the last digits dialed within the call flow by the caller.
· If using database interaction, entering $DBD[x] would be replaced by the current value of that database field.
· Entering $CLI would speak the caller's CLI, if available, back to them.
· SAPI 5 XML 63 tags can be added to alter how the text is spoken. For example when 123 needs to be spoken as one
two three rather than "one hundred and twenty-three", enter <spell>123</spell>.

Installing Voicemail Pro: Text to Speech (TTS) Install
2.7.4 Text to Speech SAPI Controls
Windows TTS engines use Microsoft's SAPI (Speech Application Program Interface). This includes the use of XML tags in
the text to change how the text is spoken. For example, in the text This is the <volume level="90">text</volume>
to speak the items within < > brackets are XML tags used to change how the speech is spoken.
The following are samples of the SAPI XML controls supported by Voicemail Pro TTS. Further information on SAPI 5 can
be obtained from Microsoft support websites.
· Volume 64
Change the speech volume.
· Rate 64
Change the speech rate.
· Pitch 64
Change the speech pitch.
· Emph 64
Add emphasis to words.
· Spell 65
Spell out words and numbers literally.
· Silence 65
Add a period of silence.
· Partofsp 65
Change the usage of words.
Entering XML Tags

XML tags can be used in two ways, either nested or empty.
· Nest Tags: Example = <volume level="90">text</volume>

Nested tags consist of:
· An opening XML tag, in the example above <volume level="90">.
· The text to which the opening tag command should be applied.
· A closing XML tag. The closing tag use the same command as the opening tag, prefixed with / and no other
settings. In the example above this is </volume>.
· Empty Tags: Example = <volume level="90"/>All following text

An empty tag is not nested, its command and settings apply to all the following text. Empty tags are recognizable
by the / before the tags closing >.

Example SAPI XML Tags
Volume
Controls the volume of the speech. This tag can be nested or empty.
· Attributes:
· level=
Supports values between 0 and 100, being percentages of the system's set volume.
· Examples:
· <volume level="50"/>Speak allow following text at level 50.
· <volume level="50">Speak this text at level 50</volume> and this as normal.
Rate
Controls the speed at which the text is spoken. This tag can be empty or nested.
· Attributes
Only one attribute may be applied within a tag.
· absspeed=
Sets the absolute speed for the speech in a range between -10 and 10 with 0 being normal speech.
· speed=
Sets a speed change that is added to the current speed.
· Examples:
· <rate absspeed="5">Speak this text at rate 5</rate> and this text as normal.
· <rate absspeed="5"/>Speak all following text at rate 5.
· <rate speed="-5"/>Drop the current speech speed by 5.
Pitch
Controls the pitch at which the text is spoken. This tag can be empty or nested.
· Attributes
Only one attribute may be applied within a tag.
· absmiddle=
Sets the absolute pitch for the speech in a range between -10 and 10 with 0 being normal speech.
· middle=
Sets a pitch change that is added to the current speed.
· Examples:
· <rate absmiddle="5">Speak this text at pitch 5</rate> and this text as normal.
· <rate absmiddle="5"/>Speak all following text at pitch 5.
· <rate middle="-5"/>Drop the current speech pitch by 5.
Emph
Applies emphasis to a word or section of text. This tag must be nested.
· Attributes:
This tag has no attributes.
· Example:
· Say <emph>boo</emph>.

Spell
Spell forces the engine to speak any nested text literally rather than applying any speech rules. This is useful for
numbers where rather that than saying 3001 as three thousand and one for 3001, the speech required is three zero zero
one. This tag must be nested.
· Attributes
This tag has no attributes.
· Example:
· The telephone number is <spell>555 3468</spell>.
Silence
Inserts a period of silence. This tag must be empty.
· Attributes
· msec=
Sets the duration in milliseconds.
· Example:
· A short silence <silence msec="500"/> of half a second.
Partofsp
Forces the pronunciation of a word according to it usage if not correctly determined by the TTS speech engine or to
override the engine. This tag must be nested.
· Attributes:
· part=
Takes a value from noun, verb, modifier, function or interjection.
· Example:
· To <partofsp part="verb">record</partofsp> that <partofsp part="noun">record</partofsp> press 1.

2.7.5 Setting Up Text To Speech to Read Email
It is not possible to parse email without a license for TTS. Therefore, it is not possible to forward emails without a valid
TTS license.
In conjunction with MAPI email clients and Exchange server, TTS can be used to read new e-mails in a user's email inbox
when they access their voicemail mailbox.
This feature is supported only for Intuity mode. Users hear their new voicemail messages and then the number of
"Messages with text". Before each email is spoken, details of who it is from, when the message was sent and the size are
given. This allows large or non-urgent e-mails to be skipped.
· Email reading cannot be used for e-mails in HTML format. If HTML messages are received, all of the code will be
read out as a message.
To set up text to speech to read email:

1. Install and test Voicemail Pro for MAPI-based Voicemail Email operation with an Exchange Server.
2. To perform email reading, the Voicemail account created on the Exchange server for Voicemail Email must able to
access the individual users email mailboxes. This can be achieved by either:
· On the Exchange Server, ensure that Voicemail user account is granted rights to access all user email boxes,
or;
· Within each user's Outlook:
· Select Tools > Options.
· Select Delegates.
· Add the voicemail account as a delegate.
3. If you have not already done so, install and test TTS operation using a Speak Text action.
4. Using IP Office Manager, load the IP Office configuration and open the settings for each user.
5. In Voicemail Email, enter the user's email address. The same address is used for both Voicemail Email and Email
Reading services.
6. Select Voicemail Email Reading.
7. For systems upgraded from 2.0, where a + sign was used in front of the users email address to indicate Email TTS
usage, the + sign is automatically removed and the Voicemail Email Reading box is selected.
8. Click OK and merge the new configuration back to the IP Office system.
9. Send the user a test email. Then log into the user's voicemail mailbox and check whether following the voice
messages a new "message with text" is announced.

2.8 UMS Web Services

Voicemail Pro 4.2+ adds support for two UMS (Unified Messaging Service) options:
· IMAP Client Support

Users can then access their voicemail messages using email clients such as Outlook and Lotus notes that support
an IMAP Client. The Voicemail Pro server PC acts as the IMAP server.
· Web Voicemail Access

This option allows users to access the contents of their mailbox using a web browser. They can then playback
messages to their phone or through their PC. Web voicemail requires the voicemail service to also run IIS and
PHP.
Use of either of these services requires UMS Web Service licenses in the IP Office configuration. The license sets the
number of users who can be configured as users of either UMS service in the IP Office configuration.
Feature Web IMAP

Voicemail Client
Synchronization in realtime.
Playback via PC.
Playback via User Extension.
Save message Wav to PC.
Forward messages to other voicemail mailbox.
Forward messages to other email mailbox.
Undelete manually deleted messages.
Mark message as unread.
Change voicemail password.
Web IMAP
Show Message Types
Voicemail Client
- New (Unread).
- Old (read).
- Saved.
- Priority.
- Private.
- Deleted.
· UMS or IMS
UMS services are a replacement for IMS. IMS is still supported but only on existing OS's as per Voicemail Pro 4.1.
Installation of UMS services and IMS on the same system is not supported.

2.8.1 IMAP Installation
Voicemail Pro 4.2+ support mailbox synchronization with email clients that can support IMAP (Internet Message Access
Protocol) accounts. Examples are Outlook, Outlook Express and Lotus Notes. Using this interface, users can view the
contents of their voicemail mailbox and play those messages through their computers audio facilities.
IMAP is supported for user mailboxes only. It cannot be used for hunt group mailboxes. The number of users that can be
configured for IMAP and/or web access is controlled by licenses.
Once configured, the IMAP folder and the user mailbox are synchronized whenever the IMAP folder is opened. The
method of indication of the different message types will depend on the email client being used and is not controlled by
the Voicemail Pro.

Installing Voicemail Pro: UMS Web Services
Installing the Voicemail Pro IMAP Server

The IMAP server is installed as a standard part of the Voicemail Pro service installation. It uses the IP address of the
Voicemail Pro server PC and runs on the standard IMAP port 143.
The only special consideration is to avoid having any other IMAP server running on the same PC.
Configuring the IP Office for IMAP

1. Start IP Office Manager.
2. Receive the configuration from the IP Office associated with the Voicemail Pro server.
3. In the Licenses section add the UMS Web Services license.
4. Merge the configuration back to the IP Office and then receive the configuration again.
5. In the Licenses section check that the License Status of the UMS Web Services license is now shown as
Valid.
6. Start the Voicemail Pro client
7. Select Help | About.
8. The screen should list the IMAP Server as Started and should show the number of UMS licenses.
Configure IP Office Users for UMS.

2. Receive the configuration from the IP Office system hosting the user.
3. UMS can be enable in two ways:
· Through Individual User Settings:
1. Select User and then select the required user.
2. Select the Voicemail tab.
3. Enable UMS Web Services. Click OK.
· Through Licenses:
1. Select Licenses.
2. In the Manager navigation pane, double click on the UMS Web Services license.
3. The Select Web Service Users menu is shown.
4. Select the users for which UMS Web Services are required. Click OK.
4. Merge the configuration back to the IP Office.

Configuring a User Email account
The exact method of configuration of an IMAP account depends on the IMAP client being used by the user. For example it
may be necessary to enable some field with dummy data in order for the email client to accept the account even though
those settings are not used by the Voicemail Pro IMAP server.
The general details that are required are:
IMAP Account Setting IP Office Value
Incoming Server Voicemail Pro server IP address or domain name address.

Account Name User name or extension number.
Password User voicemail code.
Example: Outlook
1. Select Tools and then Options.
2. Select Mail Setup and then click E-mail Accounts.
3. Select Add a new e-mail account.
4. Select IMAP as the server type.
5. In Server Information for Incoming mail server and Outgoing mail server enter the IP address or domain name
address of the Voicemail Pro server PC.
6. In Logon Information enter the users extension number and voicemail code as the User Name and Password.
7. Click Next.
Example: Outlook Express
1. Select Tools and then Accounts.
2. Select Add and then Mail.
3. Enter a descriptive name such as Voicemail and click Next.
4. Enter an email address. This is not used but a value must be entered to move to the next screen. Click Next.
5. Set My incoming mail server is a to IMAP.
6. In the Incoming server field enter the IP address or domain name address of the Voicemail Pro server PC.
7. Enter a value in the Outgoing mail server field. This is not used but a value must be entered to move to the next
screen. Click Next.
8. For Account Name enter the user's extension number or name in the IP Office configuration.
9. For Password enter the user's Voicemail Code.
10.Click Next and then Finish.

2.8.2 Web Voicemail Installation
Voicemail Pro 4.2+ support web access to user mailboxes. Users are then able to play their messages, mark them as
saved or deleted, or forward messages to another mailbox. Playback is through the users own associate extension on the
IP Office system or through the audio facilities of the PC.
Web Voicemail Installation Requirements

The Web Voicemail component is selectable as part of a custom Voicemail Pro installation. Note the pre-requisites below
before doing the Web Voicemail installation.
· o IIS Web Server

Must be installed on the voicemail server PC before the Voicemail Pro 4.2 Web Voicemail component is installed.
· o PHP
Web Voicemail uses PHP. If an existing PHP is not detected, the Voicemail Pro installation will install its own
PHP.
· o UMS Web Services License

The use of Web Voicemail and the number of users who can be configured to access it are controlled by the UMS
Web Services license entered in the IP Office configuration.
· o Computer Name\URL
The computer name is used as part of its URL on the network. Ensure that the name is set to something that
appropriately indicates its purpose and that can be used as part of the URL for the web server within the
customers domain.
· o Remove IMS
Voicemail Pro UMS is not supported on systems that are using Voicemail Pro IMS. IMS must be removed before
UMS can be selected for installation.
User and Browser Requirements

For users to access Web Voicemail they require a web browser that meets the following requirements:
· o Javascript Enabled Web Browser

Web Voicemail is tested against the following browsers. Other browser may work so long as they support
javascript and CSS.
· Internet Explorer V6 SP1 or higher.
· Internet Explorer V7 or higher.
· Mozilla Firefox V2.0.0.2 or higher.
· Opera V9.10 or higher.

· o User Name and Password
Once enabled for UMS Web Services in the IP Office configuration, to log on using Web Voicemail, the user will
need to know their Name and Voicemail Code as set in the IP Office configuration. Note that this is the Name
and not the Full Name.

Voicemail Pro Software Installation with Web Voicemail Component

The Web Voicemail component is installed as part of a Custom Voicemail Pro installation. From the list of
1. Verify that IIS is installed and running on the voicemail server PC. Check that it can be browsed from user PC's.
· While the server can be browsed by IP address, the URL used by users will be based on the server's computer
name within the customer domain. Check that web server can be browsed from user PC's using the server's
computer name as part of the URL. If necessary change that name to accurate indicate its function.
2. Insert the Voicemail Pro CD.
3. When asked for the type of Voicemail Pro install to perform select Voicemail Pro (Full).
4. On the next screen select Custom.
5. In the list of components scroll down and select Web Voicemail. Do not change any of the other selections unless you
understand the requirements for those components.
· UMS Web Voicemail is not supported in conjunction with IMS. If one is selected for installation the other cannot be
selected.
6. Follow the remainder of the installation process and allow the voicemail server to reboot when required.
Configuring the IP Office for Web Services

2. Receive the configuration from the IP Office associated with the Voicemail Pro server.
3. In the Licenses section add the UMS Web Services license.
4. Merge the configuration back to the IP Office and then receive the configuration again.
5. In the Licenses section check that the License Status of the UMS Web Services license is now shown as
Valid.
6. Start the Voicemail Pro client
7. Select Help | About.
8. The screen should list the Web Services as Started and should show the number of UMS licenses.
Configure IP Office Users for UMS.

2. Receive the configuration from the IP Office system hosting the user.
3. UMS can be enable in two ways:
· Through Individual User Settings:
1. Select User and then select the required user.
3. Enable UMS Web Services. Click OK.
· Through Licenses:
1. Select Licenses.
2. In the Manager navigation pane, double click on the UMS Web Services license.
3. The Select Web Service Users menu is shown.
4. Select the users for which UMS Web Services are required. Click OK.
4. Merge the configuration back to the IP Office.

2.8.3 Using Web Voicemail
The URL will be that of the voicemail server PC plus /voicemail. This will display the web voicemail login page.
1. Logon using your user name and voicemail code as set on the IP Office system. The System Administrator can
change these if necessary.
· Note: This is the user name set in the IP Office and used by Voicemail Pro. It is not the full name that is
shown on phones and used by IP Office Phone Manager and SoftConsole if set.
2. Note that multiple failures to login correctly can cause your access to Web Voicemail to be locked for 1 hour. If
necessary Web Voicemail access can be unlocked using the Voicemail Pro administration client (select Users,
right click on the user marked as Account Locked in the Web Voicemail column, enter a new password for the
user and click OK).
The interface shows the messages in your mailbox. Note that it is not updated in realtime. To check if new messages
have arrived in your mailbox since starting Web Voicemail, refresh the browser view using the browser controls.
The columns can be sorted by clicking on the column title. The currently selected sort column is shown by a V symbol
next to it.
Message Types
The following icons are used for different types of messages:
· Unread message
· Read message
Note that by default a read message is permanently deleted from the mailbox after 30 days unless changed to a
saved message.
· Deleted message
Manually deleted messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. Deleted messages remain visible there
at least 24 hours after they were marked as deleted..
· Deleted messages are not accessible through the voicemail spoken prompts interface or Visual Voice.
· Deleted messages can be undeleted by marking them as saved, read or unread. They can then be moved
back out of the Trash folder. Moving a deleted message out of the Trash folder automatically changes it to
read.
· Saved message
Setting a message as saved stops it being automatically deleted after a period of time.
· Priority message
This icon is added the the message icon to indicate that the caller has set the message as a priority message.


Controls
· Select
Before performing many actions such as saving, deleting or forwarding, you can select the messages to which the
action should be applied.
· The select box at the top of the list of messages can be used to select/deselect all messages on the currently
displayed page.
· Put in Folder
Move the selected messages into a folder. When clicked the list of available folders is shown. Note that moving
messages into the Trash folder automatically marks those messages as deleted.
· Save
Change the status of the selected messages to saved.
· Mark as read
Change the status of the selected messages to read. Changing the status of a message will override its previous
status including those marked as saved.
· Mark as unread
Change the status of the selected messages to unread. Changing the status of a message will override its previous
status including those marked as saved.
· Forward
Forward a copy of the selected message to another mailbox. When click, the type of mailbox (user or hunt group)
can be selected. The list of mailboxes is then shown and allows selection of multiple target mailboxes.
· Delete
Delete the selected messages. Manually deleted messages remain visible until the voicemail server next performs
its mailbox housekeeping. See the deleted message description above.
· Change password
This option allows you to change your voicemail mailbox code.
Playing Messages
To play a message just click on it. The message menu is displayed. The appearance of this will vary depending on
whether you select playback via the default media player on your computer or through an extension on the telephone
system.


2.8.4 Using IMAP
Most email clients that support IMAP display IMAP messages in a separate folder. The contents of that folder are
synchronized when the folder is viewed.
Note that the types of icons used and whether different icons are supported for different message statuses depends on
the email client used.
The following should be noted about the IMAP folder view:
· New messages are presented as a closed envelope.
· Read messages are presented as an open envelope.
· Priority messages are indicated as such.
· Private messages are not indicated as such.
· Saved messages are not indicated as such.
· Deleted messages are indicated as deleted but remain visible.
· The voicemail server does not actually delete messages until at least 24 hours after it was marked as deleted.
· Deleted messages are not accessible through the voicemail spoken prompts interface or Visual Voice.
· Deleted messages can be undeleted. Those messages are then available through all the mailbox interfaces.
· Moving a message in the IMAP folder to another folder in the Email client will cause the email to be copied to the
new folder and the original message is shown as deleted in the IMAP folder.
· The Voicemail Pro housekeeping settings for automatic deletion of different message types (New, Read, Saved)
are still applied.
· IMAP cannot be used to send or forward messages to other voicemail mailboxes.

2.9 Troubleshooting
2.9.1 Checking the Voicemail Pro Service
If Voicemail Pro has been installed successfully, if the server PC has been rebooted then the voicemail service is started
automatically. However it is useful to check the services and to know how to stop-start the services manually.
To check/restart the Voicemail Pro Service:

3. The Voicemail Pro Service should be visible. Its Status should be Started and the Startup Type should be set
to Automatic.
· Other services will be present depending on the Voicemail Pro options installed. The services are:
· Voicemail Pro Service
This is the main Voicemail Pro service. Normally this is the only service that needs to be stopped and
restarted. It will stop and restart the other services that it uses.
· VMProDBService
This service is used for the Voicemail Pro database connectivity if licensed.
· IMS(Gateway), IMS(Voice) and IMS(Restart)
These services are used by the IMS components of Voicemail Pro if installed and licensed.
· VPNM Database Server, VPIM Receiver and VPNM Server
These services are used by the VPNM components of Voicemail Pro if installed and licensed.
4. Close Services.

1. Select Start > Programs > IP Office > Voicemail Pro. The Voicemail Pro Client starts and the main window
opens.

3. Select Yes. The file root.vmp is created and made available to the Voicemail Pro server. This is the compiled non-
editable version of the editable call flow.
Setting the Voicemail Services or PC to Restart Automatically

The following action is optional. If there is some fault causing the Voicemail Pro service to halt, that fault should be
investigated and fixed, however having the service or PC automatically restarted if possible will minimize the disruption to
the Voicemail Pro users.
1. Use the Windows control panel to select the Voicemail Pro Service.
2. Right-click on the service and select Properties.
3. Select the Recovery tab.
4. Use the options presented to either restart the service and or restart the PC should the operating system detect
that the Voicemail Pro service has halted.

@echo off
timeout /t 60

Installing Voicemail Pro: Troubleshooting
2.9.2 The Voicemail Console
The server program provides a console window that enables you to see messages between the voicemail server and the
IP Office. The nature of the messages may be useful in diagnosing problems. The Voicemail Pro Service can be run in
console mode if required for testing and diagnostics purposes.
· IMS and MAPI email activity is not supported when running the Voicemail Pro service in this way.
To run the service as a console:
2. Select Administrative > Services.
3. Locate the Voicemail Pro Service.
4. Double-click the service to display its properties.
5. Click the Log On tab.
5. Under Log on as:, select Local System Account and then select Allow service to Interact with desktop.
6. Click OK.
7. Stop and restart the service using the icon. After the service restarts the Voicemail Professional Server console
window opens.
8. Click Run.
9. At an extension dial *17. Details of the Voicemail Pro activity should be displayed in the console window. To return to
normal operation, repeat the above process and set the Voicemail Pro Service back to its specific user account.

The console provides a number of commands. These commands affect only the display of messages within the console
window and do not alter the voicemail server operation in any way.
· Freeze
Halt the display of further messages. This is the default condition of the console when started.
· Run
Start the display of messages.
· Clear
Clear the display of messages.
· Campaigns
Displays messages relating to campaigns.

2.9.3 Voicemail Pro User Log
User authentication failures are logged in the event viewer, under VMPro User Log. The following details are logged:
· UserID
· Tool name
· IP address of the Client trying to log in.
To view the log details:
1. From the Control Panel, select Administrative Tools > Computer Management. The Computer Management
window opens.
2. In the System Tool directory, view the Event Viewer.
3. Click VMPro User Log to view the details.

2.9.4 Tracing in Debug
Many applications, including Voicemail Pro and IMS, output activity messages that are viewable in Debug View
(DbgView). This application can be downloaded from http://marketingtools.avaya.com/tools/debug.
Installation
1. Download the zip file.
2. Unpack the files into a folder such as c:\debug on the server PC.
3. Run DbgView.exe.
4. Events are shown in the DbgView window. These can be logged to a file if required. The level of detail shown can be
filtered to show more or less activity.
Logging
1. Run DbgView.exe.
2. Select File | Log Preferences.
3. Set the logging details are required and click OK.
4. While DbgView is running the viewable trace is also copied to the specified file.
5. The debug log files can be opened in programs such as Wordpad.

Filtering
1. Select View | Debug Filters.
2. Select the module for which you want to increase/decrease reporting.
3. In the right hand panel adjust the level of reporting.
4. Close the Configure Debug Filters window.
IMS Tracing
IMS tracing is enabled through a number of registry keys. The IMS server keys are set through HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
registry values. The IMS client keys are set through HKEY_CURRENT_USER. All the keys are all REG_DWORD values and
are disabled if not set or set to 0.
IMS HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging
EnableTracing This key must be enabled to allow tracing using the other keys below.
Voicemail HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging

\Voicemail
ConstructorTracing This provides some tracing for when certain COM objects are constructed. As a whole
it is not required for diagnostics.
DestructorTracing This provides some tracing for when certain COM objects are destructed. As a whole it
is not required for diagnostics.
EnableConnectionTracing Provides diagnostic for when a connection occurs (server to server or client to server).
EnableRefTracing This indicates when the reference count for certain COM objects is changed (through
AddRef, Release).

Gateway HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging\Gateway
Debugging This key must be enabled to allow tracing using the other keys below.
ChannelEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about speech channel events received.
EnableFunctionTracing Generally used by the client software to trace out information about the functions that
are being executed.
EnableObjectTracing Allows certain created COM objects to be traced.
EnableProxyTracing When a client connects to a server, it connects through a proxy. This settings allows
information from the proxy to be traced.
AddRef, Release).
EnableTagTracing When certain internal objects are created, such as a channel object for speech
playback, this information is tracked. Using this setting every minute a trace occurs of
the object list.
FireEventTracing Provide tracing about events that are sent from the server to its clients.
MailboxEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about mailbox events received.
MessageEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about message events received.

IMS Client Keys HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Client
are being executed.
AddRef, Release).
the object list.
MAPIEventTracing Allow tracing of MAPI events received from MAPI.
MessageProcessingTracing Used for tracing what server commands the extension is using.
UMSEventTracing Allow tracing of events received from the IMS server.
TimeAndTrace Used for tracing how long certain MAPI events took to process.
All the keys are based on the component as follows:
· IMS (Voice) Server – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Voicemail” (e.g. “HKLM\SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated

Messaging\Voicemail”)
· IMS (Gateway) Server – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Gateway”
· IMS Administration – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Admin”
· IMS Client – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Client” (e.g. “HKCU\SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging

\Client”).
VM Server Specific
· "CtiNotifyTracing" – Provide tracing to indicate that a Cti event has occurred.
· "VmsNotifyTracing" – Provide tracing to indicate that a VMS API event has occurred.

Chapter 3.
Configuring Voicemail Pro

3. Configuring Voicemail Pro
3.1 IP Office Configuration
3.1.1 Overview
The default IP Office configuration settings allow almost immediate voicemail operation as soon as a voicemail server is
running on the LAN. Those default settings are:
· Voicemail running on a PC accessible using a broadcast address of 255.255.255.255.
· Voicemail on for each user and hunt group on.
· No Voicemail Code set for any mailboxes. Until a code is entered for a mailbox, it can only be accessed from the user's
own extension.
· No Voicemail Email or Voicemail Help operation.
· No Voicemail Reception numbers set for user mailboxes.
· Hunt group mailboxes are created and used by default but there is no default message waiting indication or method for
collecting messages. A method for accessing each hunt group mailbox should be programmed. For more information,
see Hunt Group Voicemail:Overview 146 .
Before you start to configure and customize Voicemail Pro you need to provide the IP Office Manager with details of the
Voicemail Pro server PC. For more information see Identifying the Voicemail Server PC 90 and also the IP Office Manager
help.
The rest of the sections that follow describe how to configure settings in Voicemail Pro.
3.1.2 Identifying the Voicemail Server PC

By default the IP Office connects to the Voicemail Pro server by broadcasting on its own subnet.
To identify the Voicemail Server PC:
1. In IP Office Manager, select System.
2. Click the Voicemail tab.
3. The default Voicemail Type is Voicemail Lite/Pro. Make sure that this has not been changed.
4. Leave the Voicemail Destination box blank as this is not used with Voicemail Pro.
5. In the Voicemail IP Address box, change the default address (255.255.255.255) to the IP address of the PC on
which the voicemail server is running. If there is only one voicemail server on the network, you do not need to change
this.
6. Click OK to save any changes.
By default there are no Voicemail Channel Reservations. Specific functions can have voicemail channels reserved for
their use. For more information, see Voicemail Channel Reservations 95 in the appendix.

Configuring Voicemail Pro: IP Office Configuration
3.1.3 Configuring Voicemail for Individual Users
Voicemail can be configured for each individual user in IP Office Manager.
To change voicemail configuration for an individual:
2. In the Navigation pane, click User and select the individual user.
3. View the Voicemail tab.
4. (Optional) Enter a voicemail code between 1-15 digits in the Voicemail Code field. This is required when users
retrieve voicemail messages remotely, for example from another user's extension or from an external telephone.
· The Voicemail Code must be retyped in the Confirm Voicemail Code field to ensure it has been correctly entered.
5. (Optional) Voicemail can be turned off by unchecking the Voicemail On option. When on, the mailbox is used to
answer the user's unanswered or busy calls.
6. (Optional) When a user collects their messages they can hear an additional prompt if the Voicemail Help option is
checked. The prompt is 'For help at any time press 8'.
· If Voicemail Help is not selected, users can still press 8 at any time and hear the list of Voicemail features. This
setting turns on/off the audible help message. It does not disable the actual feature.
7. (Optional) When a new message is received, the voicemail server can call the user's extension whenever the extension
returns from off-hook to on-hook. The voicemail server will not ring the extension more than once every 30 seconds.
Check the Voicemail Ringback option to enable this feature.
8. (Optional) Voicemail email can be configured for an individual user. When a new message is received, the WAV file
created can be sent to an email account either by user selection or according to the set Voicemail Email Mode. The
sending of .wav files across a network creates a high loading on the network and networks servers. A one-minute
message requires a 1MB .wav file. The option Voicemail Email Reading is unavailable in Voicemail Lite.
· Voicemail Email - Enter the email address of the user.
· Select the Voicemail Email Mode from:
· Off: Voicemail messages or notifications are not automatically sent.
· Copy: A copy of the message is sent to the email account.
· Forward: Voicemail messages are sent to the email account and deleted from the Voicemail server.
· Alert: Notification that a new Voicemail message has been received is sent to the email account.
9. (Optional) When a caller reaches voicemail they can be given the option to be transferred to a different extension. The
greeting message needs to be recorded telling the caller the options available. The extension numbers that they can be
transferred to are entered in the fields:
· Reception/Breakout (DTMF 0)
The number to which callers are to be transferred if they are directed to voicemail and press 0. Usually this is the
reception number.

· Breakout (DTMF 2)
The number to which callers are to be transferred if they are directed to voicemail and press 2. This number might
be, for example, the number of a colleague of the mailbox owner whose extension was originally dialed.
· Breakout (DTMF 3)
The number to which callers are to be transferred if they are directed to voicemail and press 3. This number might
be, for example, the mobile or cell number of the mailbox owner whose extension was originally dialed.
10.Click OK to save the voicemail changes for the user.
11.Amend any other user details, then save and merge the configuration changes.

3.1.4 Configuring User Source Numbers
The Source numbers can be changed for individual users in IP Office Manager. The Source Numbers tab gives a list of
Dial In Source Numbers. Several of these numbers can relate to voicemail operation. The source number settings that
can be used for Voicemail Lite are:
· V<Caller's ICLID> = Voicemail Trusted Source Access.

Strings prefixed with a v indicate numbers from which access to the user's mailbox is allowed without requiring entry
of the mailbox's voicemail code.
· When in Intuity mode users will still have to enter their voicemail code if they use the Messages button on their
telephone. However, If they have a button programmed to collect voicemail they can access their mailbox without
entering their voicemail code.
· H<Group Name> = Hunt Group Voicemail Indication.

Allows the user to receive message waiting indication of new group messages. Enter H followed by the group name, e.
g. HMain. For more information, see Hunt Group Message Waiting Indication 148 .
· P<Telephone Number> = Voicemail Ringback Number.

This entry sets the destination for callback (outbound alert) calls from voicemail. Enter P followed by the telephone
number including any necessary external dialing prefix, eg. P917325559876. This facility is only available when using
Voicemail Pro through which a default Callback or a user specific Callback start point has been configured. This feature
is separate from voicemail ringback which alerts the user's own extension.
To add a source number:
3. View the Source Numbers tab.
4. Click Add.
5. Enter the number in the Source Number field at the bottom of the window.
6. Click OK and save the configuration file.

3.1.5 Setting Up Voicemail Transfer Options for a User
After a caller has been routed to a mailbox to leave a message, the mailbox owner can offer the option of transferring to
a different number, for example:
· To speak to a receptionist callers can dial 0.
· To speak to a secretary callers can dial 2.
· To connect to an external number such as the user's mobile or cell phone, callers can dial 3.
Before a mailbox owner can use this feature, you must set up the numbers that they want to use for their transfer
options.
To set up voicemail transfer options for a user:
1. In IP Office Manager, display the user's Voicemail tab.
2. (Optional) Enter an internal or external number in the field Reception/Breakout (DTMF 0). When connected to a
user's voicemail, the caller can press 0 to be transferred to either an internal or external number. The user should
announce this facility in their greeting message, for example, "John Smith is not available today, you may leave a
message or press 0 for Reception".
3. (Optional) Enter an internal or external number in the field Breakout (DTMF 2/3). When Voicemail Pro is running in
Intuity mode, a user can select to have two further breakout numbers in addition to the reception number. These two
additional breakout numbers are triggered by the caller pressing either 2 or 3. These additional numbers allow a simple
user attendant to be created. The options setup should be included in the user's mailbox greeting.
4. Click OK.
5. Ask the mailbox owner to record a new greeting message to inform callers that they can press 0, 2 or 3 for different
transfer options.
When a Leave Mail action is used in a custom call flow to access the mailbox, operation differs.
· For IP Office mode, the call follows Leave Mail action's Failure or Success results depending on whether the caller
presses 0 before or after the record tone.
· For Intuity mode, pressing 0 always follows the mailbox user's Voicemail Reception setting.

3.1.6 Voicemail Channel Reservations
By default there are no reserved channels. Specific functions can have voicemail channels reserved for their use. IP Office
manager is used to reserve channels. For more information, see IP Office Manager help.
Voicemail channel reservations can be made for:
· Auto Attendant
· Announcements
· Voice recording
· Mailbox access
· Mandatory voice recording
· Outcalling.
It is worth checking the voicemail channel reservations if there are problems. If insufficient voicemail channels are
available:
· Internal calls to an auto attendant are queued. The call will queue until a resource becomes available.
· Announcements are not heard by the caller, but the call is routed correctly.
· Manual voice recording is activated but no recording is made. The call will continue.
· Users are placed in a queue when trying to access their mailbox access.
· A user with mandatory recording on outgoing calls (internal and external) gets a busy tone.
· A call on a line with mandatory recording set will be barred.
· A delay in Outcalling. The Outcalling notification is postponed until there are sufficient resources available.
To change voicemail channel reservations:
1. Open IP Office Manager and the load the configuration.
2. In the Navigation pane click System and select the system.
4. Amend the channel reservations as required. By default the values are 0. For more information, see IP Office Manager
help.
To view the utilisation of voicemail channels:
1. Open the System Status Application.
2. Click Resources. The System Resources summary is displayed. The following details are displayed:
· The number of voicemail channels available.
· The number of channels in use.
· Congestion information
For more information about the system resources, see the System Status Application guide.

3.1.7 Using Voicemail to Give Error Messages
Voicemail can be used to give out messages when certain numbers are dialed. For example, if users are barred from
making international calls, rather than giving users the busy tone a recording similar to "International calls are not
permitted" could be played instead.
To create an International Calls are not Permitted error message:
1. In IP Office Manager create a virtual user. Complete the User tab with the following details:
· Name: Barred.
· Full Name: Internal Calls Error Message.
· Extension: 403.
2. You need access to the virtual user's extension from any telephone extension attached to the system. A voicemail code
needs to be added.
· Select the user Barred.
· Click the Voicemail tab.
· Add a Voicemail Code.
· Click OK.
3. Add a short code to access the virtual user's voicemail.
· Code: *95
· Feature: Voicemail Collect
· Telephone Number: "?Barred" (include quote marks)
· Line Group ID: 0
4. Save the configuration file.
5. You can now use the virtual user's voicemail to record a greeting message stating that international calls are not
permitted.
· Dial *95 from any telephone connected to the system.
· Enter the extension number 403.
· Enter the voicemail access code. The first time you enter the mailbox for extension 403 you will be asked to change
the password and record a user name.
· Press 3 to record a greeting.
· Press 1 to change the message.
· Press 1 to record greeting 1.
· Speak the new message. In this case it would be similar to "International calls are not permitted"
· Press # to end the recording.
· Press 1 to save for all calls.
· Replace the telephone handset.
6. A short code needs to be created in IP Office Manager so that when a user dials an international call they will be played
the error message.
· Code: 00N
· Telephone Number: "#Barred" (include quote marks)
· Line Group ID: 0
7. Save the configuration file.
8. Test the error message by trying to dial an international number from any telephone. You should be played the
message that you have just recorded.

3.2 Voicemail Pro Preferences

There are two main areas through which Voicemail Pro system preferences are set and configured. These are within the
Voicemail Pro Client and through the server PC's Windows Control Panel.
To change the Voicemail Pro Client preferences:
1. Click the Preferences icon and then choose General or VPNM. Alternatively, from the Administration menu,
select Preferences and then choose General or VPNM.
2. Select the System Preferences tab required.
· General - For more information, see Changing the General System Preferences 98 .
· Directories - For more information, see Setting the Location of Voicemail System Folders 100 .
· Housekeeping - For more information, see Setting the Message Deletion Times 102 .
· MAPI - For more information, see Setting MAPI Email Preferences 101 .
· SNMP Alarm - For more information, see Setting the SNMP Alarm 103 .
· Outcalling - For more information, see Changing the Outcalling Preferences 104 .
· VPNM - For more information, see Configuring VPNM Preferences 105 .
A number of Voicemail Pro server options are set through the Windows Control Panel.
To change the Voicemail Pro Server preferences:
2. Select IP Office Voicemail Pro.
3. The tabs and options within the tabs will vary according to the installed Voicemail Pro components. Possible tabs are:
· Email Settings - For more information, see Configuring Email Settings 110 .
· Path Setting - For more information, see Specifying the Name of the Host Server PC for IMS 109 .
· SMTP Email Settings - For more information, see Configuring SMTP Email Settings 111 .
· System Settings - For more information, see Specifying the Level of IMS Service Logging 108 .

3.2.1 System Preferences
3.2.1.1 General
Although the default IP Office configuration settings allow voicemail to start operating almost immediately, as soon as a
voicemail server is running on the LAN, there are some general system preferences that you can set or change.
To set up general system preferences:
1. Display the main Voicemail Pro window.
2. From the Administration menu, select Preferences > General.
3. In the Client/Server Connection Timeout (mins) box, type the number of minutes for the inactivity timeout.
Alternatively use the increment or decrement buttons. After the number of minutes that you specify, an inactive
administrator user of the Voicemail Pro Client will receive a message to warn them that they might be automatically
logged out if they remain inactive. This enables another administrator user to log in and use the Voicemail Pro Client
instead.
4. From the Default Telephony Interface select IP Office or Intuity to control the way in which mailbox access works
for mailbox owners. For more information, see Changing Mailbox Operation Mode 129 .
5. In the Voicemail Password box, type the password to use for protecting voicemail access. A Voicemail Password is
optional. If you leave it blank, no password is required for voicemail access. If you set a password here, it must match
the Voicemail Password configured on the IP Office. For more information, see Identifying the Voicemail Server PC 90 .
Beware that problems can arise if the voicemail passwords in IP Office Manager and Voicemail Pro become
unsynchronized for any reason.
6. In the Max. Message Length (secs) box, type the maximum length in seconds of any messages/recordings taken by
Voicemail Pro. The default message length is 120 seconds. The maximum message length is 3600 seconds (60
minutes). 1 minute equals approximately 1MB of disk space.
7. In the Max. Call\VRL Record Length (secs), type the maximum recording time for calls that are being recorded for
VRL 160 (Calls recorded to a third party call archiving system). The default length is 3600 seconds (60 minutes). This is
also the maximum.
8. If voice calls are to be recorded, check the Play Advice on Call Recording box so that callers hear a message to
advise them that their call is being recorded. This is a legal requirement in some countries.
9. In the System Fax Number box, type the number of the general fax machine to which all incoming faxes are to be
directed. If a fax board is being used, this number must match the number of the extension that is connected to the
fax board of the fax server PC. For more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 114 .
Intuity mailbox owners have the additional option to define their own personal fax number instead of the system fax
number. As the system administrator, you still need to set a system fax number to enable mailbox owners to
override it with their preferred personal fax number. Incoming calls are directed to Voicemail Pro and then Voicemail
Pro redirects fax calls to the mailbox owner's personal fax number, if one has been set. For information mailbox
owners should read the Intuity Mailbox User Guide.

Configuring Voicemail Pro: Voicemail Pro Preferences
If your fax system requires prefix addressing, for example the C3000 fax server, do not type a fax number in the
System Fax Number box. Instead type the number to use as a prefix so that a fax message can be identified and
forwarded to the extension number of the intended recipient. For example, if the prefix were 55, a fax message for
extension 201 would have the prefix of 55 automatically added so that the complete number would become 55201.
The System Fax Number box, is used to:
10.Enable fax detection.

By default fax detection is not enabled when Voicemail Pro is first installed. When fax detection is enabled, any fax calls
that are left in a voicemail mailbox, are redirected to the defined system fax number.
11.Define the default destination for fax calls that arrive in a voicemail mailbox and which are to be redirected to a fax
machine.
12.To use the specified prefix, check the Use as a Prefix box so that the number that you typed in to the System Fax
Number box is used. If your fax system does not use prefix addressing, leave this box unchecked.
13.For this feature to work, you also need to set up a short code.
· Most fax servers perform fax forwarding based on DTMF signalling received with the fax call. Check the Enable Fax
Sub-Addressing box so that the DTMF signal is passed to the fax server after the call has been answered so that
the fax can be forwarded to the email address of the intended recipient.
14.Click OK.
15.Click Save and Make Live and select Yes.

3.2.1.2 Directories
When Voicemail Pro is installed some default folder locations are used. You can change these if required.
To set the location of Voicemail system folders:
3. Click the Directories tab.
4. In the Voicemail Server Directory box, type the path to the folder where the voicemail server program is to be
stored. This is the folder where the file Root.vmp is saved when the Save & Make Live option is used. Alternatively
click the browse button and select a folder to use.
5. In the Voicemail Server Speech Directory box, type the path to the folder where the libraries of speech prompts are
to be stored. Alternatively click the browse button and select a folder to use.
6. In the Remote Campaign Directory box, type the path to the folder where the campaign files are to be stored.
Alternatively click the browse button and select a folder to use.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Save and Make Live and select Yes.

3.2.1.3 MAPI
Email services are used for voicemail email and email text to speech. Therefore, these settings should not be adjusted
without first confirming that all other steps appropriate to whichever of those services is being used have been followed.
These settings are not used for IMS.
To set MAPI email preferences:
3. Click the MAPI tab.
4. In the MAPI Profile box, type the name of a particular MAPI profile name to use if necessary.
5. If you specify a MAPI profile to use, you can also set a password. In the MAPI Password box, type the password to
use. If you are not using a MAPI profile, leave the MAPI Password box blank.
6. Select the Email Protocol to use. Choose SMTP to send voicemail email alerts only or choose MAPI for voicemail
email, email TTS. The MAPI option requires further email configuration and setup. For more information, see Voicemail
Email: Overview 41 .
· Important
If the protocol is changed, the Voicemail Pro service must be stopped and restarted.
7. Click OK.

3.2.1.4 Housekeeping
This tab is used to set the Voicemail Pro settings for automatically deleting messages and for the default playback order
of messages.
After messages have been played they are automatically deleted from the voicemail server after a specified period of
time. This includes messages played via a user's IMS email client. You can set the same time delay for all messages or
you can adjust the period of time before different types of message are deleted.
Automatically deleting messages is performed after any two hour idle period. This means a period during which there are
no calls to or from the voicemail server.
The playback order options are FIFO (first in-first out) or LIFO (last in-first out). Separate settings can be applied to
different message types is required. The default for all types is FIFO (first in-first out).
To set message housekeeping rules:
2. Click the Housekeeping tab.
· Automatic message deletion

Sets the time, in hours, after which messages of various types automatically deleted at the next Voicemail Pro
housekeeping. A value of 0 disables automatic deletion.
· Message playback order (System Setting)

Sets the order of playback used for different message types. The options are first in-first out (FIFO) and last in-first
out (LIFO). FIFO is the default.
3. Click OK.

3.2.1.5 SNMP Alarm
The IP Office system can be configured to send Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) alarms or Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP) emails. When this is configured, the Voicemail Pro server can tell the IP Office system when to
send SNMP alarms about available disk space and remaining recording time.
To set up disk space and recording time alarms:
3. Click the SNMP Alarm tab.
4. Choose the Alarm Threshold Unit either Disk Space Left (MB) or Recording Time left (minutes).
5. In the Alarm Threshold Level box, type the number of units (minutes or MB) left at which SNMP alarms are to be
triggered. The minimum is 11. This value also sets two further SNMP alarm levels which are:
· Space OK Alarm
This alarm is triggered when the amount of available space returns to above a level set at Alarm Threshold Level plus
30.
· Critical Alarm
This alarm is set at 30 or, when the Alarm Threshold Level is less than 40, at Alarm Threshold Level minus 10.
Currently the critical alarm value will decrease in accordance with the above rule. Note however that it does not
increment upwards when the Alarm Threshold is increased again. To reset the critical alarm back to 30, click Default
Settings.
6. To return to the default alarm settings, click Default Settings. The Alarm Threshold Level is reset to 60. The Space
OK level is reset to 90. The Critical Alarm level is reset to 30.
7. Click OK.

3.2.1.6 Outcalling
The preferences in Voicemail Pro are set for global operation. Mailbox owners can configure their outcalling options from
their telephone, for example, create their own time profile. Details on how users can configure outcalling is found in the
Intuity Mailbox guide.
To set the global outcalling preferences:
3. Click the Outcalling tab.
4. Select the times that outcalling is active in the System Times section.
· Prime Times - The time period that outcalling is to be active as default for the system.
· Peak Times - The busiest working hours.
5. Set the retry settings in the System Retry Settings section.
· The Number of Retries can be between 0 and 10. If the message is not collected after the last retry, no notification
is sent until another new message is delivered in the user's mailbox.
· The Retry Interval are set for each retry attempt. The interval is the length of time between each attempt to ring to
targeted number again. The 6th to 10th retries use the default retry interval.
· Double-click a selected retry time to edit the interval between retries. The New interval number window opens
where the length of time between each attempt to ring the target number can be changed. Click OK to save the
change and return to the Outcalling window.
6. Click OK.
A timeout value can be set by a user. This is how long outcalling will attempt to call a number before giving up. For more
information, see the Intuity Mailbox guide.

3.2.1.7 VPNM
This option is active only if VPNM was selected during installation and is licensed. VPNM servers can be added and then
users added to the servers.
To open the VPN window:

2. From the Administration menu, select Preferences > VPNM. The VPNM window opens.
To add a VPNM server:

1. In the VPNM Server(s) section, click Add.
2. Enter the fully qualified domain name of the remote VPNM destination (the remote Voicemail Pro server PC or
Avaya Interchange).
3. Enter the two digit access prefix, if these are being used.
4. Click OK.
To delete a VPNM server:

1. In the VPNM Server(s) section, select the server that you need to delete.
2. Click Delete. When a server is deleted, all of the users associated with that server are also deleted.

To add a user to VPNM server:
1. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, click Add. The Adding a new user window opens.
2. Enter details for the user. All of these details MUST be completed before the user can be added.
· Select the VPIM server from the listing.
· Enter the user's full name. The user's full name is used by the local Voicemail Pro's dial by name feature.
· Enter the user's extension. The local extension number is used as the local mailbox number and so should not
conflict with any existing local number.
· Enter the user's remote extension. The remote extension number should be the user's real extension number.
Typically this and the 'local extension number' are kept the same using a unique extension number dial plan
for the linked systems.
· Enter the user's full telephone number. The full telephone number should be a dialable number that is routed
to the user's extension or mailbox.
3. Click OK to save the details and return to the VPNM configuration window.

To add a group of users:

1. (Optional) Check the option Enable WildCard. When this option is selected you can use the question mark symbol
(?) to represent any number.
2. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, click Add Range. The Adding a range of users window opens.
3. Enter details for the users. All of these details MUST be completed before the users can be added.
· Select the VPNM server to which you want to add the users.
· Enter the start number of the extension range.
· Enter the local prefix.
· Enter remote prefix.
To change details of a VPNM user:

1. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, select the name of the user whose details need to be changed.
2. Click Modify. You can change the user's full name, the local extension number and the full telephone number.

3.2.2 Control Panel Options
3.2.2.1 IMS Logging Level
If IMS is installed the Systems Settings tab is available. You can specify the level of service logging for the IMS Gateway
Server service and the IMS Voice Server service. Four levels of logging are available, with increasing level of detail.
Typically logging is required only if IMS problems are being experienced and diagnosis is required. The information is
logged in the Event Viewer application.
To specify the level of IMS service logging:
2. Select IP Office Voicemail Pro. The IP Office Voicemail Pro window opens.
3. Click the System Settings tab.
4. In the Logging Level boxes, select the level to use for each of the IMS services.
· None - No logging recorded.
· Some - A low level of logging recorded where only errors are logged.
· Most - A medium level of logging where errors and warnings are recorded.
· All - All errors, warnings and information are logged.
5. Click Check to validate the changes that you have made.
6. Click OK. You are prompted to restart the affected services so that your changes are enabled.
7. Choose Yes. The services that are affected by your changes are automatically stopped and restarted.

3.2.2.2 IMS Host Server Name
If IMS is installed the Path Settings tab is available. You need to specify the computer name of the server PC that is
hosting the IMS Voice Service. Typically, this is installed on the same server PC as the Voicemail Pro Server.
To specify the name of the host server PC for IMS:
3. Click the Path Settings tab.
4. Type the name of the computer on which the IMS Voice Service has been installed.
· Alternatively, click Browse and select the name of the computer.

3.2.2.3 Configuring Email Settings
You can configure certain email settings such as the account to use for email and the way in which .wav files are
transmitted.
To configure email settings:
4. In the Account Details box, type the name of the MAPI email account to use for email messages. Alternatively, select
Browse to display a list of available email accounts.
· If you are setting the account details when using SMTP, it is advisable that the full domain name is entered, for
example admin@test.com.
6. Click OK.
The Message Parameters options are only available if you have installed IMS. For IMS you can specify the way in which
the .wav files of voicemail messages are to be sent in emails. Sending .wav files across a network creates a high loading
on the network and networks servers. A one-minute message requires a 1MB .wav file.
To set the message parameters:
1. To transmit .wav files, check the Transmit Wave File box.
2. Choose the option for transmitting the .wav files. Choose either:
· Attach wave file to message to allow a recipient to copy a .wav file for use elsewhere.
· Embed wave file in message to allow a recipient to embed a file in a message. An embedded file is compressed
and therefore smaller than an attached file.

3.2.2.4 Configuring SMTP Email Settings
For SMTP email, you need to define connections to external SMTP Email Servers. You can define your connections in the
SMTP Email settings tab. Details in the tab vary according to whether IMS or Voicemail Pro Networked Messaging (VPNM)
is installed.
To configure SMTP email settings:
3. Click the SMTP Email Settings tab.
4. In the Mail Server box, type the name of the SMTP mail server. This should be the fully qualified domain name.
6. In the Mail Drop box, type the name of the destination folder for outgoing emails on the SMTP Server. This is required
if VPNM is installed. Alternatively click the browse button and select the folder to use.
7. (Optional) To enforce server authentication, check the Server Requires Authentication box. If you check it you also
need to provide the Account Name and Password that need to be entered. You can also choose whether or not to set
the Use Challenge Response Authentication option.
10.Choose Yes. The services that are affected by your changes are automatically stopped and restarted.

3.3 Fax Server Configuration
With an IP Office system, fax machines and servers can process fax messages in a number of ways.
· Fax calls can be handled without the use of Voicemail Pro

In IP Office a fax machine can be set up to direct faxes to individual extensions or hunt groups. Faxes can be directed
to the fax machines or servers based on the DDI or DID numbers of the incoming calls. For more information, see the
IP Office Manager help and guide.
· Fax calls detected by Voicemail Pro

When a fax message is left in a voicemail mailbox, Voicemail Pro can detect that the call is a fax call, and redirect the
call to a fax machine or fax server to receive the fax. The incoming call can be routed to a system fax number or, in
Intuity Mode, a fax number that the mailbox owner has specified.
· Fax calls can be sent to a system-wide fax number

If Voicemail Pro detects a fax tone, it passes the call to the number that is set as the system fax number. This number
can be an analog extension that is connected to a fax board in the fax server. For information about configuring an
analog extension, see Configuring an Analog Extension Number for Fax Use 118 .
· Fax calls can be sent to a user defined mailbox number

If Voicemail Pro detects that the incoming call is a fax and if a system fax number has been specified, Voicemail Pro
checks to determine whether the target destination is a user defined fax number. If it is, the system fax number is
overridden and the incoming call is redirected to the user defined fax number.
If no user defined fax number has been set, the fax is sent to the system fax number. When a system fax number is
set, any fax calls that are received in user or hunt group mailboxes are directed to this number. This applies to both
IP Office and Intuity Mailboxes. For more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 114 .
Intuity mailbox owners have options available through their telephone handset so that they can forward a fax to a
preferred fax machine or send a fax to a printer. Intuity mailbox owners can find out how to set a mailbox fax
number in the IP Office Intuity Mailbox User Guide.
If a fax system, such as a C3000, requires prefix addressing the system fax number is not used. Instead a prefix is
specified so that a fax message can be identified and forwarded to the extension number of the intended recipient.
For example if a prefix of 54 is being used, a fax message for extension 201 would have the prefix of 54
automatically added so that the complete number would become 54201. The fax server then removes the system
prefix and uses the extension number to determine the target destination for the fax. For more information, see
Setting the Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 114 .
· Fax calls can be redirected using a call flow Menu action instead of a system fax number
If a system fax number is not set up, a menu action can be used instead. The F character can be used as one of the
touch tone choices of a Menu action to specify the actions that should be applied to fax calls. For more information,
see Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action 117 .
· Important
By default, Voicemail Pro fax detection is disabled. To enable fax detection, you must define a system fax number. For
more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 114 .

Configuring Voicemail Pro: Fax Server Configuration
3.3.1 Fax Server Configuration
Here is an illustration to show how a fax server can be configured to work with an IP Office system. The illustration
applies to the following popular fax server applications:
· Gfi FAXMaker
· Fenestrae Faxination
· Equisys Zetafax
· Captaris RightFax
The fax server is configured to distribute faxes to exchange server mailboxes based on the original (DTMF) fax sub
address that is passed by Voicemail Pro. For the fax server and Voicemail Pro to interact, specific user rights are needed.
If the PC that is being used as the fax server uses an analog fax board, the fax board must be connected to an IP Office
analog extension (POT) port.
The sections that follow explain how to configure a fax server to work with Voicemail Pro. The information provided
assumes that:
· The fax server software is installed.
· The hardware is installed and connected to an IP Office.
· The Exchange Connector is installed and configured.
For details of system requirements and information about installing a fax server, refer to the manufacturer
documentation or visit the manufacturer web site.
The process for configuring a fax server to work with Voicemail Pro involves the following key steps:
1. Set the system fax number. For more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 114 .
2. If prefixed numbers are being used you can set up a short code so that fax calls are routed to prefixed numbers.
3. If the chosen mailbox mode is Intuity, inform all mailbox owners that they can set up their own preferred fax
destinations if they like. For more information, see Setting Up a User Defined Fax Number 116 .
4. If a system fax number is not being used, you can set up a menu action to route fax calls. For more information, see
Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action 117 .
5. If the fax server PC uses an analog fax card, configure the extension number to use for faxes. For more information,
see Configuring an Analog Extension Number for Fax Use 118 .

3.3.2 Setting the VoiceMail Pro System Fax Number
The System Fax Number is used to:
· Enable fax detection.
By default fax detection is not enabled when Voicemail Pro is first installed. When fax detection is enabled, any fax calls
that are left in a voicemail mailbox, are redirected to the defined system fax number.
· Define the default destination for fax calls that arrive in a voicemail mailbox and which are to be redirected to a fax
machine.
Intuity mailbox owners have the additional option to define their own personal fax number instead of the system fax
number. Incoming calls are directed to Voicemail Pro and then Voicemail Pro redirects fax calls to a mailbox owner's
personal fax number, if one has been set. For information mailbox owners should read the Intuity Mailbox User Guide.
To set the Voicemail Pro system fax number:
1. From the Administration menu, select Preferences. The System Preferences window opens.
2. Click the General tab.
3. In the System Fax Number box, type the number of the general fax machine to which all incoming faxes are to be
directed. This number must match the number of the analog extension that is connected to the fax board of the fax
server PC.
· Intuity mailbox owners can receive fax messages into their mailboxes and set a preferred fax number to use instead
of the system fax number. As the administrator you still need to set up a system fax number to enable mailbox
owners to set their own numbers. A personal mailbox fax number overrides the system fax number. Mailbox owners
can find out more in the Intuity Mailbox User Guide.
· If your fax system requires prefix addressing, for example the C3000 fax server, do not type a fax number In the
System Fax Number box. Instead type the number to use as a prefix so that a fax message can be identified and
forwarded to the extension number of the intended recipient. For example if the prefix were 54, a fax message for
extension 201 would have the prefix of 54 automatically added so that the complete number would become 54201.
4. To use the specified prefix, check the Use as a Prefix box so that the number that you typed in to the System Fax
Number box is used. If your fax system does not use prefix addressing, leave this box unchecked.
· Important
For this feature to work, you also need to set up a short code.
5. Most fax servers perform fax forwarding based on DTMF signalling received with the fax call. Check the Enable Fax
Sub-Addressing box so that the DTMF signal is passed to the fax server after the call has been answered. This is so
that the fax can be forwarded to the email address of the intended recipient.
6. Click OK.

If prefixed numbers are being used, the next step is to up a short code so that fax calls are routed to prefixed numbers.
If the chosen mailbox mode is Intuity, you should then inform all mailbox owners that they can set up their own
preferred fax destinations if they like. For more information, see Setting Up a User Defined Fax Number 116 .
If a system fax number is not being used, you can set up a menu action to route fax calls. For more information, see
Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action 117 .
If the fax server PC uses an analog fax card, you need to configure the extension number to use for faxes. For more
information, see Configuring an Analog Extension Number for Fax Use 118 .

3.3.3 Setting up Fax Forwarding
Voicemail Pro is set up to forward faxes when users dial *1. Faxes are forwarded as follows:
· Gfi FAXMaker faxes are sent to <faxnumber>@faxmaker.com
· Fenestrae Faxination faxes are sent to <faxnumber>@faxination.com
· Equisys Zetafax faxes are sent to <faxnumber>@zfconnector.com
· Captaris RightFax faxes are sent to <faxnumber>@rightfax.com
Example
For example, if a GFi FAXMaker user dials *1 and enters the fax number to use followed by # to end the fax number and
# to confirm, the fax is forwarded to <faxnumber>@faxmaker.com. Therefore if the user dials *1 followed by 201# and
# to confirm, the fax is forwarded to 201@faxmaker.com.
· It is the responsibility of the fax server administrator to ensure that exchange connectors are configured to receive
such messages.
3.3.4 Setting Up a User Defined Fax Number

If you enable the feature for them, Intuity mailbox owners can set up a preferred personal fax number that is more
convenient to their location, for example if they are out of the office.
To set up a user defined fax number:
1. Complete the steps for setting up the system fax number. For more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System
Fax Number 114 .
2. Inform the mailbox owner that they can go ahead and set their preferred fax number. Refer the mailbox owner to the
IP Office Intuity Mailbox User Guide.
3. If it has not already been done and the fax server PC is using an analog fax card, the next step is to configure the
analog fax number to use. For more information, see Configuring an Analog Extension Number for Fax Use 118 .

3.3.5 Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action
When an incoming call is routed to the auto attendant, the Menu action has the facility to detect and redirect fax calls.
This capability is enabled by including a number in the system fax number field via the Voicemail Pro Client, and adding
'F' as the tone to detect in the Menu action. From the Menu action, incoming calls presenting a fax tone will then follow
the 'F' call flow route, which could be a transfer call to a fax server extension or hunt group.
You can add the F character to the touch tone options of a Menu action to specify the actions that should be applied
to fax calls. The corresponding result can then be routed as required for fax calls received by the associated call flow. The
following example module call flow is using F to redirect incoming fax calls to a specific transfer number.
The F result was added to the Menu action Touch Tones tab using the icon.

3.3.6 Configuring an Analog Extension Number for Fax Use
If the PC that is being used as the fax server uses an analog fax card, it must be connected to an IP Office analog
extension (POT) port. You are then ready to configure the analog extension for fax use.
To configure an analog extension number for fax use:
1. In IP Office Manager, display the extension details for the extension that you are using for the fax.
2. View the Extn tab.
3. In the Caller Display Type field, select DTMFF.
3. View the Analogue tab.
4. Set up the incoming DDI routing of calls to specific users as required.
· Tip
If the fax board can support multiple lines, you can configure them as a group. The group number can then be used as
the fax destination instead of an individual extension number.
The next step is to set the Voicemail Pro system fax number. For more information, see Setting the Voicemail Pro System
Fax Number 114 .

3.3.7 Castelle Fax Server
Voicemail Pro 4.1 added support for Castelle FaxPress products. This uses SMTP rather than MAPI to exchange fax emails
with the Voicemail Pro server.
In order for the Voicemail Pro to recognize emails received from the fax server, the From name used must start with
FaxPress. This is configured through the FaxPress client software as follows:
1. Login to the FaxPress client software as a supervisor.
2. Expand the Administration section on the left.
3. Select Embedded Services.
4. Select Email Gateway. Right-click on this and select Configuration.
5. Select the Email to Fax tab.
6. In the Return address used in emails sent from the SMTP gateway section, in the Name field enter a name in
beginning with FaxPress.

Chapter 4.
Administration

4. Administration
4.1 Starting the Voicemail Pro Client
You can start the Voicemail Pro Client from the IP Office Voicemail Pro folder.
To start the Voicemail Pro Client:
1. From the Start menu, select Programs > IP Office > Voicemail Pro Client. The main Voicemail Pro Client window
opens.
If the Client and Server are installed on the same machine, you do not need to log in. If you are using the Client to work
on a remote server, you do need to log in. For more information, see Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server 122 .
· Tip
Alternatively, as with any other Windows application, you can add a shortcut to your desktop and start the Voicemail
Pro Client from there.
4.1.1 Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server

You can run the Voicemail Pro Client in offline mode and you can also use it to connect to a Voicemail Pro Server. To
connect to a Voicemail Pro Server with the Voicemail Pro Client, you need to log in for authentication purposes.
By default, the Voicemail Pro Server does not have any user accounts defined. Therefore no remote Voicemail Pro Clients
can connect. You can use a local Voicemail Pro Client, to add administrator or standard administrator users who can then
connect using remote Voicemail Pro Clients. For more information, see Adding an Administrator 125 .
To log in to the Voicemail Pro Server:
1. From the File menu, select Login. The Voicemail Pro Login window opens.
2. In the User Name field, type a user name. This is the name that the workstation software will use. This should already
be defined on the Voicemail Pro Server.
· If the Voicemail Pro Server and Client are on the same computer, you do not need to enter a user name to connect
to the Voicemail Pro Server and perform administration tasks.
3. In the Password field, enter the password.
4. In the Unit Name/IP Address field, type the name or the IP address of the server you want to connect to. By default
the IP address or name that was last used is already filled in.
· If you are logging in to a different server and do not know the name or IP address, click Browse. Select from the list
of available Voicemail Pro servers.
· If you are logging in across a WAN, you must type in the IP address and not the server name.
5. Click OK. The main Voicemail Pro Client window opens. For more information, see The Main Voicemail Pro Window 191 .

Administration: Starting the Voicemail Pro Client
4.1.1.1 Changing Between Offline and Online Mode
It can be useful to connect to a system to get the current system configuration and then disconnect and make changes
offline. You can then test configuration changes offline before applying them to a live system. If the Voicemail Pro Client
and Server are on the same machine, you can switch between online and offline mode without having to log out.
To switch between online and offline mode:
1. From the File menu, select Select Mode. The Select Voicemail Pro Client Mode window opens.
2. Select Offline to work offline or Online to connect to the server and work online. If you select Online, the
VoicemailProLogin window opens.
3. Log in as usual.
The next time you run the Voicemail Pro Client, it will start up in the mode that you used previously. When you are ready
to connect to a server you need to log in.
4.1.1.2 Continue Offline Message Window

If your session expires you will be notified that the session has expired. You are then able to continue working in offline
mode or to close the application. If you select to work in offline mode, you can switch to working online. For more
information, see Changing Between Online and Offline Mode 123 .
· Yes - Select to continue working in offline mode.
· Exit - Select to close Voicemail Pro.

4.1.1.3 Logging Out
It can be useful to connect to a system to download the current system configuration and then disconnect and make
changes offline. You can then test configuration changes offline before applying them to a live system.
To log out:
1. From the File menu, select Log Out.

You are logged out of the Voicemail Pro server and placed in offline mode. You can either make configuration changes
offline and then log back in when you are ready or log on to a different server to work. For more information see
Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server 122 .
Notes
· Logging out is not the same as closing down with the Exit option. For more information, see Closing Down 124 .
· If the Client and Server are installed on the same machine, the Log Out option is not available.
4.1.1.4 Closing Down

When you have finished working, you can close down the Voicemail Pro Client. This is not the same as logging out. For
more information, see Logging Out 124 .
To close the Voicemail Pro Client down:
1. From the File menu, select Exit.
If you have not made any changes, the Voicemail Pro Client closes and you are returned to the desktop. If you have
made changes, a message is displayed to ask whether you want to save them.
2. If you do not want to save your changes, click No. No changes are saved. If you want to save your changes, click Yes.
Your changes are saved but not yet made live.
3. If you are ready to make your changes live, click Save & make Live. For more information, see Saving Configuration
Changes and Making them Live 193 .

Administration: Starting the Voicemail Pro Client
4.2 Administrator Configuration

You can use Voicemail Pro Client remotely in offline mode. If you want to connect to a Voicemail Pro Server you need to
log in. By default, the Voicemail Pro Server does not have any User accounts defined, therefore no Remote Voicemail
Pro Clients can connect.
If you are an administrator you can add other users as administrators. You can give them the authority to carry out
standard or more powerful administration tasks using the Voicemail Pro Client. There are two types of administrator:
· Standard Client user

A standard administrator can perform administration of call flows using the Voicemail Pro Client. A standard
administrator can change their own password but cannot add or remove Client users or change passwords.
· Administrator Client user

A more powerful administrator who can add and remove Client users and set and change passwords.
To add an Administrator:
1. In the Start Points Navigation pane, select Voicemail Pro Administrators. The name, type and status of any existing
Voicemail Pro administrators are displayed in the details pane.
2. Right-click anywhere in the details pane.
3. Select Add. The Add Administrator window opens.
4. In the User Name field, type the name that you want to assign to the administrator.
· The name must be at least 5 characters long and must not contain spaces or any of the following characters: \ / :
*?<>|,;
5. In the New Password field, type a password for the administrator.
· A password must be at least 5 characters long and must not contain spaces or any of the following characters: \ / : *
?<>|,;
6. In the Confirm New Password field, type the password again for confirmation purposes.
7. In the Type field, click the type of user that you want.
8. Click OK.
9. Click Save and Make Live to save the changes. The user created can now log into the Voicemail Pro Client
Server. For more information, see Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server 122 .
By default new users are created as Inactive. Their status changes to Active when they connect to a Voicemail Pro
server.

4.2.1 Changing Administrator Details
If you are an administrator user, you can change details of a standard administrator or another administrator user. You
can change the user name, user type and status. You can also reset the password of other administrator users.
You can change the authority level of a standard user to an administrator and vice versa.
To change the authority level of a user:
2. Right-click the name of the administrator user whose details you need to change.
3. Select Modify. The Modify Administrator window opens.
4. (Optional) Edit the name of the administrator user.
5. (Optional) Change the password and inform the user. For more information, see Resetting a Password 127
6. (Optional) In the Type field select the type of user. Choose either Administrator or Standard. By default new users are
created as Inactive. Their status changes to Active when they connect to a Voicemail Pro server.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Save and Make Live to save the changes.
4.2.2 Deleting an Administrator

For security it is good practice to delete administrator users as soon as they are no longer required.
To delete an administrator:
2. Right-click the name of the administrator user whose details you need to delete.
3. Click Delete. A message is displayed to confirm whether you want to delete. If not, for example if you have chosen the
wrong name, click Cancel. If you are sure that you want to delete the selected administrator, click Yes. The selected
administrator is deleted.

Administration: Administrator Configuration
4.2.3 Resetting a Password
If you are an administrator you can reset the password of another administrator or standard Voicemail Pro Client user.
To reset a password:
2. Right-click the name of the administrator user whose details you need to reset.
4. In the Password box, type the new password.
5. In the Confirm Password box, type the new password again.
6. Click OK.
4.2.4 Releasing a Locked Administrator Login

If an administrator tries unsuccessfully to log in to the Voicemail Pro Client 3 times consecutively, their user ID is locked
and cannot be used for 1 hour. As an administrator you can release a locked ID so that the other person does not need
to wait.
To release a locked login:
2. In the navigation pane, highlight Voicemail Pro Administrators. The name, type and status of every current
VoicemailPro administrator user are displayed in the details pane.
3. Right-click the name of the administrator user whose ID has been locked.
5. Click the Status arrow and select the status Inactive.
6. Click OK.
7. Click Save and Make Live.

4.3 General Administration
4.3.1 Changing the Inactivity Timeout
While a user is logged in using the Voicemail Pro Client, other users cannot log in. By default a timeout is set so that
users are sent a warning message and logged out automatically if they have not been active for 5 minutes.
When the user receives the warning message they can reset the inactvity timeout so that they are not logged out. This is
provided that they have not already been logged out and another Voicemail Pro Client has not already connected to the
Voicemail Pro Server.
As an administrator user you can change the timeout to a period of between 1 and 60 minutes.
To change the inactivity timeout:
1. From the Administration menu, select Preferences > General. The General tab is displayed.
2. From the Client/Server Connection Timeout list, select the number of minutes after which an inactive user of the
Voicemail Pro Client will receive a warning message and then be automatically logged out.
3. Click OK.

Administration: General Administration
4.3.2 Changing Mailbox Operation Mode
The features available in Voicemail Pro mailboxes depend on whether the mailbox is working in IP Office mode or Intuity
mode. As an administrator you can switch between modes. The title bar of the main Voicemail Pro window shows the
current mode (telephony interface) in parentheses.
To change the mailbox operation mode:
1. From the Administration menu, click Preferences > General. Alternatively, press F9. The System Preferences
window opens.
2. Select the General tab.
3. Click the Default Telephony Interface arrow and select Intuity or IP Office. The change takes effect immediately,
there is no need to restart.

4.3.3 Confirm Call Flow Download Window
When you connect to a server across a LAN or WAN to view or modify the call flow on the server, a check is made to see
if the call flow that is stored locally on the Client machine is the same. The call flow on the server might be different to
the call flow on the Client because:
· The local call flow is older than the version on the server, for example if the call flow on the server has been modified
by another Client connection.
· The local call flow is newer than the version on the server, for example if the call flow on the server has been worked
on while the local Client was being used in offline mode.
· The local call flow is from a different server, for example if you are connecting to a different server to the one from
which the call flow was previously downloaded.
If the call flow is the same no data will need to be copied back from the server to the Client. If the call flow is different
you can chose to download the call flow from the server or to use the local call flow.
· Download
Click to download the call flow from the server.
· Cancel
Click this if you do not want to download the call flow from the server.
To upload the local call flow to the server, use the Save or Save and Make Live options from the File menu. For more
information, see Saving Changes and Making them Live 193 .
4.3.4 Changing your Password

If you are a standard user, you can change your own password when you are working in online mode. If you are working
offline, the Change Password option is not available.
To change your password:
1. From the File menu, select Change Password. The Change Password window opens.
2. In the New Password box, type the new password.
3. In the Confirm Password box, retype the new password.
4. Save the changes.

Administration: General Administration
4.4 Routing Calls to Voicemail

There are different methods by which callers can be transferred to voicemail. The transfer can be used to route the caller
to a specific mailbox to leave or collect messages or to a particular Voicemail Pro start point.
The sections that follow describe the use of Voicemail Collect short codes and VM: paths as telephone numbers. These
can then be applied to dialing, DSS keys SoftConsole and Phone Manager buttons.
An example Voicemail Pro module is included which allows the transferred caller to select the extension to which they
want to talk or leave a message.
VM: versus Short Codes?

The VM: method is easier to deploy. In fact for SoftConsole and Phone Manager it can be used without the need to access
and change the Manager configuration. However, the disadvantage is that VM: cannot be dialed from a physical phone.
Short codes have the advantage that they can be dialed at any extension once set up through IP Office Manager.

4.4.1 Routing Calls to Voicemail
If a user has voicemail switched on, calls will be automatically routed to voicemail if either:
1. The extension is busy and call waiting has not been enabled.
2. The user has do not disturb set or the extension is not answered within the No Answer Time as set in IP Office Manager
program (default 15 seconds).
The caller hears the standard greeting message 'Your call is being answered by IP Office. <Name> is not available. To
leave a message wait for the tone,'. A user can record their own standard greeting message if required.
When new messages are received, the user's telephone call display or IP Office Phone Manager application is updated to
show the number of new messages waiting.
If Voicemail Ringback is enabled, the Voicemail Server calls the user's extension to attempt to deliver new messages
when the user next uses the telephone.
All messages are stored until they have been listened to and are then automatically deleted after a set time period. The
default time period for IP Office mode is 36 hours. In IP Office mode users can designate a message as saved so that it is
not automatic deleted.
A mailbox owner can turn voicemail and voicemail ringback on or off using Phone Manager. The default short codes can
also be used. The default short codes are:
· *18 - To turn voicemail on.
· *19 - To turn voicemail off.
· *48 - To turn voicemail ring back on.
· *49 - To turn voicemail ring back off.
4.4.2 Transferring Calls to Voicemail

The facility to transfer a call directly to a user's voicemail is available using the SoftConsole or Phone Manager
applications. For users who are not using these applications, you can create a short code for them.
For example:
Field Contains...
Code *201
Feature Voicemail Collect
Telephone Number "#Extn201"
Line Group Id 0
Locale [Leave blank]
Force Account Code [Leave blank]
When creating short codes for use with voicemail, the ? indicates "collect voicemail" and the # indicates "deposit
voicemail". The telephone number entry must also be enclosed by quotation marks as shown in the example.

Administration: Routing Calls to Voicemail
4.4.3 Using Short Codes to Access Voicemail
The short code Voicemail Collect feature can be used to route callers to voicemail. The voicemail service they receive is
set by the telephone number field which should be enclosed in quote marks. For more information, see Voicemail
Telephone Numbers 135 .
· The examples use *80 but any available short code could be used.
Example 1: Access to the Mailbox Main

The following short code will access the mailbox for Main. The ? indicates that it is to collect messages. A # is used to
indicate leave a message in the mailbox.
Field Contains...
Code *80
Telephone Number "?Main"
Line Group Id 0
Example 2: Access a Voicemail Pro Module

If a Voicemail Pro module has been created and called TimeCheck, the following short code could be used to access it.
Field Contains...
Code *80
Telephone Number "TimeCheck"
Line Group Id 0
The Voicemail Node short code feature can also be used to access short code start points. It uses the short code start
point name as the telephone number without surrounding brackets.

4.4.4 Using VM: to Access Voicemail
Another method for accessing voicemail is the VM: option, where VM: is followed by the name of the mailbox or
Voicemail Pro start point required.
This can be used in the telephone number field of IP Office applications such as SoftConsole, Phone Manager and
Manager.
· Example 1: SoftConsole access to the mailbox Main

The user wants single click access to check for messages in the hunt group mail box Main (extension ID 200).
1. Start SoftConsole.
2. Click one of the BLF panel tabs.
3. Right-click and select New > BLF Group Member.
4. Type a Name, for example Messages.
5. Type a Number, in this case enter VM:?Main or VM:?200.
6. Click OK. The operator can now check for messages in that group mailbox with a single click.
· Example 2: Accessing a Module from Phone Manager

The user wants to access a particular Voicemail Pro module, for this example one called TimeCheck.
1. Start Phone Manager.
2. Click the Speed Dials tab.
3. Right-click and select New.
4. Type a Name, for example Time Check.
5. Type a Number, in this case enter VM:TimeCheck.
6. Click OK.
· Example 3: Incoming Call Routing

The VM notation can be used in the Destination field of a Manager Incoming Call Route. This enables you to route
calls that match the Incoming Call Route's criteria to a particular mailbox or Voicemail Pro module.

4.4.5 Voicemail Telephone Numbers
This section describes the options that can be used with VoicemailCollect short codes and with VM: to access a mailbox
or Voicemail Pro start point.
Voicemail Lite and Pro

In this example we have used a mailbox called Main with extension number 200.
Short Code Application Number Field
Collect Messages ?200 VM:?200
"?Main" VM:?Main
Leave Messages #200 VM:#200
"#Main" VM:#Main
A user attempting to collect mail from user mailboxes will be prompted for the voicemail PIN code if not accessing from a
trusted source. For more information, see Creating a Trusted Location 143 .
Voicemail Pro Start Points

The following only apply when a matching start point has been set up.
If a short burst of ringing is required then # should be inserted before the start point name. This is useful if transferring
callers as it allows the transfer to be completed before the Voicemail Prompts begin.
Short Code Application Number Field
User Start Points for examples a user called Extn205.
Collect "Extn205.Collect" VM:Extn205.Collect
Leave "Extn205.Leave" VM:Extn205.Leave
Callback "Extn205.Callback" VM:Extn205.Callback
Queued - -
Still Queued - -
Group Start Points for example a group called Main.
Collect "Main.Collect" VM:Main.Collect
Leave "Main.Leave" VM:Main.Leave
Queued - -
Still Queued - -
Default Start Points
Collect "Default.Collect" VM:Default.Collect
Leave "Default.Leave" VM:Default.Leave
Queued - VM:Default.Queued"
Still Queued - VM:Default.Still Queued"
Short Code Start Points for example a shortcode start point called DVM.
(see also Voicemail Node)
"Short Codes.DVM" VM:Short Codes.DVM
Module Start Points for these examples a module called Attend…
"Attend" VM:Attend
Campaigns for example a campaign called Catalogue.
Leave - VM:Catalogue
Collect - VM:Catalogue.Collect

The Voicemail Node short code feature can also be used to access short code start points. It uses the short code start
point name as the telephone number without surrounding brackets.

4.4.6 Example Call Flow
This example creates a Voicemail Pro module that allows callers to select the extension to which they want to be
connected. If that extension is busy or does not answer they can then leave a message in the target mailbox.
The Voicemail Pro Module
1. In Voicemail Pro, a module was added named SelfSelect.
2. A Menu action was added. The properties were set as:
· On the Touch Tones tab the Wait for a key press for option was set to 5 seconds. This gives the action a
Timeout result which can be used if the caller does nothing or does not have DTMF dialing.
· Our IP Office has extensions and groups numbered in the 200 to 299 range. The touch tone sequence 2?? was
added to match any dialing in that range.
· In Entry Prompts a prompt was recorded along the line of "Dial the number you want or wait for reception".
3. A Transfer action was added. In its properties, on the Specific tab the Destination was set to Main, the hunt group
containing our receptionists.
4. A connection was added from the Menu action's Timeout result to the Transfer action.
5. An Assisted Transfer action was added. In its properties, on the Specific tab $KEY was added in the Mailbox field.
6. A connection from the Menu action's 2?? result to the Assisted Transfer action was added.
7. A Leave Mail action was then added. In its properties, on the Specific tab $KEY was again added in the Mailbox
field.
8. The Assisted Transfer action's No Answer and Busy result was connected to the leave Mail action.
9. Connections were then added from the Assisted Transfer action's Next result and the Leave Mail action's Success
and Failure results back to the Menu action.
· The Success and Failure results in a Leave Mail action are only used if the caller presses 0 when in the mailbox.
10.The call flow was then saved and made live.

Creating a Matching Short Code
A short code was needed that could be used to route callers to the SelfSelect module.
1. Start IP Office Manager and receive the configuration.
2. A new system short code was added so that it would be available to all callers. The short code *80 was set up as
shown in the table.
Field Contains...
Code *80
Telephone Number "#SelfSelect"
Line Group Id 0
3. The entry “#SelfSelect” indicates the name of the Voicemail start point for the call, in this case the
VoicemailProSelfSelect module
4. For a module start point the # is optional. Using it provides a short period of ringing before the module actions start.
This is useful if manually transferring a caller as otherwise they may miss the start of the module's entry prompts.
5. The new configuration was merged.
6. At any extension the routing can be tested by dialing *80. We can then wait to be transferred to reception or dial the
extension or group that we want.
Using the Module

The short code *80 can now be assigned or the path VM:SelfSelect to whichever method the user wants to transfer
callers to the voicemail service.
A further suggestion is to provide a system short code to deal with callers who dial an invalid extension number. For our
example, a short code 2??/./"SelfSelect"/VoicemailCollect would reroute such callers back to the SelfSelect
module.

4.5 User Voicemail Access

By default, a user can dial *17 to access their voicemail from their own extension.
A user mailbox cannot be accessed from any other location (internal or external) until a voicemail code has been set for
the mailbox. This access code is set in the IP Office Manager. Voicemail can be configured for each individual user in IP
Office Manager. For more information, see Configuring Voicemail for Individual Users 91 .
If IP Office Manager has been configured, users can also collect their voice messages by using one the following
methods.
· Using the Messages button on their telephone

If their extension is a trusted extension they can access their messages without entering a voicemail code by
pressing the Messages button. For more information, see Creating a Trusted Location 143 .
· Using a Voicemail Collect button.

A button can be programmed to allow a user to collect voice messages from their telephone. If their extension is a
trusted extension they can access their messages without entering a voicemail code For more information, see
Giving Users Button Access to Voicemail 140 .
· Using Visual Voice

A user can be given a display menu to user for access to their mailbox. The menu provides the user with options
to listen to messages, send messages, change their greetings and password. For more information, see Giving
Users Button Access to Voicemail 140 .
· Using a short code.

Short codes can be created so a user can be given access to their mailbox from locations other than their office
desk. When they call the mailbox, they will be prompted to enter the access code. For more information, see
Giving Users Access from Any Extension 142 and Voicemail Telephone Numbers 135 .
If direct access is required a specified location can be set up as a trusted location. The caller then does not need to enter
an access code. Access can be from the users own extension or another location. For more information, see Creating a
Trusted Location 143 .
If users need to access their voicemail messages when they are away from the office, you can set up an Incoming Call
Route in IP Office Manager with the destination as Voicemail. Giving Users Access from an External Location 143 .
Users can also receive notification of new voicemail messages at either their own extension or at another location. To
receive notification of new messages a user needs to configure their outcalling. For more information, see Outcalling:
Overview 186 .

4.5.1 Giving Users Button Access
A user's telephone can have buttons programmed to allow access to voicemail. Not all telephones support this feature,
refer to the relevant guide for more information.
Buttons can be programmed for:
· Visual Voice 140
· Voicemail Collect 140 .
Voicemail Collect Button

Users can collect their voice messages from their own extension using a button programmed for voicemail collect. If their
extension is a trusted extension they will not need to enter their voicemail code. For more information, see Creating a
Trusted Location 143 .
A button on the user's telephone will display the label VMCol. The extension number or voicemail code do not need to be
entered if the extension is a trusted extension.
To add a voicemail collect button:
1. Start IP Office Manager and receive the IP Office configuration.
2. Click User to display the list of existing users.
3. Click the required user.
4. Click the Button Programming tab.
5. Click the button line that you want to change.
6. Right-click in the Action field.
7. Select Advanced > Voicemail > Voicemail Collect.
8. Click OK to save the button details for the selected user.
9. Repeat for any other users.
10.Click to merge the changes back to the IP Office system.
Visual Voice Button

A Voicemail Pro user can be given a display menu for access to their mailbox. The menu provides the user with options to
listen to messages, send messages, change their greetings and password.
· The Visual Voice feature is not available on all telephones. Please refer to the user's telephone guide for more
information.
· Visual voice is only available when in Intuity mode.
· For IP Office 4.2+, the MESSAGES button on phones can be set to access visual voice. This is done using the
Messages Button Goes to Visual Voice (System | Voicemail) option in IP Office Manager.
To give a user access to Visual Voice:
1. Start IP Office Manager and receive the IP Office configuration.
2. Click User to display the list of existing users.
3. Click the required user.
4. Click the Button Programming tab.
5. Click the button line that you want to change.
7. Select Emulation > Visual Voice.
8. Click OK to save the button details for the selected user.

Administration: User Voicemail Access
9. Repeat for any other users.
10.Click to save the changes back to the IP Office system.

4.5.2 Giving Users Access from Any Extension
Access to voicemail from any extension can be given to either:
· An individual user
So that a specified user can log in to their voicemail from any extension, you need to set up a short code and associate
it with the user's extension number. For example, a short code *90 could be associated with extension number 201.
The user with extension 201 can then dial *90 from any extension and enter their voicemail code to collect their
voicemail messages.
To give a specific user access from any extension:
3. Set up a short code, for example *90.
Field Contains...
Code *90
Telephone Number "?Extn201"
Line Group ID 0
· All users
To give all users access to voicemail from any extension you need to set up a short code. When a user dials the short
code from any extension they will be prompted for their mailbox number (extension number) and voicemail code.
To give all users access from any extension:
3. Set up a short code, for example *98:
Field Contains...
Code *98
Telephone Number ?Anonymous
Line Group ID 0

Administration: User Voicemail Access
4.5.3 Giving Users Access from an External Location
If users need to access their voicemail messages when they are away from the office, you can set up an Incoming Call
Route in IP Office Manager with the destination as Voicemail. For more information, see the IP Office Manager help or
guide.
To give users access from an external location:
2. In the Navigation pane, click Incoming Call Route and add a new call route.
3. In the destination field, select the option Voicemail. When an incoming call is matched the call is passed to voicemail
to enable remote mailbox access. Callers are asked to enter the extension ID of the mailbox required and then the
mailbox access code.
4. Click OK to save the changes.
5. Click to merge the configuration back to the IP Office.
4.5.4 Creating a Trusted Location

If a user regularly accesses their voicemail messages from another extension or a number that presents a CLI, such as
their mobile or home number, this extension or number can be set up as a trusted location.
To configure a trusted location:
4. Add a V source number.
· Enter the users extension number.

For example, a user whose extension number is 214 wants to be able to collect their voicemail without entering their
voicemail code. A source number V214 would be entered.
· Enter a different extension number.

For example, a user whose extension is 214 wants to be able to collect their voicemail from extension 204. A source
number V204 would be entered. From now on when the user of extension 214, dials a short code from extension
204 they will not be prompted for their voicemail code. Not supported for Intuity mailbox users.
· Add a V source number containing the external telephone number.

For example, V01923 38383 would be entered if the external number was 01923 38383.When the user dials the
number set up as the Incoming Call Route to Voicemail from the "trusted location", they will not be prompted for
their mailbox number or Voicemail Code. For more information, see Giving Users Voicemail Access from an External
Location 143 . Not supported for Intuity mailbox users.
6. Click to merge the configuration back to the IP Office.

4.6 Mailbox Access Controls
With IP Office mailbox owners can control their mailbox and messages in a number of ways after they have logged in to
the mailbox.
· Standard IP Office Mailbox Mode

This is the only mode for Voicemail Lite. Voicemail Pro can also be set to run in this mode. For more information, see
the IP Office Mailbox User Guide.
· Intuity Mailbox Mode

This is the default mode for Voicemail Pro. It provides an IP Office emulation of many of the Avaya Intuity features.
For more information, see the Intuity Mailbox User Guide. For information about switching between IP Office and
Intuity mailbox mode, see Changing Mailbox Operation Mode 129 .
· Phone Manager
The Phone Manager application enables a user to switch voicemail and voicemail ringback on/off. Phone Manager Pro
also provides full visual access to a user's voicemail and allows messages to be played back and controlled through
their PC. For more information, see the Phone Manager User Guide or help.
If a mailbox does not have a recorded name greeting, when that mailbox is accessed to collect messages, the caller is
asked to record their name before proceeding to collect messages. The name greeting is used for functions such as Dial
by Name actions and Intuity mode name lookup (**6).
· Tip: As Voicemail Pro system administrator, you should ensure that mailbox owners have the help and user guide for
their type of mailbox available to them. There is an IP Office User Guide and an Intuity Mailbox User Guide. Both are
available in PDF and online help formats. You can find them on the IP Office Documentation CD or you can download
them from the Avaya knowledge base at www.avaya.com/ipoffice/knowledgebase.
4.6.1 Telephony Operation Mode

All users should be made aware that messages may be automatically deleted after a period of time. If a user does not
want a message to be automatically deleted the message can be saved. Mailbox owners can find out about saving
messages in the user guide for their type of mailbox.
After a user has logged into their mailbox, the Voicemail Pro Server offers two sets of mailbox controls.
· IP Office
This is the default mode used and matches the features of Voicemail Lite.
· Intuity
This is IP Office Intuity emulation mode. Intuity is a mailbox interface used on a range of Avaya voicemail systems. In
Intuity emulation mode, Voicemail Pro supports a range of Intuity features but not all Intuity features. For full details
of those Intuity features supported by Voicemail Pro, refer to the IP Office Intuity Mailbox User Guide.
· If the Regional Setting of the server onto which Voicemail Pro is installed is "English (United States)", Voicemail
Pro defaults to Intuity mailbox operation.
The prompts provided to a mailbox user are determined by the user's Locale setting as set through the IP Office
Manager. Note that on some phones users can change their language setting themselves. Mailbox owners should refer to
the user guide for their type of mailbox. For information about supported languages, see Supported Languages 12 .
All users can use the following default short codes:
· *17 - Access their mailbox from their own extension.
· *18 - Turn voicemail on.
· *19 - Turn voicemail off.
· *48 - Turn voicemail ringback on.
· *49 - Turn voicemail ringback off.
For information about changing to Intuity or IP Office mailbox operation mode, see Changing Mailbox Operation Mode 129
.

Administration: Mailbox Access Controls
4.6.2 Automatic Message Deletion
Messages are automatically deleted from the voicemail server after being played (including those played via the users
IMS email client) after a set delay. This delay can be adjusted for different message types.
The process of housekeeping is performed after any two hour idle period, that is a period with no call into or from the
voicemail server.
1. Click the preferences icon.
· Alternatively, from the Administration menu, select Preferences and then choose General.
2. Select the Housekeeping tab.
3. Adjust the settings as required for the different message types.
4. Click OK.
4.6.3 Personal Distribution Lists

Personal distribution lists (also known as mailing lists) are available to mailbox users when the system is in Intuity mode.
Each mailbox can accommodate up to 20 lists. Each list can contain up to 360 mailbox numbers. Lists can then be used
or forwarding or sending messages from the mailbox.
Each list can be marked as private or public. Public lists can be used by other mailbox users when forwarding or sending
messages. A user can also import the contents of a public list into one of their own lists.
If Voicemail Pro Networked Messaging (VPNM) is installed, lists can include mailboxes on remote systems. The only
difference in presentation is that, where the mailbox user name is used to identify local mailboxes in a list, remote
mailboxes are listed by number only.
Lists are maintained either through the mailbox or through Phone Manager Pro version 3.0 or higher. Lists cannot be
viewed or controlled from the Voicemail Pro Client. For more information about mailing lists, mailbox owners can refer to
the Intuity Mailbox User Guide.

4.7 Hunt Group Voicemail
Hunt groups must first be set up in IP office. You can then use Voicemail Pro to configure the way in which voicemail
works for a hunt group.
Voicemail Provides a number of services for hunt groups.
· Announcements
If a caller is waiting to be answered, queuing or the hunt group is in out-of-hours mode, the voicemail server can
provide appropriate greetings to callers. These greetings can be changed through the normal mailbox controls. Mailbox
users can find out more in the IP Office or Intuity Mailbox user guides. For more information, see Out of Hours
Operation 151 . For more information, see Configuring Announcements 152 .
· Voicemail Pro allows the actions available to a queued caller to be customized as well as the greeting messages.
· Voicemail Pro does not control the queuing of calls. Queuing is controlled by the IP Office switch that presents
queued and still queued calls at the appropriate times and provides the queue position and ETA data.
· Messaging
If voicemail for a hunt group is on (the IP Office default), calls to the hunt group are automatically routed to voicemail
if all available extensions have been called for the number of seconds defined in the IP Office No Answer Time
parameter. The default time setting is 15 seconds.
· Message Waiting Indication

By default there is no indication on the handset when a hunt group mailbox contains messages and no direct access
method to a hunt group mailbox.
· For hunt group members to receive message indication, an appropriate H source number entry needs to be added.
For more information, see Configuring Hunt Group Message Waiting Indication 148 .
· For access by other users an access short code can be used. For more information, see Enabling Access to Hunt
Group Voicemail with a Short Code 150 .

Administration: Hunt Group Voicemail
4.7.1 Hunt Group Configuration in IP Office
Voicemail can be configured for each hunt group in IP Office Manager.
To change voicemail configuration for a hunt group:
2. In the Navigation pane, click HuntGroup and select the hunt group.
3. View the Voicemail tab.
4. (Optional) Enter a voicemail code between 1-15 digits in the Voicemail Code field. This is required when users
retrieve voicemail messages for the hunt group remotely, for example from an extension that is not a member of the
hunt group or from an external telephone.
· The Voicemail Code must be retyped in the Confirm Voicemail Code field to ensure it has been correctly entered.
5. (Optional) Messages for the hunt group can be sent to an email account.
· Voicemail Email - Enter the email address of the user.
· Select the Voicemail Email Mode from:
· Off: Voicemail messages or notifications are not automatically sent.
· Copy: A copy of the message is sent to the email account.
· Forward: Voicemail messages are sent to the email account and deleted from the voicemail server.
· Alert: Notification that a new voicemail message has been received is sent to the email account.
6. (Optional) Voicemail can be turned off by un-checking the Voicemail On option. When on, the mailbox is used to
answer the hunt groups unanswered or busy calls.
7. (Optional) For voicemail systems running in IP Office Mode, this option controls whether users hear an additional
prompt when they retrieve messages. The prompt is 'For help at any time press 8'.
· This option does not affect Intuity emulation mailbox mode where the prompt "For help at any time press *4" is
played.
· Even if voicemail help is set to off, IP Office Mode users can still press 8 at any time and hear the list of voicemail
features. This setting turns on/off the audible help message. It does not disable the actual feature.
8. (Optional) Select the option Broadcast if you want any voicemail messages left for the hunt group forwarded to the
mailboxes of the individual group members. The original message in the hunt group mailbox is deleted.
9. Click OK and save the configuration.

4.7.2 Configuring Message Waiting Indication
By default no message waiting indication (MWI) is provided for hunt groups. If required indication can be enabled for
specific users including users who do not belong to the hunt group. If the user is not a member of the hunt group, a
voicemail code is also required. This is entered in the Voicemail Code field on the Hunt Group > Voicemail tab in the
IP Office's configuration. Alternatively the user can be made a member or the group but have their membership set to
disabled. This allows them to access the group mailbox without receiving group calls.
Depending on the type of telephone phone or IP Office application they are using, users who receive hunt group message
waiting indication can choose any of the following methods to collect messages.
· Phone Manager
If Phone Manager is used, the group name and number of new messages is displayed in the Messages tab. Users click
the Messages tab to access the group mailbox.
· 4400 Series Phones

On phones with a Menu button, press Menu | Menu | Msgs | Voice. The group name is shown along
with the number of new messages. Press the display button to access the group mailbox.
· Voicemail Ringback
If a user has voicemail ringback enabled, ringback will occur for new group messages as well as new personal
messages. Ringback for personal messages takes place before any ringback for new group messages.
This method of configuring hunt group message waiting indication allows individuals, including users who are not
members of the group, to receive hunt group message waiting indication.
To configure message waiting indication:
4. Click Add.
5. In the Source Number field, enter H followed by the hunt group name. For example, to receive message waiting
indication from a hunt group called Main, enter HMain.
6. Click OK.
7. Click to merge the configuration change back to the IP Office.

4.7.3 Configuring Group Broadcast
If the Broadcast option is enabled, a message for a hunt group is copied to the individual user mailboxes of each hunt
group member. A call flow can be created that includes the Generic Action. For more information, see Generic Action 212 .
If messages need to be forwarded to the same group a Personal Distribution List could be created. For more information,
see Personal Distribution Lists 145 .
To configure Group Broadcast:
2. In the Navigation pane, click HuntGroup and select the required group.
4. Check Broadcast.
5. Click OK.

4.7.4 Using a Short Code to Collect Voicemail
To access messages for a hunt group, a short code can be created. For example, for a group called Main a short code
can be added with the following properties.
Field Contains...
Code *99
Telephone Number "?Main"
Line Group Id 0
For systems running in Intuity mode, the above will work only if the user is a member of the group and a custom call
flow has also been set up for the collect start point to that hunt group.
Members of the hunt group Main can now dial *99 from their own extensions to access hunt group messages. In IP
Office mode, to use this short code for access from an extension that is not a member of the hunt group, a voicemail
code should be configured for the group.

4.7.5 Out of Hours Operation
Voicemail Provides a number of greetings for groups. One of these is an Out of Hours Greeting.
Through IP Office Manager or using a short code a hunt group can be taken in or out of service. When the group is Out of
Service, callers are played the group's "Out of Hours" greeting and can then leave a message. Alternatively, if an Out of
Service Fallback Group has been configured, callers are passed to that group.
Similarly, a group can be taken in or out of Night Service by using Manager, short codes or an associated time profile.
When the group is in Night Service, callers are played the group's "Out of Hours" greeting and can then leave a message.
Alternatively, if an Out of Hours Fallback Group has been configured, callers are passed to that group.

4.7.6 Configuring Announcements
When a caller is waiting to be answered or queuing, announcements can be played to the caller. The announcements are
activated in IP Office Manager.
The standard announcement used is "I am afraid all the operators are busy at the moment but please hold and you will
be transferred when somebody becomes available." This can be replaced by separate recordings for the 1st and 2nd
announcements if required (see Recording the Announcements 153 below) or by custom call flows (see Customizing
Announcements 154 ).
Enabling Announcements
1. Open IP Office Manager and receive the configuration from the IP Office system.
3. View the Announcements tab.
4. Check Announcements On. Announcements will be played to a caller who is in a queued or waiting for the hunt
group.
5. Select the amount of time for the caller to be queued or waiting before they hear the first announcement. The Wait
before 1st announcement (seconds) default is 10.
6. Select the Post announcement tone. The options are Ringing, Music on Hold or Silence. The default selection is
Music on hold.
7. (Optional) Check 2nd announcement to play another message to the caller.
8. (Optional) Select the amount of time between the first and second announcements. The default time is 20 seconds.
9. (Optional) If the second announcement is to be repeatedly played to the caller until their call is answered, check
Repeat last announcement.
10.Click OK to save the changes.
11.Click to merge the configuration back to the IP Office.

Recording the Announcements

The standard announcement used is "I am afraid all the operators are busy at the moment but please hold and you will
be transferred when somebody becomes available." This can be replaced in a number of ways, depending on the
The maximum length for announcements is 10 minutes. New announcements can be recorded using the following
methods:
· Voicemail Pro - IP Office Mode

Access the hunt group mailbox and press 3. Then press either 3 to record the 1st announcement for the hunt group
or 4 to record the 2nd announcement for the hunt group.
· Voicemail Pro - Intuity Emulation Mode

There is no default mechanism within the Intuity telephony user interface to record hunt group announcements. To
provide one a custom call flow containing an Edit Play List 225 action should be used. In the file path enter
[GREETING]\<hunt_group_name>_Queued or [GREETING]\<hunt_group_name>_StillQueued. where
<hunt_group_name> is replaced by the hunt group name.
· [GREETING] is a variable that points to the current location of the voicemail servers greeting folder (by default c:
\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Pro\VM\Greetings.

4.7.7 Customizing Announcements
The announcements and actions provided to a caller can be customized using the Queued and Still Queued start points.
· The Queued start point replaces the default Announcement 1.
· The Still Queued start point replaces the default Announcement 2.
It is important to note that unconnected results in Queued and Still Queued call flows will return the caller to the queue
rather than disconnect them. An attempt to return the caller using a Transfer or similar action places the caller at the
back of the queue as a new call.
· Use of customized start point call flows for Queued and Still Queued is not recommended if the Synchronize Calls
option is enabled for the hunt group in the IP Office configuration. If this is the case, the only options supported by
Voicemail Pro is the playing of prompts.
To customize announcement 1 for a specific group:
1. In the Start Points Navigation pane, select Groups. If necessary add a Queued start point 198 for the required
group.
2. Select the group's Queued start point.
3. Add the required actions to the call flow and link them. To just play a message use a Generic action.
· Use of customized start point call flows for Queued and Still Queued is not recommended if the Synchronize
Calls option is enabled for the hunt group in the IP Office configuration. If this is the case, the only options
supported by Voicemail Pro is the playing of prompts.
4. Double on the actions added and on the Entry Prompts tab add the prompts required using the Wave Editor 208 .
6. Click Save and make live.
7. Any caller queuing for the selected group will hear the new announcement when they first join the queue.
To customize announcement 2 for a specific group:
1. As above but use the Still Queued start point.

4.7.8 Hunt Group Queuing
If hunt group queuing options are enabled, a call will be held in a queue when all available extensions in the hunt group
are busy. Using Voicemail Pro you can define custom actions and prompts for the queuing sequence.
· The Still Queued message is not played if the hunt group name exceeds 13 characters.
To configure queuing for a hunt group:
3. View the Queuing tab.
· Queuing On : Default = On
If selected, queuing will be available for the hunt group.
· Queue Length: Default = No Limit

This feature sets the number of calls that will be held in the queue at any one time. If this number is exceeded the
caller will receive the busy tone or be passed to voicemail.
· Normalize Queue Length: Default = Blank

This facility selects whether to include calls that are ringing but not answered in the queue length.
When queuing is selected, announcements can be played to the queued caller. For more information, see Configuring
Queue Announcements 152 .

4.7.9 Customizing a Hunt Group Call Flow
Voicemail Pro allows for customization of queuing operation through the use of Queued and Still Queued start points,
either specific to a particular hunt group or default for all groups.
The Queue ETA and Queue Position actions can be used to provide callers with queue information and then
place them back in the queue. Within a Queue or Still Queued start points call flow, the default action for any unlinked
results is to place the caller back in to the queue rather than disconnect the caller.
· Incoming Call Route 'Priority'

The IP Office supports a configurable Priority setting (1, 2 or 3) on Incoming Call Routes. Calls assigned a high priority
are moved up any call queue ahead of those with a lower priority. The use of this feature is not compatible with Queue
ETA and Queue Position messages as the spoken queue positions and ETA for some callers may be overridden by
calls with a higher priority. For example, a caller might hear that their queue position is 5. If a call is received on an
Incoming Call Route with a higher priority, the next time the queue position is heard their queue position could be 6,
further back in the queue.
· Synchronized Announcements
If the option Synchronize Calls is enabled for the hunt group announcements within the IP Office configuration,
actions other than speaking recorded prompts are not supported in custom Queued and Still Queued start points.
Further customization can be applied using actions such as a Menu action to let the caller select, for example, to
leave a message, be transferred to another number or return to the queue.
The Voicemail Pro variables, $QTIM, and $POS 255 , can be used to further customize the Queued and Still Queued
call flows.
· $QTIM: Queued Callers Estimated Time to Answer

If used in a prompt list, will speak the callers' estimated time to answer (ETA). For example, "Your estimated time to
answer is 5 minutes." If used elsewhere, such as in a condition, returns the ETA in minutes as a simple numeric value.
· $POS: Queued Callers Queue Position

If used in a prompt list, will speak the caller's queue position, for example, "You are in queue position 2." If used
elsewhere, such as in a condition, returns the caller's queue position as a numeric value.
· $TimeQueued
IP Office 4.1+ and Voicemail Pro 4.1+. Holds the length of time, in seconds, that the call has been part of a particular
hunt group queue. Only available when using Queued and Still Queued start points.
· $TimeSystem
IP Office 4.1+ and Voicemail Pro 4.1+. Holds the length of time, in seconds, since the call was presented to the IP
Office system. Only available when using Queued and Still Queued start points.

The importance of these variables is that, instead of or in addition to customizing the queue call flow for all queued
callers, you can customize the actions for callers whose ETA or position match selected criteria.
The screen below shows an example of a queued call flow that uses a condition to test the value of $POS for the queued
caller.
· When the caller is in queue positions 1 to 4, they are passed to a Queue Position action and hear their queue position
before returning to the queue.
· When the caller is in queue position 5, they are asked to leave a message.
· Instead of using a Leave Mail action, the caller could be taken through a Voice Question or Campaign action to
collect required information and the caller's responses could be saved as a message.

4.8 Recording Calls
As well as providing messaging services, Voicemail Pro can provide a call recording service. Call recording can be turned
on manually. For more information, see Starting Manual Call Recording 161 . Alternatively, call recording can be configured
to take place automatically for specified users, hunt groups, incoming call routes or out going calls with account codes.
For more information, see Automatic Call Recording:Overview 165 .
· If a conference call is being recorded, recording continues when a new party joins the conference.
· If a call that is being recorded is put on hold or parked, the recording will pause. When the call is reconnected the
recording resumes.
· By default, a recording is placed in a user's own mailbox but this location can be changed.
· A recording by an agent that is intruding on to a call will keep recording after the intruded call has ended. This is to
allow the recording to be annotated.
· Conference Capacity
Call recording uses conferencing capacity and so is subject to the available conferencing capacity of the IP Office system.
· IP Trunks and Extensions
When the direct media path option is used with IP trunks and or an extension, it is not possible to guarantee call
recording.
· Call Recording Warning
In many locations, it is a local or national requirement to warn those involved in a call that they are being recorded. The
Voicemail Pro does this by playing an Advice of Call Recording prompt which can be switched off. On automatically
recorded call, some telephones may also display a recording symbol. For more information, see Call Recording Warning
159 .
· Recording Duration
Call recording is limited to the maximum length of 1 hour. For more information, see Changing the Recording Time 160 .
· Voice Recording Library (VRL)
Recordings are normally placed into standard mailboxes. VRL operation allows recordings to be transferred to a specialist
archiving application. This allows both longer recording and the sorting and searching of recordings. For more
information, see Voice Recording Library (VRL) 160 .

Administration: Recording Calls
4.8.1 Call Recording Warning
In many locations, it is a local or national requirement to warn those involved in a call that they are being recorded. One
method for doing this is to enable the Advice of Call Recording (AOCR) message provided by the Voicemail Pro server.
· The 'advice of recording' will always be played if the Advice of Call Recording message is enabled.
· It can not be guaranteed that a caller will hear an 'advice of recording' announcement when the call is using analogue
trunks. Analogue trunks do not support call status signalling so the 'advice of recording' announcement is played as
soon as the trunk is seized even if the call is ringing and has not been answered.
· The Play Advice on Call Recording option is on by default.
The Advice of Call Recording Message

This message is provided in the file aor_00.wav. For each language installed on the Voicemail Pro server, a copy is
located in the sub-folders of c:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Server\WAVS.
To switch the recording warning on or off:
1. From the Voicemail Pro Client, click or select Administration > Preferences > General.
2. Click Play Advice on Call Recording to switch this option on (checked) or off (unchecked).
3. Click OK.
To hide the auto record indication

In addition to the audible advice of call recording prompt , some Avaya terminals display REC to show that the call is
being recorded. The display can be suppressed.
1. Open IP Office Manager and load the configuration from IP Office.
2. In the Navigation pane, click System.
3. In the System Configuration window, click the System tab.
4. Check Hide auto recording. The terminal display REC will be suppressed.
5. Save the configuration back to the IP Office system.

4.8.2 Changing the Recording Time
For recordings being placed into a Voicemail Pro mailbox, the maximum recording time is 1 hour.
To change the recording length:
2. Click or select Administration > Preferences > General.
3. The Max. VRL Record Length (secs) setting is used only for calls being recorded to VRL. The maximum record
length is 3600 seconds (60 minutes).
4. Click OK.
4.8.3 Voice Recording Library (VRL)

Voice Recording Library (VRL) operation allows the Voicemail Pro to transfer specific users who are automatically or
manually recording calls to a third-party application. It can also be selected as the destination for calls recorded via a
Leave Mail action in a call flow.
Currently this mode of operation is only supported with Avaya IP Office ContactStore. This application provides tools to
sort, search and playback recordings. It also supports the archiving of recordings to DVD.
· Installation and configuration of VRL with IP Office ContactStore is documented separately.
· VRL is a licensed feature. It requires entry of a valid Voice Recording Administrators license into the IP Office
configuration.
· The VRL application must be configured to store recording on a separate partition, drive or PC from the Voicemail Pro.
This is necessary to ensure that the long term storage or recording archives and space available for mailbox messages
do not conflict.

4.8.4 Manual Call Recording
There are several ways to start manually recording a telephone call.
Phone Manager Pro

Users can initiate call recording using Phone Manager Pro when they are working in Agent Mode. The recording feature is
active during a telephone call and when call recording is available.
· Press on the toolbar to start recording. Press on the toolbar to stop the recording.
· Select Actions > Start Recording. The call will be recorded. Press Actions > Stop Recording to finish recording the
call.
SoftConsole
The SoftConsole operator can manually record all or part of a current telephone call
To manually record a telephone call:
· Press the button on the toolbar. The button acts as a toggle. Press the button again to stop recording.
· Select Actions > Record Call. This action toggles and so is also used to stop recording.
· Press F5 to start recording. Press F5 again to stop the recording.
4400 Series
Telephones in the 4400 Series with a Menu key can manually trigger call recording by:
· Press Menu | Menu | Func| Recor.
Using DSS Keys

The call record function can be programmed against a DSS key. When a DSS key has been programmed it can be
pressed during a call to record the conversation.
To set a DSS key for manual recording:
3. Select the Button Programming tab.
4. Select the required DSS key and click Edit.
5. Click browse for the Action. The Button Programming window opens.
6. Select Advanced > Call > CallRecord. Click OK.
7. In the Action Data field, enter a description that will appear on the telephone display.
8. Click OK.
9. Click to save the configuration file.
A call is recorded if the user presses the programmed DSS key during any call. The caller will hear an announcement that
the call is being recorded if the mandatory call recording warning is active. For more information, see Call Recording
Warning 159 .

Using Short Codes
The short code feature "CallRecord" can be used to trigger recording of calls into the user's designated mailbox. The
example shortcode (*95) can be set up as a user short code or a system shortcode. In either case it will trigger recording
Field Contains...
Code *95
Feature Call Record
Telephone Number [Leave blank]
Line Group Id 0
To use the short code
1. During a call, put the caller on hold.
2. Dial the short code. The call is automatically reconnected and recording begins.
The following is an example short code for recording a call involving a specific extension. You do not have to be in
conference with or part of the call This short code should only be set up as a user short code for trusted users.
Field Contains...
Code *96*N#
Feature Call Record
Telephone Number N
Line Group Id 0
To use the short code:
1. Check that the extension is in use.
2. Dial the short code with the number of the extension that you want to record. Using the example short code you would
dial *96*123# to record a call connected to extension 123.

4.8.4.1 Setting Manual Recording Options
The IP Office Manager can be used to specify where recordings triggered by a user are placed:
To configure a user's recording options:
3. Select the Voice Recording tab.
4. In Manual Recording Mailbox, select from the list the mailbox that is to be used to contain recordings triggered by
the user.
· The Voice Recording Library options can be used only if a VRL application has been installed and licensed. For more
information, see Voice Recording Library 160 .
· Click OK.
· Click to merge the configuration change back to the IP Office.

4.8.4.2 Customizing Manual Recording
Normally recording is performed by the Voicemail Pro server as a default task. However, a module named Record can be
used to customize the operation of auto-recording.
Notes
· If a Record module is created, it overrides the default record operation. Therefore it must at minimum emulate the
default manual recording process of placing recordings into the mailbox of the user who triggered recording. For
example, in the module call flow shown below, the Listen action is set to $UUI.
· Whenever recording is triggered, $UUI contains the user name of the user who that triggered the recording process.

4.8.5 Automatic Call Recording
The IP Office system can be configured to automatically record calls based on the user, hunt group, incoming call route
or account code.
Trigger Incoming Outgoing Default Recording Duration

Destination
Incoming Call Route None For the call duration or up

to 1 hour.
Hunt Group Hunt group mailbox Until ended or transferred

to a user outside the hunt
group or its overflow
group.
User User mailbox Until the user ends or

transfers call.
Account Code User mailbox Until the user ends or

transfers calls.
· Individual calls may match several recording criteria. Where that is the case the following applies:
· If the destinations for the recordings are different, separate recordings occur with the durations are indicated above.
· If the destinations for the recordings are the same, a single recording is made using either the incoming call route,
hunt group or user duration in that order or priority.
· Multiple recordings of the same call use multiple voicemail channels.
· Time profiles can be used to control when automatic call recording is used.
· For inbound calls recording will not take place if the call goes to normal voicemail.
· Different frequency settings, set in percentage terms, can be applied to the automatic recording of inbound and
outbound calls.
· A mandatory setting can be used to return a busy tone when call recording is triggered but no voicemail ports are
available.
· Where calls have been answered using a Line appearance button, the call recording goes to the mailbox setting of the
original call route destination.

4.8.5.1 Setting Automatic Recording Options
Automatic recording can be configured for:
· Calls received and/or made by a user 166 .
· Calls on a specific incoming call route 167 .
· Calls to a specific hunt group 166 .
· Outgoing calls associated with a specific account code 168 .
The calls that are to be auto-recorded are selected through IP Office Manager.
To set automatic call recording for a user:
2. In the Navigation pane, click User.
3. Select the required user.
5. From the Record Inbound and Record Outbound drop-down lists select the recording frequency required.
· None: Do not record.
· On: Record all calls if possible.
· Mandatory: Record all calls. If recording is not possible, return busy tone to the caller.
· xx%: Record calls at intervals matching the set percentage, eg. for every other call for 50%.
· For inbound calls, recording will not take place if the call also goes to normal voicemail.
· Specify the destination for the recordings. By default, this is a user's own mailbox.
· The Voice Recording Library options can be used only if a VRL application has been installed and licensed. For
more information, see Voice Recording Library 160 .
· Click OK.
· Click to send the configuration back to the IP Office.

To set automatic call recording for a hunt group:
2. In the Navigation pane, click HuntGroup.
3. Select the required hunt group.
5. From the Record Inbound drop-down lists select the recording frequency required.
6. Select the Recording Time Profile is required. If not set, recording is applied at all times.
7. The Recording Mailbox option is available for IP Office 4.1+. For previous releases the destination is always the
mailbox of the user making the call.
8. Click OK.
9. Click to send the configuration back to the IP Office.

To set automatic call recording for an incoming call route:
2. In the Navigation pane, click Incoming Call Route.
3. Select the required incoming call route.
5. From the Record Inbound drop-down lists select the recording frequency required.
7. Specify the destination for the recordings or select the option to place the recordings in the voice recording library.
8. Click OK.
9. Click to send the configuration back to the IP Office.

To set automatic call recording for an outgoing account call:
2. In the Navigation pane, click Account Code.
3. Select the required account code.
5. From the Record Outbound drop-down lists select the recording frequency required.
7. The Recording Mailbox option is available for IP Office 4.1+. For previous releases the destination is always the
mailbox of the user making the call.
8. Select the option to place the recordings in the voice recording library.
9. Click OK.

4.8.5.2 Customizing Auto Recording
Normally auto-recording is performed by the Voicemail Pro server as a default task. However, a module named
AutoRecord can be used to customize the operation of auto-recording. If an AutoRecord module is created, it overrides
the default auto-record operation.
Whenever auto recording is triggered, $UUI contains either the account code, user name or hunt group name that
triggered the auto recording.
The value of condition Account1 is checked using a Test Condition action.
If found True, the call is recorded using a Listen action, which specifies the mailbox for the recording.
If found False, the next condition test is tried.
The conditions, created within the Condition Editor, compare the variable $UUI against possible account code
values.
The final Listen action, used if none of the condition tests are True, has its Mailbox set to $UUI. If $UUI hasn't
matched any account code being used for auto recording, then its value will be either the user name or hunt group name
that triggered the auto recording.

4.9 Announcements
Announcements can be played when:
· Callers are waiting to be answered or queued against a hunt group

With Voicemail Pro, the announcements and actions provided to a caller held in a group's queue can be customized
using the Queued and Still Queued start points for that group. The call can be answered at any stage of the
announcement. For more information, see Configuring Announcements 152 .
· Calls are going to be recorded

In many locations, it is a local or national requirement to warn those involved in a call that they are being recorded.
For more information, see Call Recording Warning 159 .
· Calls enter a call flow

For more information, see Using the Voicemail Pro Client:Overview 190 .
· Calls are received

A call flow containing an announcement can be created so that all callers hear a mandatory announcement. The
announcement is played before the call is answered. For more information, see Mandatory Announcement Example 171 .
· Calls are queuing against an user's extension

User's can configure their personal announcements. When the user's extension is busy any new calls are held in a
queue against the busy extension until the No Answer Time is reached. The caller will hear the user's personal
announcement before being transferred to voicemail, if available. For more information, see Personal Announcements
172 .
4.9.1 Mandatory Announcement Example

The screen below shows an example of a call flow that plays an announcement to any caller to the sales hunt group.
Callers entering at this start point can not bypass the announcement.
The Entry Prompt of the transfer action contains the announcement. After the announcement is played the caller is
transferred to the sales hunt group as specified in the Specific tab. For more information, see Transfer Action 231 .
Once the call flow has been created, IP Office needs to be configured so that callers are transferred to the call flow.
In IP Office Manager the destination for the incoming call route is entered as VM:Sales. The incoming call route targets
the voicemail module 'Sales'. As the call flow module name is the same as the hunt group name, if voicemail is
unavailable the call will automatically be routed to the hunt group. The calls will not be lost but the callers will not have
heard the announcement.
If calls are required to only be answered after they have heard the announcement, make sure that the call flow module
name is different from the hunt group name. If voicemail is unavailable the call will not be transferred to the target hunt
group.

4.9.2 Personal Announcements
Voicemail Pro 4.0+ supports personal announcements that are played when a caller is queuing against a user's extension
number. A call will be held in a queue when the user's extension is busy before passing to voicemail, if voicemail is
available. Personal announcements are enabled in the same way as hunt group announcements 152 , but using the User |
Announcements tab in IP Office Manager.
· If the user requires announcements only, voicemail should be turned off for the user.
· Start points can be amended to include other actions. Voicemail Pro 4.0+ allows personal announcements to be
customized using user Queued and Still Queued start points in the same ways as customizing hunt group
announcements 154 . For example, a menu action could be added to the Still Queued start point giving users the
option to continue to hold for the caller or to transfer to reception.
· If voicemail is on the announcements are played until the No Answer Time is reached. The caller is then transferred
to the user's voicemail. The system default setting for No Answer Time is 15 seconds, however it can be set for
individual users.

Administration: Announcements
4.10 Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing

TTY is a method of sending and receiving text messages within the speech path of telephone calls. The text is entered
and displayed through a TTY device, such as a text phone, connected in parallel with the user's normal telephone. Due to
its widespread usage and support it has become the standard used by devices for the users with impaired hearing or
vision.
Voicemail Pro 1.4 and higher supports the addition of TTY prompts for leaving messages in and collecting messages from
Intuity mode mailboxes. Callers with a TTY device can see the TTY prompts and leave TTY format messages. The mailbox
user, also with a TTY device, can collect and display those messages by following the prompts that are displayed on the
TTY device.
The TTY device and associated analog telephone (linked either by a pass-through port on the TTY device or a telephone
splitter) are connected to an analog extension port (POT) on the IP Office system. During calls the TTY can be used to
display and send TTY messages. The analog telephone can be used to send dialing digits and provide a speech path
during calls.

4.10.1 Installing Voicemail Pro TTY Prompts
You can select TTY prompts from the list of language options when you install Voicemail Pro. For more information, see
Installation Overview 16 . When the prompts have been installed, the user settings must be configured so that the IP
Office recognizes the TTY device.
There are two ways to configure a user so that they can use a TTY device with Voicemail Pro.
1. The simplest method is to change the user locale in IP Office Manager. This method requires no customization of a
user's mailbox. For more information, see Changing User Locale 174 or refer to the IP Office Manager help or User
Guide.
2. An alternative to changing the user locale to TTY is to change the language setting in the Voicemail Pro call flows for
the user who needs TTY prompts. For more information, see Changing the Language Setting for a Text Phone 175 .
4.10.2 Changing User Locale

The locale setting tty is not actually recognized by IP Office Manager. Therefore all aspects of a user's telephony
operation on the IP Office will default to the system's locale setting (System > System > Locale). However, the user
locale setting is transferred to the Voicemail Pro server during mailbox access and so will affect the prompts that are
provided.
To change the user locale:
3. Select the User tab.
4. Select the option Teletype (Textphone) in the Locale field.
5. Click OK.
4.10.3 Advice for Mailbox Owners Using a TTY Device

To log into their mailbox with a TTY device, such as a text phone, mailbox owners must dial *17 and then take the analog
telephone handset off hook.
When they are connected, users see prompts on the display of the text phone.
For requests such as "Press 1 for …" users should dial from the keypad of the telephone. For messages followed by GA
(go ahead) users are required to type text using their text device.
For more information, refer to the document "User Guide for Audix TTY Interface" (555-300-710).

Administration: Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing
4.10.4 Changing the Language Setting for a TTY Device
An alternative to setting the user locale as TTY is to change the user's language setting in the Voicemail Pro call flows for
that user. Here are two examples.
An Example of Customizing a Simple Mailbox Call Flow

The Select System Prompt Language action can be used to change the prompt language used by subsequent
actions in a call flow. Once the TTY Maintenance Patch has been installed, TTY is one of the selectable languages provided
by the action.
In the simplest form, a Select System Prompt Language action set to TTY (Teletype (Textphone)) would be
added to the user's Collect start point and followed by a Get Mail action.
Similarly, a Select System Prompt Language action set to TTY (Teletype (Textphone)), would be added to the
user's Leave start point and followed by a Leave Mail action.

An Example of Customizing a Complex Mailbox Call Flow
If required, more complex call flows can be configured. For example, the call flow below allows callers to press * to
receive spoken language prompts or to wait a few seconds for the timeout and then receive TTY prompts.
In this case, messages are left in the same mailbox, but callers can select to have spoken prompts or default to TTY
prompts.
For hearing impaired users who cannot handle spoken messages, the call flow for callers who select spoken prompts
could have place those messages into an alternate mailbox of a hearing user. These could then be collected and
transcribed for the user.

Administration: Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing
4.11 Changing Language

Voicemail Pro can be used in a wide range of languages. For external callers, the Voicemail Pro tries to match the Locale
setting of the IP Office system. For internal callers, if they have a different user locale in their user setting,
VoicemailProtries to match that language.
With centralized Voicemail Pro, the default locale is that of the central IP Office. If users on the remote IP Office want
different language prompts, each of their user locales must be changed separately.
If prompts for a required language are not installed, Voicemail Pro has a set of rules that it follows to find the best
alternate language. For example if prompts are not available for users with their locale set to French Canadian, Voicemail
Pro looks for French prompts instead. If French prompts are not installed, it looks for English US and finally English UK.
For more information, see Supported Languages 12 .
The language played to a caller can be changed during a call. This is achieved using a Select System Prompt action.
For more information, see Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 .
4.11.1 Supported Languages

The voicemail system provides prompts to callers and mailbox users based on the Locale that is set in the System form
of IP Office Manager.
If the necessary set of language prompts is not available, the nearest available match is used. The list shows the first
choice language prompts that Voicemail Pro will try to use, followed by the second choice and so on. For example, if
prompts for users with their locale set to French Canadian are not available, Voicemail Pro looks for French prompts
instead, then English US and finally English UK. The abbreviations shown in the table indicate the language prompt folder
used in order of precedence.
Voicemail Pro server prompts can be installed in the following languages:
Brazilian Portuguese: ptb > pt > en. Greek: el > en.

Chinese (Cantonese): zzh > en > enu. Hungarian: hu > en.
Chinese (Madarin): ch > en > enu. Italian: it > en.
Danish: da > en. Korean: ko > en.
Dutch: nl > en. Latin Spanish: eso > es > enu > en.
English UK: en. Norwegian: no > en.
English US: enu > en. Polish: pl > en.
Finnish: fi > en. Portuguese: pt > ptb > en.
French: fr > frc > en. Russian: ru > en.
French Canadian: frc > fr > enu > en. Spanish: es > eso > en.
German: de > en. Swedish: sv > en.
Turkey[1]: trk > tr > enu > en.
1. Turkish prompts are not provided or installed but the Turkish locale is recognized. English (US) prompts are used if
installed, otherwise English (UK). Fallback route added as part of Voicemail Pro 4.2.
· TTY (Teletype (Textphone)) is included in the list of installable languages even though it is not a language. TTY is a
text-based system that is used to provide service to users with impaired hearing or vision. For more information, see
Support for Callers with Impaired Hearing:Overview 173 .
Individual users can have their own Locale setting. Voicemail then provides them with the appropriate language prompts
if they are available. This is set either through the IP Office Manager User form or through the language choice on some
telephones. For more information, see the appropriate telephone User Guide.
The availability of a language in voicemail does not necessarily indicate support for IP Office in a country that uses that
language. Contact your local Avaya office for details of which countries support IP Office.

4.11.2 Changing the Language of System Prompts
With the Select System Prompt action you can change the language that is used in a call flow from that of the IP
Office system or the mailbox user's locale.
A step by step example that illustrates how to use the Select System Prompt action is provided here.
· The Select System Prompt action changes the default language prompts but not any custom prompts. To change the
custom prompts you need to use the $LOC variable in the path to the custom prompt files. For more information, see
Changing the Language of Custom Prompts 179 .
Example
In a small hotel, Voicemail Pro is providing mailboxes for rooms. To assist the room users, we want to start message
collection by letting them indicate their preferred language for Voicemail Prompts.
1. First a module for language selection was created.
The module contains a Menu action with a Select System Prompt action set to the required language for each
key press.
· For the Menu action an Entry Prompt was recorded asking the user to indicate their language choice; "Press
1 for English, 2 por Español, 3 pour Français".
· The Select System Prompt actions were all connected Module Return actions.
2. Next the default start point for message collection was altered. The Language Select module and a Get Mail
action were inserted.
3. The actions for language selection could have been inserted directly into the call flow. However, by doing it as a
module the language selection process can be reused in other start points.

Administration: Changing Language
4.11.3 Changing the Language of Custom Prompts
Instead of using multiple return points from a Language Select module (one for each language) and linking to separate
Get Mail actions (each with an Entry Prompt in the required) language, you can use a single Get Mail action.
To change the language of custom prompts:
1. Through the Get Mail action's properties, record an Entry Prompt for US English users and save it as enu\custom
\getmail.wav.
2. Record a similar prompt for French Canadian users and Latin Spanish users. You need to use the same file name each
time and save each file in a different language folder.
3. Delete all except one of the entry prompt entries. That this does not delete any of the recorded prompts.
4. For the remaining entries, change the file path by inserting $LOC in place of the language folder name, for example
$LOC\custom\getmail.wav.

4.12 Mobile Twinning
Mobile Twinning is a licensed feature. If Mobile Twinning is enabled in IP Office, a user can send internal and external
calls to an external number, for example, their mobile telephone.
· Both the internal and external telephones ring when a call is received. The call can be answered from either telephone.
· If the feature Do Not Disturb (DND) is active for the user, any callers to the internal extension number will hear the
busy tone and the external telephone will not ring. If a caller is entered in to the DND exception list, for example using
the application Phone Manager, only the internal telephone will ring.
· If any of the forward options are active, both the external and the telephone where the calls are forwarded to will ring.
· If the Follow Me option is active, only the telephone that the calls are forwarded to will ring. The external telephone
number will not ring.
Within Voicemail Pro you can administer the mobile twinning features using call flows. Mobile twinning can be turned on
or of and the external twinning number entered.
In a call flow the Generic action is used to control Mobile twinning. Within the Generic action details are entered in the
specific tab. In the generic 'free format' field, the following syntax can be added.
· CFG:Set MattR twinning_type Mobile

Used to turn the Mobile twinning on for the named extension MattR. The extension number can be entered instead of
the named extension. If mobile twinning has been previously used and then turned off, the previous mobile twinning
number will become active.
· CFG:Set MattR twinning_type Internal

Used to turn the Mobile twinning off for MattR.
· CFG:Set MattR mobile_twinning_number $KEY

Used to set the mobile twinning number.

Administration: Mobile Twinning
This example creates a Voicemail Pro module that allows a user to turn Mobile Twinning on or off. They can also set their
mobile number. The example sets the mobile twinning for extension 203.
To create the example call flow:
1. Create a new module called Mobile Twinning.
2. Add a menu action with the menu options 1,2 and 3. Add a prompt to tell the caller the options available.
3. The option to turn mobile twinning on needs to be added.
· Click the Basic Actions icon and select Generic.
· Change the token name to Enable Mobile Twinning.
· Click the Specific tab.
· Enter the command CFG:Set 203 twinning_type Mobile.
· Click OK.
4. The option to turn mobile twinning off needs to be added.
· Change the token name to Disable Mobile Twinning.
· Click the Specific tab.
· Enter the command CFG:Set 203 twinning_type Internal.
· Click OK.
5. The ability to enter the mobile number needs to be added.
· Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Alphanumeric Collection.
· Change the token name to Collect New Mobile Twinning No.
· Record an Entry Prompt to tell the user to enter their mobile twinning number.
· Click OK.
6. An action needs to be added to set the mobile number.
· Change the token name to Set Mobile No.
· Click the specific tab.
· Enter the command CFG:Set 203 mobile_twinning_number_$KEY.
· Click OK.
7. The actions need to be connected and then the changes need to be made permanent.

Create a short code to test the call flow.
1. In IP Office Manager, add the following short code. This example uses *90 but any short code can be used.
Field Contains...
Code *90
Telephone Number "Mobile Twinning"
Line Group ID 0
Locale [leave blank]
Force Account Code [leave blank]
2. Save and merge the configuration to the IP Office unit.
3. Test the short code by dialing *90 from extension 203.
· Press 1 to turn mobile twinning on for extension 203.
· Press 2 to enter a new mobile twinning number for extension 203.
· Press 3 to turn mobile twining off for extension 203.

Administration: Mobile Twinning
4.13 Remote Voicemail Notification

A user can be set up to receive notification of new voicemail messages when they are away from their main extension.
There are two ways that notification can be implemented.
· Voicemail Callback
A service whereby the Voicemail Pro calls a specified number whenever the user receives a new voicemail message.
Callback requires a callback start point to be created in Voicemail Pro and a callback number entered in IP Office
Manager. For more information, see Setting up Callback Overview 184 .
· Voicemail Outcalling
A service where voicemail notification can be configured to specific external numbers and the notification escalated if
the message is not listened to. Outcalling can be configured by any user of voicemail in Intuity mode. For more
information, see Outcalling Overview 186 .
Note
· Both the Callback and OutCalling features are separate from voicemail ringback. Ringback alerts the user's own
extension whilst Callback and OutCalling will provide voicemail notification to an external location, for example a mobile
telephone or pager.

4.13.1 Callback
Voicemail callback is a service whereby the Voicemail Pro calls a specified number whenever the user receives a new
voicemail message. When the callback is answered, the system announces the outbound alert and waits for a key press
for confirmation before continuing with the associated call flow. For more information, see Setting Up Voicemail Pro
Callback 184 .
This service requires configuration of a callback start point in Voicemail Pro and entry of a callback number through IP
Office Manager. For more information, see Using a Play Configuration Menu Action 185 .
4.13.1.1 Setting Up Callback

The call flow created below is a very simple example. In practice you could include a menu that allows the user access to
other features. For example access to a Play Configuration Menu action would allow the user to remotely change various
mailbox settings including their callback number. For more information, see Using a Play Configuration Menu Action 185 .
To set up the callback:
1. Under Specific Start Points, right-click Users and select Add.
2. In the Name field, enter the user's mailbox name. Select the Callback entry point and select OK.
3. Within select Callback.
4. Add a Get Mail action and under the Specific tab, in Mailbox enter the user's name again or extension number.
· Important
Record an entry prompt for the first action in the callback call flow. Experience with connection to some cell
phone systems has revealed that this entry prompt may need to be up to 20 seconds in length.
5. Connect the Start Point and the Get Mail action.

Administration: Remote Voicemail Notification
The Default Callback Start Point
In the example above a callback call flow was created for an individual users. The Default Callback start point can be
used to create a default callback call flow for all users.
If the Default Callback start point is used, it must be designed so that users have to indicate which mailbox they are
accessing. In the simple call flow used above, this can be done by entering ? in the Mailbox field of the Get Mail action.
The callback number is initially set through IP Office Manager.
To set the user's callback number:
1. In IP Office Manager, open the system's configuration.
2. Click User to display a list of existing users.
3. Double-click the user for whom callback is being set up.
· In Voicemail Code, enter a pin code and confirm this in Confirm Voicemail Code.
5. Select the Source Numbers tab. Right-click and select add to add a new number.
· Callback Number
Enter P followed by the destination telephone number. If you system requires an external dialing then that prefix
must be included, for example P901923555456. If connecting to a cell phone or pager system that expects digits
in separate sets, use , (comma) characters to add pauses to the telephone number dialing.
· Trusted Source
If calls from the callback number include ICLID, you can set that number as a trusted source. In that case no request
for the user's voicemail code is made following the callback. Enter V followed by the CLI displayed on calls from the
callback number, for example V01923555456.
6. Click OK.
7. Click to send the configuration back to the IP Office. If the only changes made were to user settings, select Merge
Config.
4.13.1.2 Using a Play Configuration Menu Action

The callback call flow below is more advanced than the previous example. It allows the user to check messages, transfer
themselves to another extension and to alter several aspects of their mailbox configuration.
Of main interest to a callback user is the Play Configuration Menu action. This action allows the remote user to alter
their extensions forwarding and voicemail operation. Option 9 in the menu played to the caller allows them to change the
callback number.
To exit a Get Mail or Play Configuration Menu action and follow the call flow to the next action, the user should press
0 (not supported for Get Mail in Intuity mode).

4.13.2 Outcalling
The Outcalling feature is only available when using Voicemail Pro 4.0+ in Intuity mode.
Voicemail Pro can be configured to send notification that a new message has been received in a user's mailbox. It will call
a specified number and when answered, will prompt the user "This is IP Office. <your name>, you have new messages.
To access your messages, please enter your extension number and press hash. To avoid further notification of these
messages, press * #". If any other action is taken then the outcalling notification attempt is treated as unanswered.
Retries
If an outcalling notification attempt is not answered, the voicemail server can make another attempt. The number of
retries, up to 10, and the delay after a failed notification attempt can use either system default or the users own defined
settings.
Destinations
The mailbox user can define up to 5 destination numbers to be used with outcalling. The destinations must include any
external dialing prefixes required for the IP Office system. For each destination a ring time can also be defined (default
15 seconds) after which the voicemail server disconnects the call.
· Desk.
· Home.
· Mobile.
· Delegate (called Secretary in some locales.
· Other.
Escalation List
The user can choose to use an escalation list, which combines several of their destinations into a sequence that will be
tried as part of a single outcalling notification attempt. Up to 9 destinations can be included in the list and the same
destination can be used more than once. Use of the escalation list counts as a single outcalling notification attempt.
· For Voicemail Pro 4.2+, users using Phone Manager 4.2+ can specify a delay to be used between the call to each
destination in their escalation list.
Configuration Methods
· System Settings
The Voicemail Pro can be configured with a set of default times for when outcalling is used, the number of retries
for outcalling notification and the interval after a failed notification attempt before the next retry. For more
information, see Setting the Outcalling Preferences 104 .
· User Mailbox Settings

Mailbox owners can configure their outcalling options using their telephone, for example, entering the destination
telephone numbers. Details on how to configure outcalling for individuals can be found in the Intuity Mailbox
guide.
· Phone Manager Control

For Voicemail Pro 4.2+, users with Phone Manager 4.2+ can configure their own outcalling settings using Phone
Manager. This includes setting their own number of retries and the interval before any subsequent retry. When
using an escalation list, this interface also allows the user to set a delay to be used between each number in the
escalation list.

Administration: Remote Voicemail Notification
4.13.2.1 Setting the Outcalling Preferences
The preferences in Voicemail Pro are set for global operation. Mailbox owners can configure their outcalling options from
their telephone, for example, create their own time profile. Details on how users can configure outcalling is found in the
Intuity Mailbox guide.
To set the global outcalling preferences:
3. Click the Outcalling tab.
4. Select the times that outcalling is active in the System Times section.
· Prime Times - The time period that outcalling is to be active as default for the system.
· Peak Times - The busiest working hours.
5. Set the retry settings in the System Retry Settings section.
· The Number of Retries can be between 0 and 10. If the message is not collected after the last retry, no notification
is sent until another new message is delivered in the user's mailbox.
· The Retry Interval are set for each retry attempt. The interval is the length of time between each attempt to ring to
targeted number again. The 6th to 10th retries use the default retry interval.
· Double-click a selected retry time to edit the interval between retries. The New interval number window opens
where the length of time between each attempt to ring the target number can be changed. Click OK to save the
change and return to the Outcalling window.
6. Click OK.
A timeout value can be set by a user. This is how long outcalling will attempt to call a number before giving up. For more
information, see the Intuity Mailbox guide.

Chapter 5.
Using the Voicemail Pro
Client

5. Using the Voicemail Pro Client
This section describes how you can customize the operation of the Voicemail Pro server using the Voicemail Pro Client.
The Voicemail Pro Client enables you to work on several servers remotely. You do not need to visit each one on site. For
more information, see Starting the Voicemail Pro Client 122 .
The default operation for Voicemail Pro is to emulate Voicemail Lite by providing voicemail for all users and hunt groups.
Voicemail Pro Client is used to program actions for users and hunt groups who require facilities that differ from those
provided by a standard mailbox. With Voicemail Pro you can also program a series of voicemail actions triggered by
dialing a short code.
The main sections of Voicemail Pro Client are:
· Actions
Individual actions can be used within a Voicemail Pro call flow. For more information, see Voicemail Pro Actions:
Overview. 201
· Modules
Modules are a sequence of pre-programmed actions used to simplify Voicemail Pro programming. For more
information, see Creating Modules:Overview 259 .
· Conditions Editor
The Conditions Editor is used to amend voicemail operation according to factors such as the time of day. For more
information, see The Condition Editor:Overview 260 .
· Campaigns
Voicemail Pro campaigns can be created that ask callers a series of questions. A callers response can be recorded,
either spoken or through the telephone keypad. For more information, see Creating Campaigns:Overview 330 .
Preferences can be changed using the Voicemail Pro Client. Details about changing the preferences are covered in the
Configuring Voicemail Pro section. For more information, see Changing Preferences 97 .

Using the Voicemail Pro Client:
5.1 The Main Voicemail Pro Window

The Voicemail Pro Client is a Windows interface used to customize the Voicemail Pro Server.
The parts of the Voicemail Pro Client window are:
· Title Bar
The title bar indicates the telephony interface that is being used, namely IP Office or Intuity. If you are working offline,
the title bar displays Offline. If you are working online, the name of the connected server is displayed. For more
information, see Logging in to the Voicemail Pro Server 122 .
· Toolbar
The toolbar across the top of the window provides access to the Voicemail Pro options via icons instead of the menus. For
more information, see Toolbar Icons 192 .
· Start Points Navigation Pane

The upper left Navigation pane contains an expandable/collapsible list of customizable voicemail start points. For more
information, see Start Points:Overview 195 .
· Modules Navigation Pane

The lower left Navigation pane contains a library of voicemail modules. For more information, see Creating Modules:
Overview 259 .
· Details Pane
The details pane shows either:
· Columns of information for the user or group specific start point selected or for the Voicemail Pro Administrator
selected. You can click a column heading to sort the content. For more information, see Start Points:Overview 195 .
· Visual representation of a call flow from either default start points or a module. For more information, see Creating
Modules:Overview 259 .

5.2 Toolbar Icons
The Voicemail Pro screen includes the following icons. These may be grayed out according to which area of the Voicemail
Pro screen is currently active.
Save as. For more information, see Saving Changes and Making them Live 193 .
Save & Make Live. For more information, see Saving Changes and Making them Live 193 .
Cut: Removes currently highlighted text and copies it to the Windows clipboard.
Copy: Copies currently highlighted text to the Windows clipboard.
Paste: Pastes the contents of the Windows clipboard to the current cursor position if appropriate.
Add Start Point. For more information, see Using Start Points 198 .
Edit Start Point. For more information, see Using Start Points 198 .
Delete Start Point. For more information, see Using Start Points 198 .
Preferences. For more information, see Changing Preferences 97 .
User Defined Variables. For more information, see User Defined Variables 257 .
Conditions Editor. For more information, see The Conditions Editor:Overview 260 .
Campaigns. For more information, see Creating Campaigns:Overview 330 .
Connection. For more information, see Connections 202 .
Basic Actions.
Mailbox Actions.
Configuration Actions.
Telephony Actions.
Miscellaneous Actions.
Condition Actions.
Database Actions.
Queue Actions.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: Toolbar Icons
5.3 Saving Changes and Making them Live

Voicemail Pro settings, such as call flow details, are stored in a database file (Vmdata.mdb). To be used by the
Voicemail Server they must be saved as a Root.vmp in the voicemail server folder. To find out how to set the location of
this folder, see Setting the Location of Voicemail System Files 100 .
To save configuration changes without making them live:
1. Choose Save as to save the database as a .vmp file with the name that you specify. You can then copy the file to
other systems.
To save configuration changes and make them live:
1. Choose Save & Make Live to save the settings in a file called Root.vmp in the voicemail server folder.
If you are working remotely in Offline mode ,you are prompted to select whether to save your changes to the local
database or to the remote server.
5.4 Importing and Exporting Call Flows

You can import or export all Voicemail Pro settings at once (in database file .mdb file) or as individual modules. A
module file (.mod) can contain one or several modules. Importing and exporting might be useful when you are
upgrading a system so that you do not need to recreate the settings or modules.
Important
· Importing and exporting does not apply to prompts. Prompts must be moved as separate items or re-recorded.
· When you import a database file the contents of the existing database are replaced.
To export a file:
1. From the File menu, select Import or Export.
2. Select Export call flows.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter the name of the file that you want to export.
· Alternatively, click Browse, select the type of file to export either the entire database or a module and click Open.
5. Click Next.
6. Module files can contain several modules, select the module required.
7. Click Next.
8. Click Finish. The selected file is exported.
9. Click Close.
To import a file:
1. From the File menu, select Import or Export.
2. Select Import call flows.
3. Click Next.
4. Enter the name of the file that you want to import.
· Alternatively, click Browse, select the type of file to export either the entire database or a module. If a module of
the same name already exists it is overwritten by the imported module.
· Click Open.
5. Click Next.
6. Module files can contain several modules, select the module required.
7. Click Next.
8. Click Finish. The selected file is imported.
9. Click Close.

10.Click Save & Make Live before you close the Voicemail Pro Client to apply the imported file. The existing
database is overwritten and a backup copy is saved in the folder DB Backup.
5.5 Including Other Files

In some special circumstances it may be necessary to include the settings of an existing .vmp file into the Voicemail Pro
settings.
To include other files:
1. From the File menu, select Includes. The Configuration Includes window opens.
2. Click , the New Include File opens.
3. Select a file to include.
4. Click Open.
5. Click Update to update the Voicemail Pro file settings.
Notes
· If you use included files, the Voicemail Pro database contains only a pointer to the name and location of the files and
not the actual files. Therefore you should not move or rename an included file. It is strongly recommended that before
you include a file, you place it in the same folder as Root.vmp.
· Click if you need to remove an included file. The highlighted file is removed but not deleted.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: Including Other Files
5.6 Start Points

Voicemail Pro consists of a number of start points. When the voicemail server receives a call, it looks for a matching start
point and if it finds one it then provides a series of actions linked to that start point. If no match is found then it provides
standard voicemail functions to the call.
The Navigation pane contains an expandable and collapsible list of start points. These can be start points for individual
users, hunt groups, short codes and default start points.
Specific Start Points

This folder contains the start points for users, groups and short codes.
Users
This folder contains start points set up for individual users. When selected a list is shown in the details pane containing
the mailbox owners names and the names of any call flows that have been assigned to the selected mailbox. Other
details shown include:
· The extension number associated with the mailbox.
· The size of the mailbox measured by the amount of space, in KB, that is taken up by the .wav files in the specified
user’s mailbox folder.
· The number of new, old and saved messages in the mailbox.
· The date when anyone last logged into the mailbox.
This is a user who has one or more start points configured. It can be expanded to show the
different start points.
· Collect - Used when the user rings voicemail.
· Leave - Used for calls to the user that are redirected to voicemail.
· Callback - Used when voicemail rings a user to inform them of messages in the user's mailbox.
For more information, see Setting up Voicemail Pro Callback 184 .
· Queued & Still Queued - Used when calls to the user are queued. For more information, see
Personal Announcements 172 .
Groups
This folder contains start points set up for hunt groups. When selected a list is shown in the details pane containing the
mailbox owners names and the names of any call flows that have been assigned to the selected mailbox. Other details
shown include:
· The extension number associated with the mailbox.
· The size of the mailbox measured by the amount of space, in KB, that is taken up by the .wav files in the specified
user’s mailbox folder.
· The number of new, old and saved messages in the mailbox.
· The date when anyone last logged into the mailbox.

This is a group that has one or more start points configured. It can be expanded to show the
different start points.
· Collect - Used when someone accesses the group's mailbox.
· Leave - Used when calls to the hunt group are redirected to voicemail.
· Queued & Still Queued - Used when calls to the group are queued. For more information, see
Customizing a Hunt Group Call Flow 156 .
Short Codes
This folder contains any start points set up for particular short codes. Short code start points require the Telephone
Number entry of the matching short code in the IP Office Manager to be set up in a particular way. For example, if a
Start Point for short code *88 is set up, the settings for short code *88 in the IP Office Manager application must be as
follows:
· Short Code: *88
· Telephone Number: *88
· Feature: Voicemail Node.

The above will allow internal callers to access the start point. To allow external callers access, an Incoming Call Route
should be set up with the destination *88.
· An individual short code on the IP Office. This requires a matching special short code to be set up
in Manager.
Default Start Points

Rather than set up individual start points for every user and group, you can also program actions against the default start
points. These will then be used for all calls received by the Voicemail Server that don't match a specific start point. For
more information, see Default Start Points 197 .
Voicemail Pro Administrators

When the Voicemail Pro Administrators folder is selected a list is displayed in the details pane. The list contains the name,
type and status of the administrators. Details can be added, amended or deleted. For more information, see Adding an
Administrator 125 .
Modules
Modules are reusable sets of actions. They allow you to create a sequence of actions that you can then use within any
other start point's call flow. Any changes to the module will affect all the start points using that module. This simplifies
the programming of actions if a number of start points use the same sequence of actions. Using modules also reduces
the size of the call flow. For more information, see Creating Modules Overview 259 .

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: Start Points
5.6.1 Default Start Points
The default start points can be used to create a sequence of actions that will be applied to all suitable calls unless a
specific start point exists.
· Collect - Used when a caller attempts to access a mailbox.
· Leave - Used when a caller is redirected to voicemail.
· Callback - Used when the voicemail calls a user to inform them about messages in a mailbox. For more
information, see Setting up Callback 184 .
· Queued - Used for callers queuing for a hunt group or user. For more information, see Customizing Queue
Announcements 154 .
· Still Queued - Used for callers queuing for a hunt group or user. For more information, see Customizing Queue
Announcements 154 .
When a default start point is used, the following actions can attempt to recognize who the presumed user is (the internal
user calling or being called) and access the matching mailbox for that user (unless the action specifies another mailbox).
· Get Mail Action. For more information, see Mailbox Actions, Get Mail Action 220 .
· Leave Mail Action. For more information, see Mail Box Actions, Leave Mail Action 221 .
· Play Configuration Menu. For more information, see Configuration Actions, Play Configuration Menu 226 .
· Listen Action. For more information, see Mailbox Actions, Listen Action 222 .
· Record Name Action. For more information, see Configuration Actions, Record Name Action 225 .
· Edit Play List Action. For more information, see Configuration Actions, Edit Play List Action 225 .
The following actions will automatically recognize who the presumed user is and then use that user's voicemail reception
settings (unless the action specifies another mailbox).
· Transfer Action. For more information, see Telephony Actions, Transfer Action 231 .
· Assisted Transfer Action. For more information, see Telephony Actions, Assisted Transfer Action 236 .
· Whisper Action. For more information, see Telephony Actions, Whisper Action 232 .

5.6.2 Using Start Points
Start points can be for individual users, hunt groups, short codes or default start points. All start points can be added,
edited 198 , renamed 198 or deleted 198 .
To add a start point for a User or Group:
1. Either click Users or Groups and then . The Adding a new window opens.
· Alternatively, right-click Users or Groups and select Add.
2. Select the name that matches the user or group on the telephone system.
· To add all users or groups check the option Add all users.
3. Select the types of start points required.
· The start points Collect, Leave, Callback, Queued and Still Queued are available for both users and groups.
4. Click OK.
To add a start point for a short code:
1. Click Short Codes and then . The Adding a new short code window opens.
· Alternatively, right-click Short Codes and select Add.
2. Enter the short code.
· Short code start points require the telephone number entry of the matching short code in the IP Office Manager
application to be set in a specific way. For example, if a start point for short code *88 is set up the settings for short
code *88 in the manager application must be as shown below. The short code will allow internal callers to access the
start point. To allow external callers access, an Incoming Call Route should be setup with the extension *88.
· Short code: *88
· Telephone number: *88
· Feature: Voicemail Node.
3. Click OK.
Any start point can be edited. However, if you de-select an existing start point, you will delete all actions associated with
it.
To edit a start point:
1. In the Navigation pane of the main Voicemail Pro window, select the start point to edit and click . The Editing start
point window opens.
· Alternatively, right-click the start point and select Edit.
2. Make the required changes.
3. Click OK.
To delete a start point:
1. In the Navigation pane, select the start point to delete and click .
· Alternatively, right-click the start point and then select Delete.
2. You are asked if you are sure that you want to delete the selected start point.
· Click Yes to delete the start point.
· Click No to cancel the deletion.

To rename a user, group or short code start point:
1. In the Navigation pane, right-click the user, group or short code and select Rename. The New start point name
window opens.
2. Type the new name.
3. Click OK. The start point is renamed.

5.6.3 Viewing Call Flows as Text
For support calls and diagnostic purposes it can be useful to view Voicemail Pro modules and start points as text files.
You can then display the contents of the text file on the screen. The file can be changed as you would change any other
text file.
To view a start point or module as text:
1. Select File menu > View as Text. A Notepad window opens. The txt file contains information of all Conditions and
Campaigns as well as all call flow details.

5.7 Voicemail Pro Actions

When a start point has been added, it can be linked to an action. Each action can have one or several results, depending
on the type of action, and each result can be linked to a subsequent action. In this way you can build up a call flow.
Each action can have a number of results (true, false, no answer, busy). The types of results depend of the type of
action, most actions having just a 'Next' result. Each result can be used as a connection point to another action. For more
information, see Connections 202 .
A set of actions and connections can be combined and reused as a module. Modules are reusable sets of actions. They
allow you to create a sequence of actions that you can then use within any other start point's call flow. Changes to the
module will affect all start points using that module. This simplifies the programming if a number of start points need the
same sequence of actions. For more information, see Creating Modules:Overview 259 .
You can double-click an action to display the properties in a series of tabs. Many actions share the same standard tabs
but each usually also has a specific tab that contains options unique to that action's function.
The standard tabs of an action are:
· General. For more information, see General Tab 206 .
· Entry Prompts. For more information, see Entry Prompts Tab 207 .
· Reporting. For more information, see Reporting Tab 210 .
· Results. For more information, see Results Tab 211 .
To add an action:
1. Select the start point to which you want to add an action.
2. Click in the Details pane.
3. Click Actions and select the type of action that you want to add from the list, for example Basic Actions.
4. From the submenu, select the required action. For example, if you selected Basic Actions, you might choose Speak
Text. The cursor changes to show that you have selected an action to add.
· Alternatively on the toolbar, click the icon for the required type of action and then select an action from the
submenu.
5. Click in the details pane, where you want to place the action. The new action is added. You can now edit the action and
add connections to it.
You can change the properties of an action. For example, If you selected the Speak Text action you can specify the actual
text to be spoken when an action is taken.
To edit an action:
1. Double-click the action in the details pane or right-click it and select Properties. The Properties window opens. Details
of the selected action are contained in a set of tabs.
2. Select a tab and change the action properties as required.
3. Click OK when you have finished.
If an action is no longer required, you can delete it from a start point call flow.
To delete an action:
1. In the Details pane where the actions are displayed, click the action to delete.
2. From the Edit menu, select Delete or right-click the action and select Delete.
3. The selected action is deleted.
For more information about the actions that are available for use in call flows, see Available Actions:Overview 203 .

5.7.1 Connections
The actions that are added to a start point must be connected before they can be used. The sequence of the connections
determines how the call is routed through voicemail.
Each action can have a number of results (True, False, No Answer, Busy). The types of results depend of the type of
action. For each result, a connection can be added.
· Most actions only have a Next result, i.e. a single connection to the next action.
· Other actions may have two results, for example True or False. Each of these results represents a connection point
for different following actions.
· Some actions may have multiple results. For example, the Assisted Transfer action has results for Next, No Answer
and Busy. Each of these results represents a connection point for different following actions.
· If a result occurs, for which no connection to a following action has been set, either the call is disconnected or, if it
came from a hunt group queue, it is transferred back to the queue.
· Within modules, all connections should end in another action or in a Module Return action.
To add a connection:
1. Click the icon.
2. Click and drag the cursor from action's result that triggers the connection to the action that should follow the
connection.
To delete a connection:
1. Click the connection to delete. It is displayed in red.
2. Press Delete. The connection is removed. Alternatively, either select Edit and then Delete or right-click and then
select Delete.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: Voicemail Pro Actions
5.7.2 Available Actions
Once a start point has been added, it can be linked to an action. The available actions are divided into the following
groups:
· Start Point
This special action is present by default in all call flows. It is simply the start point for the call flow to which other
actions can be linked. While this action has General, Entry Prompts, Reporting and Results tabs they should not be
used. Any settings added to those tabs will be ignored and should be applied through the tabs of the first
additional action added to the call flow and linked to the Start Point.
Basic Actions
These actions are chiefly used to control the routing of a call between actions.
· Generic Action 212

Can be used to simply play a prompt to the caller through its Entry Prompts tab. It can also be used to enter
custom commands for the voicemail server.
· Speak Text Action 215

Allows text to entered and then played to the caller. Requires TTS to be installed and licensed.
· Menu Action 216

Branch according to touch tone selection.
· Goto Action 218

Go to another start point.
· Disconnect Action 219

Disconnect the call.
· Home Action 219

Return to the start point.
· Module Return Action 219
Return to the start of a module.
Mailbox Actions
These actions relate to the leaving and collecting of messages from a mailbox.
· Get Mail Action 220
Collect messages in a mailbox.
· Leave Mail Action 221

Leave message in a mailbox.
· Listen Action 222

Record to a mailbox.
· Voice Question Action 223

Record response to a prompt.
· Campaign Action 224

Access a campaign to read or leave messages.
Configuration Actions
These actions allow a caller to change the settings of a user or hunt group mailbox.
· Edit Play List Action 225

Re-record a prompt.
· Record Name Action 225

Re-record a mailbox name.
· Play Configuration Menu Action 226

Change user or group settings.

· Select System Prompt Language Action 227
Change the prompt language.
Telephony Actions
These actions relate to telephony functions such as call transfers.
· Variable Routing Action 228

Route on a match to a variable such as the caller's CLI.
· Route Incoming Call Action 230

Route a call depending on whether the call is internal or external.
· Route by Call Status 230

Calls route is determined by why the reason the call was routed to voicemail.
· Transfer Action 231

A blind transfer.
· Whisper Action 232
Screened transfer.
· Call List Action 233

Transfer to a user selected choice.
· Dial by Name Action 234

Select user/group by keypad letters.
· Conferencing Center 235

Provides a route for callers to enter the conference ID and their conference PIN code. IP Office Conferencing
Center needs to be installed.
· Assisted Transfer Action 236

A transfer with assistance for callers.
· Alphanumeric Action 238

Allows the caller to input text and numeric values.
Miscellaneous Actions
· eMail Action 240

Email a recording.
· Open Door Action 241

Open and/or close a door relay.
· Alarm Set Action 242

Set an alarm call time.
· Clock Action 242

Play the time to the caller.
· Post Dial Action 243

Play a recording to an extension.
· VB Script Action 244

Allows Visual Basic to be used to script call flow events.
· Remote Call Flow 245

Allows call flows developed elsewhere to be included in an existing call flow.
Condition Actions
These actions are used to create branches in the call routing according to whether a value is true or false.
· Test Condition Action 246

Test whether a condition is true or false.

· Set User Variable Action 247

Set a variable to a particular value.
· Test User Variable Action 248

Test the value of a variable.
· Test Variable Action 249

Check if user dialing matches set digits.
Database Actions
These actions relate to retrieving and adding data to a database. The use of database actions with Voicemail Pro requires
entry of a VMPro Database Interface license in the IP Office configuration.
· Database Open Action 251

Open a database.
· Database Execute Action 251

Perform an action on a database.
· Database Get Data Action 252

Get information from a database.
· Database Close Action 252

Close a database.
Queue Actions
These actions are associated with hunt group queues and are not available to user and short code start points. The IP
Office Manager option Synchronise calls to announcements should not be used when using the queue actions.
· Queue ETA Action 253
Speak the caller's expected time to answer.
· Queue Position Action 254

Speak the caller's queue position.

5.7.3 Standard Action Tabs
5.7.3.1 General
The General tab contains the action name. You can also enter notes about the action and protect a call flow by adding an
access code.
This tab is shown for the Start action in calls flows. However it should not be used as settings applied to the Start action
are ignored and should instead be applied through the first other added to the call flow.
· Token Name
The name of the action, for example, the token name for the action Menu is 'Menu'. The token name can be changed
so the use of the action can be indicated. It could also be confusing having two actions within a module with the same
name.
· Description
Use this field to enter notes about why the action is being used or other information that may be needed.
· Pin
Each action can be protected by a PIN number. The PIN number can be the voicemail code of the presumed user. To
do this enter a $ symbol. For example, entering $ would force the caller to dial their voicemail code, entering 104$
would force the caller to dial 104 followed by their voicemail code.

5.7.3.2 Entry Prompts
The Entry Prompts tab is used to select the prompts to be played before the action performs its main role. Multiple
prompts can be added and the order in which they are played adjusted.
· Add Prompt
Clicking or double-clicking an existing listed prompt starts the Voicemail Pro Wave Editor. This tool allows you to
record and play prompts through the Voicemail Pro server PC or through an extension on the IP Office system. The
dialogue that appears allows the selection of an existing prompt or the ability to specify a new file name and then
record the new prompt. For more information, see Using the Wave Editor 208 .
· Edit Prompt
Edit the details of the currently highlighted prompt.
· Delete Prompt
Delete the currently highlighted prompt from the play list. Note that the actual prompt file is not deleted from the
server.
· Move Prompt
Move the position of the currently highlighted prompt in the play list.
· Allow prompts to be interrupted by Tones

Allow the caller to press tone keys to make selections during the playing of the actions entry prompts.
The Edit Play List action can be used in call flows to re-record a specified prompt. This allows the creation of call flow
options where the voicemail user can record prompts themselves to reflect changes in operation. For more information,
see Edit Play List action 225 .

5.7.3.3 Using the Wave Editor
The Wave Editor is used by Voicemail Pro to select, record and play prompts. It can be used to select existing prompts or
to record new prompts.
The Entry Prompts tab of each call flow action allows prompts to be played before the action performs its main role.
Clicking or double-clicking a listed prompt starts the Voicemail Pro Wave Editor. This tool allows you to record and play
prompts through the Voicemail Pro server PC or through an extension on the IP Office system.
To record a new prompt:
1. Select the media device to use, either Telephony Handset or PC Multimedia.
· If Telephony Handset is selected, enter the extension of the telephone to be used.
2. Enter a file name for the recording.
3. Click the record button to record the message. If the media type selected is Telephony Handset, the telephone
extension will ring. When the handset is picked up a message will be heard saying Record at the tone.
4. Speak the message, click stop button when finished.
5. To listen to the recording, press the play button. If there is no media device attached, the recorded message will be
heard from the telephone extension.
To select a prompt.
There are a large number of standard prompts that can be used. Enter the name of the prompt or use the button to
browse to the required file. For a sample listing of these prompts see US English Intuity Prompts 268 and English Non-
Intuity Prompts 281 .
Useful files are:
· en\MC_00 - Plays a bleep.
· en\MC_01 - Plays 1 second of silence.
· Entering 1234.wav will play "one two three four" (unless a file called 1234.wav has been recorded).

Some system variable can be played as prompts. For example:
· $NAM - Plays the user name.
· $CLI - Speaks the caller's CLI.
· $RES - Plays the current result if it is a .wav file.
· $VAR - Plays the variable as a list of digits.

5.7.3.4 Specific
The contents of this tab vary according to the type of action. In some cases this tab may have a different name, for
example Touch Tones for the Menu action. Not all actions contain the Specific or Touch Tones tab. Details of the specific
tab are covered in the section that describes the available actions.
5.7.3.5 Reporting
The Reporting tab provides information that is then used to classify the call details within the reports produced by the
CCC products (a separate product from Voicemail Pro).
· Flag the current call has been answered by Voice Mail

The system user may not want the CCC to report a call as answered until it has reached a certain action within the
sequence of actions. For example, to not regard a call as answered until the caller has left a message, made a
selection from a menu or has been transferred to a user or group.
· Request to call back the current caller

If this option is selected, the CCC will keep a record of the caller's CLI if provided. This is then used within the CCC
product to arrange a callback call by an agent.
· Send reporting information

If selected, this option allows information to be associated with the call. The information is set in the Group name,
Topic and Annotation fields. The CCC product uses the information within it's call reports.

5.7.3.6 Results
This tab shows the results available from an action. For the majority of actions the results are fixed and appear grayed
out, i.e. they cannot be changed. For some actions the results are variable.

5.7.4 Basic Actions
5.7.4.1 Generic
The Generic action can be used to play a prompt to the caller. It can also be used to enter custom commands for the
voicemail server. The maximum length for the string is 128 characters.
To add a Generic action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Generic. The Generic action only has a Next result.
Example of playing a prompt

Callers can be given an option to hear a specific message, for example details about the latest sales offer. The Entry
Prompts tab is used to record a message or select a pre-recorded message. A looped connection can be added to
continually repeat the recording. A connection would be from the result Next back to Generic, as shown in the example.
Voicemail Pro Variables
· Store a Variable Value: CP<nn>:<value>

Enter a value into one of the call parameter stores (CP0 to CP15). For example, CP0:$key stores the current value
of $key as $CP0 for the duration of the call within the call flow.
· Save a Value: Save:<value>

The Voicemail Pro system variable normally contains the value of the last saved result in the call flow. This generic
command can be used to replace that value with another. For example Save:$KEY or Save:1234.
Message Handling
· Forward a Message: FWD:<ext1>#<ext2>##

This option can be used with a generic action that is proceeded by an action that records a message such as a
Voice Question or Edit Play List action. It then forwards the message to another mailbox or mailboxes. Each
extension number should be followed by a # plus an additional # at the end of the string.
Twinning Control
· Enable Mobile Twinning: CFG:Set <ext> twinning_type Mobile

Used to set the user's twinning type as Mobile in the IP Office configuration. Enables mobile twinning if the user
has a mobile twinning number set in the configuration.
· Set the Mobile Twinning Destination: CFG:Set <ext> mobile_twinning_number $KEY
Used to set the user's mobile twinning number.
· Enable Internal Twinning: CFG:Set <ext> twinning_type Internal
Used to set the user's twinning type as Internal in the IP Office configuration. Enables internal twinning if the
user has a twinning handset number set in the configuration.
Absence Text
Absence text can be displayed to internal callers who call a user's extension. The text is displayed on their phone if
possible and in Phone Manager and SoftConsole. Have the display of absence text enabled does not change the routing of
calls.
· Select absent message: CFG:SET “<mailbox name or extension>” absent_msg 0

Select an absent message between 0 and 11. This does not enable the use of the absence message.
· 0 = None. · 4 = Meeting until. · 8 = With cust. til.

· 1 = On vacation until. · 5 = Please call. · 9 = Back soon.
· 2 = Will be back. · 6 = Dont disturb until. · 10 = Back tomorrow.
· 3 = At lunch until. · 7 = With visitors until. · 11 = Custom.
· Add absence text: CFG:SET “<mailbox name or extension>” absent_text “<text>”

The total length of an absence text message, including the standard message part selected above, is 128
characters. However the length displayed will depend on the device being used by callers.
· Set absent message on: CFG:SET “<mailbox name or extension>” absent_set 1

Enable the display of absence text to internal callers.

· Set absent message off: CFG:SET “<mailbox name or extension>” absent_set 0
Disable the display of absence text to internal callers.

Example of a Custom String
For example, using the command FWD:201#202#203#204#205## a message can be forwarded to multiple mailboxes.
The message is recorded by a preceding Voice Question or Edit Play List Action. The 128 character length limit
restricts a single generic action to 31 three-digits extensions, 24 four-digits extensions and so on. However multiple
generic actions can be connected in a chain to bypass this limitation.
A voice message can also be sent to multiple mailboxes by creating a Personal Distribution List or to each member of a
hunt group by using the broadcast feature. For more information, see Configuring Group Broadcast 149 .
For examples of the action being used in a call flow, see
· Example Call Flow for Mobile Twinning 181
· IVR Database Connection Example, Entering Details in to the Database 324 .

5.7.4.2 Speak Text
The Speak text action allows any text to be spoken to the caller. To be able to use the Speak Text action you
require TTS (Text to Speech) to be installed and licensed. For more information, see Text to Speech:Overview 61 .
To add a Speak Text action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Speak Text.
2. Select the Specific tab.
3. Enter the text to be spoken in the Text to speak field.
· The text can include System Variables 255 such as $CLI and variables obtained by database actions such as $DBD[1].
In the example, the contents of the database query field are spoken. The action has additional text added so that the
currency can be spoken. In this example pounds are used.
· The text can include SAPI XML tags to modify how it is spoken, see TTS SAPI Controls 63 .
The Speak Text action only has the result Next which needs to be connected to a suitable action. For
example, the text spoken could confirm an option choice. The next action could be a Return action
to take the caller to another call flow. For more information, see Return Action 219 .
For examples of the action in a call flow, see:
· Entering Details in to the Database 324 .
· Returning Data from the Database 322 .

5.7.4.3 Menu
The Menu action allows you to specify DTMF tones for which you want to create connections to following actions. For
example, a menu can be created that gives callers a choice of transfer locations. Each Menu action supports a maximum
of 15 branch options.
To add a Menu action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Menu.
Settings
For Menu actions, the Specific tab is replaced with the Touch Tones tab.
· 0-9, *, #
Use the dialing digits check boxes to indicate the DTMF tones for which connections are required.
· Add
The icon allows you to add custom sequences of dialing digits. In addition to the standard dialing digits (0 to 9, *, #)
the following special digits can be used. If a sequence is added, ensure that the associated box is checked before you
select OK. The sequence must be unique. For example, if 5 is selected, no other sequence that begins with 5 can be
used.
· ? = Any Digit
The ? character can be used to represent any digit (except * and #). For example 123??? can be used for any six
digit string starting with 123. See Example Call Flow: SelfSelect Module 137 .
· $ = Any Sequence of Digits

The $ character can be used to match any sequence of digits for which there is no other match. Key press entry is
ended either by the caller pressing # or 5 seconds after the last digit dialed.
· F = For Fax Calls

The F letter can be used to automatically detect any incoming fax calls. Once detected the calls can be routed to
another number. See Routing Fax Calls Using a Menu Action 117 .
· Delete
Use this icon to delete the currently selected custom dialing sequence.
· Invalid Input Handling

The following options can be used if the caller does not dial or dials an invalid digit.

· No of Retries (Voicemail Pro 4.2+)
This option allows you to specify the number of retries a caller is allowed if they make an invalid entry or the
timeout occurs.
· Timeout
If selected, the Voicemail Pro will wait for the specified number of seconds for a valid digit . If the timeout expires
the Voicemail Pro will either allow a retry or if the No of Retries has been reach, it will follow the Timeout result
connection within the call flow.
· Invalid Entry (Voicemail Pro 4.2+)

If selected, if the caller enters an invalid digit, the Voicemail Pro will either allow a retry or if the No of Retries has
been reach, it will follow the Timeout result connection within the call flow.
· Prompt (Voicemail Pro 4.2+)

You can associate a prompt with the Timeout and or Invalid Entry options. If a prompt is specified, before allowing
a retry the Voicemail Pro will play that prompt. Use the to access the Wave Editor 208 .
In the example the transfer options 1 and 2 were selected. The results 1 and 2 need to be connected to
suitable transfer locations.
· Timeout
This result is used to connect to a following call flow action if the caller does not make an entry within
the specified number of seconds on their last retry.
· Invalid
This result is used to connect to a following call flow action if the caller makes an invalid entry on their
last retry.
· Others
A result for connection to a following call flow action is shown for each select dialing digit sequence.
For examples of the action being used in a call flow, see:
· Using a Play Configuration Menu Action 185 .
· Example Call Flow for Mobile Twinning 181 .
· Routing Calls to Voicemail, Example Call Flow 137 .
· Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 .
· Changing the Language Setting for a TTY Device 175 .

5.7.4.4 Goto
The GoTo action will transfer the caller to another start point.
To add a Goto action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select GoTo.
The GoTo action needs to contain details of where to transfer the caller to.
2. In the field Please select a node to go to, click to browse to select a start point, module or system defined
variable. For short codes, the browse method does not work. Instead enter "Short Codes.xxx" where xxx is the short
code key sequence.
· Select the option Start point or module. Select from the available options.
· Users - all the users with specific start points are listed.
· Groups - all the Groups with specific start points are listed.
· Any default start point.
· Any available modules.
· Select the option System defined variables to browse the available call variables. You can also type the name of the
start point directly.
When details of the transfer location, the GoTo action does not need to be connected to another
connection. If you do connect this action to a following action, the connection will not be used.

5.7.4.5 Disconnect
The Disconnect action disconnects the caller.
To add a Disconnect action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Disconnect.
The caller will be disconnected when they reach this point of a call flow.
5.7.4.6 Home
The Home action returns the caller to the start point of the calls entry into voicemail. The PIN option in the General
tab is not used for this action.
To add a Home action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Home.
Connect an action to the Home action. The caller will be returned to the start point of the call entry into
the voicemail. For an example of the action being used in a call flow, see Using a Play Configuration
Menu Action 185 .
5.7.4.7 Module Return

The Module Return action is used within modules only. It creates a connection point from the module to subsequent
actions within any call flow that uses the module. A module can use several Module Return actions if necessary. The
Module Return action has no properties.
To add a Module Return action:
1. Click the Basic Actions icon and select Module Return.
Connect an action result to the Module Return action. For examples of the action being used in a
call flow, see Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 and User Defined Variables 257 .

5.7.5 Mailbox Actions
5.7.5.1 Get Mail
The Get Mail action allows access to the messages in the caller's mailbox or a specified mailbox. The caller then has
access to the standard mailbox features setup for that mailbox. If the extension is a trusted extension, the user does not
have to enter their mailbox number and code. For more information, see Creating a Trusted Location 143 .
To add a Get Mail action:
1. Click the Mailbox Actions icon and select Get Mail.
2. The Specific tab is used to select either the caller's mailbox or mailbox option.
· Caller's mailbox: The mailbox matching the start point of the call.
· Mailbox: Select or enter the name of the target mailbox. If ? is entered, Voicemail will prompt caller's to enter the
mailbox number required.
The Get Mail action has a Next result. Add a connection from the Next result to another action.
For examples of the action being used in a call flow, see:
· Using a Play Configuration Menu Action 185 .
· Setting Up Callback 184 .
· Changing the Language of Custom Prompts 179 .
· Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 .
· Enabling Access to Hunt Group Voicemail 150 .
The following conditions apply, based on which mailbox mode the Voicemail Pro server is using.
· IP Office mode
Users who press 0 while they are logged into their mailbox will be routed to the Next result.
· Intuity mode
Users who press *0 whilst in their mailbox will be routed to their Voicemail Reception number if set. The Next result
is not used.

5.7.5.2 Leave Mail
The Leave Mail action allows the caller to leave a message in the start point's mailbox or in a specified mailbox.
To add a Leave Mail action:
1. Click the Mailbox Actions icon and select Leave Mail.
2. The Specific tab is used to select either the Caller's mailbox, Mailbox or VRL option.
· Caller's Mailbox: The mailbox matching the start point of the call.
· Mailbox: Select or enter the name of the target mailbox.
· VRL: If selected, specifies that the message should be transferred to a third-party Voice Recording Library (VRL)
application. For more information, see Voice Recording Library 160 .
The Leave Mail action has Success and Failure results. The use of these depends on which mailbox
mode the Voicemail Pro server is using.
IP Office mode: Callers in the mailbox follow the Failure or Success results depending on whether
they press 0 before or after the leave a message tone respectively. This overrides the mailbox
user's Voicemail Reception setting set in the IP Office configuration.
Intuity mode: The results cannot be accessed. Callers pressing 0 will always follow the mailbox
user's Voicemail Reception setting set in the IP Office configuration.
For examples of the action in a call flow, see:
· Routing Calls to Voicemail, Example Call Flow 137 .
· Hunt Group Queuing, Example Call Flow using $POS.
· Example Call Flow: Dial by Name 327 .

5.7.5.3 Listen
The Listen action allows the caller to leave a message in the start point's mailbox or in a specified mailbox. The caller
can only leave a message and cannot access any other mailbox features.
To add a Listen action:
1. Click the Mailbox Actions icon and select Listen.
2. In the Specific tab, select either the Caller's mailbox or Mailbox option.
· Caller's Mailbox: The mailbox matching the start point of the call.
· Mailbox: Select or enter the name of the target mailbox.
3. Make any changes as required to the General 206 , Entry Prompts 207 , Reporting 210 and Results 211 tab pages.
4. Click OK. The Listen action is updated.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action. For examples of the action in a call flow, see Customizing
Manual Recording 164 and Customizing Auto Recording 170 .

5.7.5.4 Voice Question
The Voice Question action allows you to create a play list where the caller hears a sequence of prompts and their
responses are recorded.
If the play list is completed, a single file containing the recorded responses is created. That file can then be placed into a
specified mailbox or passed to an eMail action.
To add a Voice Question action:
1. Click the Mailbox Actions icon and select Voice Question.
2. In the Specific tab questions need to be added to the play list.
3. Click Add a Prompt. The Wave Editor window opens.
· (Optional) Specify a new file name and then record the new prompt. For more information, see Wave Editor 208 .
· (Optional) Select an existing prompt.
4. Click Close. You return to the Specific tab.
5. Click Record a Response. The New action name window opens.
6. Specify the length in seconds of the recorded response.
7. Click OK. You return to the Specific tab.
· A mailbox needs to be specified into which the recorded file of responses are stored. If no mailbox is specified the
file can be passed to an eMail action 240 .
· Edit: - Edit the settings of the currently highlighted item.
· Delete: - Deletes the currently highlighted item from the play list. This does not delete the actual prompt file.
· Shuffle: - Move the currently highlighted item within the play list.
8. Click OK. The action is updated.
The Next result needs to be connected to an eMail action if no mailbox is selected in the Specific
tab.

5.7.5.5 Campaign
The Campaign action can be used to either route a caller into a campaign or to allow an agent to access any
messages left for a campaign. See Voicemail Pro Campaigns.
To add a campaign action:
1. Click the Mailbox Actions icon and select Campaign.
2. You need to enter the campaign and select whether to leave or collect campaign information in the Specific tab.
· In the Please select a campaign field, enter the campaign that you want to use.
· Select either:
· Leave campaign information (e.g. customers)

Select if the action should start the campaign to collect the caller's responses.
· Pick up campaign information (e.g. agent)

Select if the action should start playing back the response left by callers to the campaign.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action.

5.7.6 Configuration Actions
5.7.6.1 Edit Play List
With the Edit Play List action a caller can record a specified prompt file held on the voicemail server PC. This means
that they can re-record prompts other than those for their own mailbox.
To add a Edit Play List action:
1. Click the Configuration Actions icon and select Edit Play List.
2. In the Specific tab, select the prompt file held on the voicemail server.
· File Path
This path is relative to the WAVS folder defined 100 for the voicemail server.
· To browse to a file location click . The Wave editor 208 window opens. Select an existing prompt or define
and record a new one.
· For announcements, the formats [GREETING]\<name>_Queued and [GREETING]

\<name>_StillQueued can be used, where <name> is replaced by the hunt group or user name.
3. Click OK. The action is updated.
Results
5.7.6.2 Record Name
The Record Name action is used to allow the caller to record the mailbox name of their mailbox or a specified
mailbox. An example of a call flow using the Record Name action is given in the Voicemail Pro Dial by Name section.
To add a Record Name action:
1. Click the Configuration Actions icon and select Record Name.
2. In the Specific tab the mailbox to record that the name is to be recorded for is selected.
· Caller's mailbox
The mailbox matching the start point of the call.
· Mailbox
Select or enter the name of the target mailbox.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action. For an example of the action in a call flow, see Adding
a Record Name Module 328 .

5.7.6.3 Play Configuration Menu
The Play Configuration action allows various users or hunt group settings to be altered. Because of the nature of this
action it should always be protected by a PIN code in its General tab. An example of a call flow using the Play
Configuration Menu action is given in the Remote Voicemail Notification section.
The options given when a caller accesses this action are:
For a user: For a hunt group:

1. Edit forwarding number. 1. Set voicemail on/off.
2. Edit follow me number. 2. Edit voicemail code.
3. Set call forwarding. 3. Set voicemail email mode.
4. Set voicemail on/off. 4. Set service mode.
5. Set do not disturb.
6. Edit voicemail code.
7. Edit voicemail reception.
8. Set voicemail email mode.
9. Edit voicemail callback number.
Any changes made using this type of action are written to a file called "AuditTrail.txt" on the Voicemail Server PC. The file
includes the time, date, details of the change and the CLI of the caller making the change.
To add a Play Configuration Menu action:
1. Click the Configuration Actions icon and select Play Configuration Menu.
2. In the Specific tab, select the mailbox to play the configuration menu for:
· Caller's mailbox
The mailbox matching the start point of the call.
· Mailbox
Select or enter the name of the target mailbox.
3. In the General tab, enter a PIN code in the PIN field.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action. For an example of the action being used in
a call flow, see Using a Play Configuration Menu Action 185 .

5.7.6.4 Select System Prompt Language
The Select System Prompt Language action is supported on Voicemail Pro 1.2.6 or higher. It allows the system to
alter the language spoken during a call flow. An example of a call flow using the Select System Prompt Language action
is given in the Changing the Language used by Voicemail Pro section.
To add a select system prompt language action:
1. Click the Configuration Actions icon and select Select System Prompt Language.
2. In the Specific tab select the language that the system prompts are to be played in. If a language is selected which is
not loaded on the Server, the system will automatically select the most appropriate language.
· Possible system prompts

List of all prompt languages that could be installed on the system.
· Installed on the Server

Displays if the prompts for a particular language are installed on the server.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action. For examples of the action being
used in a call flow, see Changing the Language of System Prompts 178 and
Changing the Language Setting for a TTY Device 175 .

5.7.7 Telephony Actions
5.7.7.1 Variable Routing
This action routes calls based on whether a selected variable associated with the call matches any of the specified
numbers. This action replaces the previous CLI Routing action but can perform the same function using the $CLI
variable.
The selected variable is checked for a match against all strings. Where multiple matches occur, the one with the most
matching digits (excluding wildcards) is used. If several equal length matches are found, the first one in the list is used.
Variable Routing action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Variable Routing.
· Select a Variable
This drop down is used to select the Voicemail Pro system variable 255 against which the values are checked for a
match.
· Does the Variable match any of the following numbers

The area below lists the numbers against which the selected variable will be selected for a possible match. If the
variable matched multiple numbers in the list, the routing for the match nearest the top of the list is used.
· Add a new number to the list of numbers. Numbers can include a ? wildcard to represent any single digit, with
multiple ?'s to represent a matching number of any digits. Numbers can include a * wildcard to match any digits
including multiple digits. Some examples are listed in the results section below.
· Edit an existing selected number.
· Delete an existing selected number.
· Move the position of the currently highlighted string.

Results
The results includes a separate result for each number match string entered on the
action's Specific tab plus a No Match result. Examples are:
· 01707364725 will only match that number exactly.
· 01707* will match any number beginning with 01707.
· *4625 will match any number ending in 4625.
· *4329* any number containing 4329.
· 01707?????? will match any 11 digit number beginning with 01707.
· ???????4625 will match any 11 digit number ending in 4625.
· ??7* will match any number with 7 as the third digit.

5.7.7.2 Route Incoming Call
The Route Incoming Call action has two results for which connections to following actions can be made. The results
are Internal or External.
To add a Route Incoming Call action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Route Incoming Call. There is no specific tab for this action.
The Route Incoming Call action results for a match and no match need to be connected to
relevant actions.
5.7.7.3 Route by Call Status
The Route by Call Status action has four results for which connections to following actions can be made.
To add a CLI Routing action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Route by Call Status.
There is no specific tab for this action.
The Route by Call Status action results No Answer, Busy, Out of Hours and Default need to
be connected to a relevant action.
The result route used is determined by why the reason the call was routed to voicemail. For
example, calls to a hunt group follow either the No Answer route or, when in night service,
the Out of Hours route. Calls to users would follow either the No Answer or Busy routes.
Where the cause for the call being routed to voicemail cannot be determined or does not fit the criteria above, the
Default route is used.

5.7.7.4 Transfer
The Transfer action transfers the caller to the extension that matches the mailbox selected. This is a blind transfer; if
the call returns to the voicemail server again, for example if unanswered, it will be treated as a new call. More advanced
transfers are done using either a Call List Action 233 or Assisted Transfer Action 236 .
To add a Transfer action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Transfer.
2. Select the Specific tab, type of select the target extension or group that you want to ring in the destination field.
· Destination
Enter the number of the destination for the transfer. This can include IP Office short codes or numbers specified by
the current value of a Voicemail Pro system variable 255 such as $KEY.
· Source of transfer (displayed on phone): Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

The number to display on the destination phone if internal.
· Description (displayed on phone): Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

The text description to display on the destination phone if internal. Call data tagging can also be used to pass
information to MS-CRM, see Assisted Transfer 236 .
· Notify caller of transfer to target: Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

If enabled, the caller hears "Transferring to" followed by the associated mailbox name of the destination if available
or otherwise the destination number. This follows any prompts selected in the Entry Prompts list above.
Results
A Transfer action normally has no results.

5.7.7.5 Whisper
The Whisper action plays a recording to an extension. That extension can then either accept or reject the call.
Normally the recording played is the result of a preceding Voice Question action though a Listen action can also be
used.
To add a Transfer action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Whisper.
3. Enter details in the fields:
· Play recording to
Enter the extension that is rung with the caller's recording.
· Source of transfer
Select the number to display on the target phone.
· Description
Enter a call description to display on the target phone.
· No answer timeout
Select how long the voice mail server should wait for an answer before following the No Answer connection. The
whisper action will not go to the target extension voicemail.
· Prompts played before the recording and Prompts played after the recording
Click . The Wave Editor window opens. Select the prompts that are to be played to the target extension when they
answer the call. The prompts played after the caller's recording should include the instruction "Press 1 to accept or
hang up to reject".
The Whisper action can be connected to a number of following actions according to whether the call
is answered, rejected, gets busy or no answer tones.

5.7.7.6 Call List
With the Call List action a caller can indicate the extension to which they want to be transferred. If selected the caller
can be restricted to selecting an extension within a particular group. The transfer in this case is not blind, if unanswered
the action can link to actions for no answer, busy and no answer timeout.
To add a Call List action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Call List.
2. Select the Specific tab. Complete the fields with relevant details.
· In the Transfer to group field enter a group name if you want to restrict the caller to a particular group.
· Check the Prompt user with a list of group members option if you want the voicemail server to list the group
members for the caller.
· In the Source of transfer field, select the number to display on the target telephone.
· In the Description field, enter a call description to be displayed on the target telephone.
· Set the No answer timeout value. The value selected is how long the voicemail server waits for an answer before
following the No Answer connection.
The Call List action results need to be connected to relevant actions.

5.7.7.7 Dial by Name
The Dial by Name action enables callers to enter the name of the person and/or group they want to contact by dialing
on a keypad with ITU standard alphabet markings. The caller is then played a list of available name matches from which
they can select. An example of a call flow using the Dial by Name action is given in the Voicemail Pro Dial by Name
section.
The action should prompt the caller to dial the name they require and then press #. Callers can also press *# to exit
without making a selection.
· If no matches are found, the caller is given the option to retry.
· If 10 or less matches are found, the matching mailbox name greetings are played as part of a selection list, i.e. "Press
1 for …, press 2 for …, …".
· If more then 10 matches are found, the caller is prompted to either press # to hear the first 10 or to dial more
characters to reduce the number of matches. If they select to play the list, after each set of 10 matches they can
either make a selection or follow the prompts for other options.
For a user to be included in the dial by name list, they must:
· Have recorded a mailbox name.
· Not be marked as ex-directory.
To add a Dial by Name action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Dial by Name.
2. In the Specific tab you can select from three types of names that will be included in the list. Users set to ex-directory
through the Manager application are not included. You can also select how the names will be sorted.
The action has True and False connection results. If the caller does not make a selection, the
False result connection is used. If the caller does make a selection, the selection is stored as the
$KEY variable and the True result connection is used. $KEY should be entered in the mailbox field
of the following action. This method allows a Dial by Name action to be used to set the destination
for a following action such as Get Mail, Leave Mail, Listen, etc.
For an example of the action in a call flow, see Example Call Flow: Dial by Name 327 .

5.7.7.8 Conferencing Center
The Conferencing Center action is used in conjunction with the Avaya IP Office Conferencing Center if installed. It
provides a route for callers to enter the conference ID and their conference PIN code.
To add a Conferencing Center action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Conferencing Center.
· If the caller is to be asked for conference ID and then the PIN, check the option Gather conference and pin
information before validation. The results are collected and then verified. If either entry is invalid the caller is
notified but not told which entry is incorrect. If this option is not selected then the entries are validated as they are
entered.
· The number of times that a conference ID can be entered is controlled by the option Allow the delegate to try and
enter the conference ID a total of. Up to 10 re-tries can be allowed. If the ID is entered incorrectly the result
failure is returned.
The action also provides a number of results which act as failure options if
conference access is unsuccessful. These are Invalid Conference or Password,
Conference Not Started, Conference Finished, Conference Full, and Failure.

5.7.7.9 Assisted Transfer
The Assisted Transfer action transfers the caller to the specified number which can include IP Office short codes. The
caller hears either silence or music on hold if installed. The transfer is not blind, if the call receives busy or no answer
then it returns to follow the appropriate connection.
· For Voicemail Pro 4.1+, the Transfer 231 and Assisted Transfer 236 actions can use the Notify caller of transfer to
target option on the actions Entry Prompts 207 tab.
To add an Assisted Transfer action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Assisted Transfer.
· Destination
Enter the number of the destination for the transfer. This can include IP Office short codes or numbers specified by the
current value of a Voicemail Pro system variable 255 such as $KEY.
· Source of transfer (displayed on phone)

The number to display on the destination phone if internal.
· Description (displayed on phone)

The text description to display on the destination phone if internal.
· No answer timeout
Sets how long in seconds the voicemail server should wait for the transferred call to be answered before following the
No Answer results connection.
· Notify caller of transfer to target: Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

If enabled, the caller hears "Transferring to" followed by the associated mailbox name of the destination if available or
otherwise the destination number. This follows any prompts selected in the Entry Prompts list above.

Results
The action has several possible results, used if the call is not answered at the transfer
destination.
MS-CRM Call Data Tagging
Call Data Tags enable advanced scenarios to be built around your Microsoft CRM 3.0 and Avaya Microsoft CRM
Integration Solution. In situations where CLI/ANI matching is not sufficient, you can add screening and specific data
collection interactions with your customers using the Voicemail Pro. The Voicemail Pro assisted transfer action can be
used to pass data to users and pop matching records based on that data.
Based on your solutions requirements, you could obtain and verify the data collected, and then transfer the call with a
data tag, that will utilize your specific criteria to lookup the required, account, contact or case, once the call is offered.
The tags are conformant xml fragments, they are comprised of an element AV_M and two attributes the Microsoft CRM
entity (account, contact or incident) and the schema name of the field to match on, in this example ‘contactid’ and the
data is the record key.
For example:
· <AV_M O="contact" S="contactid" >{e44e6dbf-bd2a-da11-badb-505054503030}</AV_M>
where
· <AV_M = element name.
· O="contact" = crm entity.
· S="contactid" = attribute to search on.
· > = end of element attributes
· {e44e6dbf-bd2a-da11-badb-505054503030} = the data to match on, this should be unique.
· </AV_M> - Closing tag.
The xml element name, attributes names and Microsoft CRM entity and schema names are case sensitive.
Additional Examples
· Account – Account Number: <AV_M O="account" S="accountnumber" >TL00001</AV_M>
· Case – Ticket Number: <AV_M O="incident" S="ticketnumber" >CAS-01001</AV_M>

5.7.7.10 Alphanumeric
The Alphanumeric action allows the caller to input text and numeric values directly from the telephone keypad with
ITU standard alphabet markings. The action following the DTMF Data result can use $KEY to access the alphanumeric
characters.
Users enter data by pressing the key marked with the character required. For keys with multiple marking several key
presses are required. For example, to enter C the user must press the 2 key three times. After each key press, the
associated letter or number is spoken.
To move on to entering the next character, the user should press whichever other key is marked with the required
character or first press # if the required character is on the key just used.
Controls available are:
# - Accept last character and begin entry of next character if the required character is on the key just used.
*1 - Hear characters entered so far.
*2 - Delete all characters entered so far.
*3 - Delete last character entered.
*# - Accept the set of characters entered and go to next call flow action.

To add an Alphanumeric action:
1. Click the Telephony Actions icon and select Alphanumeric.
· Check the option Play Help if you want instruction to be given to the caller explaining how to enter information.
· If you want to use a timeout result from the action, check the option Wait for a key press for up to and set the
number of seconds for the timeout period.
The Alphanumeric Collection action has three results that can be connected to relevant
actions.
· Timeout
This result connection is used if no key press occurs within the period specified by the
action. If the option Wait for a key press for up to in the Specific tab is not selected
the Timeout result is not available.
· DTMF Data
This result connection is used if the caller enters some data (ending each character with
#) and then presses *#.
· No DTMF Data
This result connection is used if the caller presses *# without entering any data.
For an example of the action being used in a call flow, see Example Call Flow for Mobile Twinning 181 .

5.7.8 Miscellaneous Actions
5.7.8.1 eMail
The eMail action is used to send a recording to a specific email address.
To add an eMail action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select eMail.
2. Select the Specific tab. Complete the fields with relevant details.
· In the Send e-mail to field, type the email address of the recipient.
· In the Subject field, type the subject line for the email.
· In the Content field, type the text to be placed in the email.
· In the Attach file to email field the recorded file to be attached to the email needs to be selected. If just $ is
entered then the action will use the recording collected by a preceding Leave Mail action or Voice Question action.
For more information, see Leave Mail Action 221 and Voice Question Action 223 .

5.7.8.2 Open Door
The Open Door action activates either of the door entry relays provided on the IP Office Control Unit.
To add a Open Door action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select Open Door.
2. In the Specific tab, check either of the two door relay options.

5.7.8.3 Alarm Set
The Alarm Set action prompts the caller to specify the time at which they want an alarm call and to record a message
for the alarm call. The voicemail server will then call the user at that time. A user can set up multiple alarms to occur at
different times. Once an alarm has occurred it is deleted.
To add an Alarm Set action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select Alarm Set.
2. You need to record a message for the alarm call in the Entry Prompts tab.
5.7.8.4 Clock
The Clock action plays the current time on the Voicemail Server PC. A short code can then be used to have this
action replace users making external calls to a 'speaking clock' service.
To add a Clock action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select Clock.

5.7.8.5 Post Dial
The Post Dial action can be used to connect another extension to a specified call flow start point or to play a
recording to that extension.
To add a Post Dial action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select Post Dial.
2. In the Specific tab, complete the fields with relevant details.
· Post wave file

Plays a selected wav file. When Post wave file is selected there are two options which can be selected.
· Play out a looped wave file

The wav file will be played in a continuous loop.
· Delete the wave file after completion

The wav file will be deleted after it has been played.
· Post the following action

Enter the name of the required start point or use the browse button to select the start point. To play a recording,
enter c:\mywavs\hello.wav (substitute the appropriate file path and file name for the .wav file you want played).
· To extension
Enter or select the extension to which the call should be made. The voicemail server will attempt to make the call
every 5 minutes for the next hour until successful.
· Page Calls
The Post Dial action can be used to page a .wav file to an extension number, including group extension numbers.
This is done by entering PAGE: followed by the target extension number. In this case the wav file will not loop if
selected.

5.7.8.6 VB Script
The VB Script action allows an administrator to construct additional call flow logic using VBScript commands. A
number of predefined methods and system variables are available. Any scripting added can be verified by pressing the
Syntax Check button. Details of the properties and methods supported are given in the VBScript section. For more
information, see VBScript Properties:Overview 291 .
· Use of VBScript requires entry of a valid VM Pro VBScript license in the IP Office configuration.
To add a VB Script action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select VB Script.
· Enter VBScript
In the Script area enter the VBScript as required. Details of the System variables and COM methods that are
supported are accessible by right clicking in the VBScript area. This script can contain a maximum of 1000
characters.
· Expand
Check Expand to view a larger script area.
· Syntax Check
Click the Syntax Check button to check your input for any errors.
This action has two results for which connections to following actions can be made. The results are
based on the Scripting entered in the Specific tab.

5.7.8.7 Remote Call Flow
The Remote Call Flow action allows a call flow, in the form of a .vmp file, developed elsewhere to be included in an
existing call flow. The aim of this action is to allow call flows developed by other applications, such as the IP Office
Wizard, to be placed on the Voicemail Pro server and included in its customized call flows.
To add a Remote Call Flow action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select Remote Call Flow.
2. In the Specific tab, the field Remote Call Flow will show a list of remote call flow files downloaded to the Voicemail
Pro server.
The Remote Call Flow action has no results. Any follow on call handling is determined by the
actions in the remote call flow.

5.7.9 Condition Actions
5.7.9.1 Test Condition
The Test Condition action has following connections for true and false. Conditions are set through the Conditions
Editor. For more information, see The Condition Editor:Overview 260 .
To add a Test Condition action:
· Click the Conditions Actions icon and select Test Condition.
· In the Specific tab, complete the fields with relevant details.
· Return the results of the following condition

Allows a selection to be made from the conditions currently setup.
Enter the connections for the results. For examples of the Test Condition action in a call flow,
see:
· Customizing a Hunt Group Call Flow 156 .
· User Defined Variables 257 .

5.7.9.2 Set User Variable
The Set User Variable action sets a variable to a particular value. Other call flows may then use the Test User
Variable action to check whether the variable has a particular value.
· The variable must first be created using the User Defined Variable menu.
To add an Set User Variable action:
· Click the Conditions Actions icon and select Set User Variable.
· Select the Specific tab. Complete the fields with relevant details.
· Assign the following user variable

The name for the user variable.
· With the following value

The value of the variable.
We strongly recommend that this action type is followed by another action (if necessary a
Disconnect action), whose entry prompt confirms to the caller that the value has been set. In
some situations, such as where the Set User Variable action is accessed by the user dialing a
short code, if the user hangs-up too quickly the variable may not actually be set. Having a
following action with a confirmation message encourages users not to hang up too quickly.
For an example of the action in a call flow, see User Defined Variables 257 .

5.7.9.3 Test User Variable
The Test User Variable action has true and false connections that are followed according to whether a user variable
matches a particular value. The Set User Variable action can be used in other calls to set the value of the variable.
To add an Test User Variable action:
1. Click the Conditions Actions icon and select Test User Variable.
2. In the Specific tab, complete the fields with relevant details.
· This action will return "TRUE" if the following variable

The name of the user variable to be checked.
· Matches the value below

The value of the variable that will return a true result.
This action has two results for which connections to following actions can be made. For an
example of the action in a call flow, see User Defined Variables 257 .

5.7.9.4 Test Variable
For Voicemail Pro 4.2+, the Test Variable action has been added and replaces the previous Check Digits action. It
allows calls to be routed based on matching the value of a system variable to a specified value.
To add a Test Variable action:
1. Click the Conditions Actions icon and select Test Variable.
Settings
The following controls are available on the Specific tab of this action.
· Select the variable to Match

This drop-down list is used to select which Voicemail Pro system variable 255 should be checked for a match. Note that
with $KEY the timeout is used and additional dialing is accepted if no immediate match occurs.
· Select the parameter(s) to test the variable against

Select the types of values that should be checked for a match and if necessary entry the value. If several options are
selected, the Voicemail Pro check for a match starting from the top and working down until a match occurs.
· Variable
Check for a match against the value of another selected system variable 255 .
· Specific
Check for a match against the value entered in the adjacent field.
· Extn
Check for a match against valid extensions on the IP Office.
· Hunt Group
Check for a match against hunt group extension numbers.
· Mailbox
Check for a match against mailboxes.
· Timeout after
The timeout value is used only if $KEY is selected as the variable to match. In that case, if no immediate match occurs
on the existing value of $KEY, the Voicemail Pro will wait for the specified timeout period for the caller to dial a new
value of $KEY.

Results
The action will have results for connection to following actions in the call flow based on the selected
option on the Specific tab plus the following:
· No Match
This result is used if no match is found.
· Timeout
This result is used when $KEY is specified as the variable to match and no match occurs within the
specified timeout period.

5.7.10 Database Actions
5.7.10.1 Database Open
The Database Open action opens a link to a third party database. If connection to the database succeeds, the result
is OK, otherwise the result is FAIL. If there is a connection to the database already then the current connection is closed
and the new one requested will be opened.
To add a Database Open action:
1. Click the Database Actions icon and select Database Open.
2. Select the Specific tab. The connection string to open the database can be entered directly into the field. For help on
constructing the connection string, click . The Data Link Properties window opens.
· Provider Tab
Select the OLE DB Provider of the data that is to be connected to. Click Next to move to the Connection Tab.
· Connection Tab
Specific information relating the Database provider needs to be completed. Help of the information required for each of
the fields can be obtained by clicking the Help button. Fields available will be dependant on the type of provider. Test
that the information entered will allow entry into the database, click the Test Connection button. A message Test
Connection Succeeded will show if successfully connected to the database.
· Advanced Tab
Network Settings & other settings e.g. Access permissions. Fields showing will be dependant on the type of provider
selected. Click help for specific information about any of the fields.
· All
The properties that have been selected on the previous tabs are shown in the All Tab. Amendments can be made as
required by selecting the Name and click Edit Value.
The Database Open action results can only be Success or Failure. Add connections to relevant
actions. For an example of the action in a call flow, see IVR Database Connection Example,
Retrieving Data From the Database 318 .
5.7.10.2 Database Execute
The Database Execute action performs an SQL query on a database opened on a preceding Database Open action.
An SQL query that is generated by the Database Execute Action does not support spaces in field or table names. To avoid
problems in a Microsoft Access database, it is advisable to avoid using a field name that has the same name as its field
type. For example, you should avoid using the name Number for a number field.
To add a Database Execute action:
1. Click the Database Actions icon and select Database Execute.
2. Select the Specific tab. The SQL Wizard window opens. Use the wizard to construct the SQL query.
The Database Execute action results can only be Success or Failure. Add connections to
relevant actions. For an example of the action in a call flow, see IVR Database Connection
Example, Retrieving Data From the Database 318 and Entering Details in to the Database 324 .

5.7.10.3 Database Get Data
Once a query has been made against a database (see Database Execute Action 251 ), either a single result or a set of
results are returned. The Database Get Data action will allow access to the data items if a set of results are returned.
To add a Database Get Data action:
1. Click the Database Actions icon and select Database Get Data.
2. Select the Specific tab. Select the way to retrieve the data.
· Retrieve the next item in the list

Allows the call flow to facilitate the stepping through of a list of results returned by the Database Execute action.
· Retrieve the previous item in the list

Allows the call flow to facilitate the stepping through of a list of results returned by the Database Execute action.
· Retrieve the first item in the list

Allows the call flow to facilitate jumping to the start of the list therefore returning all the items in the list.
· Retrieve the last item in the list

Allows the call flow to facilitate jumping to the end of the list therefore returning all the items in the list.
The Database Get Data action has four results.
· Success
The current record has successfully been assigned to the $DBD variable.
· At End
You have reached the end of the list, the $DBD variable contains no information.
· Empty
The execute method returned no data, the $DBD variable contains no information.
· Failure
There was a problem trying to retrieve the next data record, the $DBD variable contains no
information.
Examples of using the database actions are given in the IVR database Connection section. For an example of the action in
a call flow, see IVR Database Connection Example, Retrieving Data From the Database 318 .
5.7.10.4 Database Close
The Database Close action will close the current database connection. If the database is open when a call terminates
then a Database Close action is run automatically.
To add a Database Close action:
1. Click the Database Actions icon and select Database Close.
2. There is no specific tab.
The Database Close action results can only be Success or Failure. Add connections to relevant
actions.

5.7.11 Queue Actions
5.7.11.1 Queue ETA
The Queue ETA action plays the estimated time to answer (ETA) in minutes to a queued caller. The ETA is calculated
based on the queued time in the previous hour of the last 5 queued and answered calls. The ETA is always rounded up to
the nearest minute. For an example, see Customizing Queuing 154 .
The ETA is calculated and supplied by the IP Office when it requests a queue or still queued message is played to a caller.
· In Incoming Call Route 'Priority'

ETA and Queue Position messages as the spoken queue positions and ETA are for some callers may be overridden by
calls with a higher priority.
· The IP Office Manager option Synchronize calls to announcements should not be used when using actions other
than just playing prompts.
To add a Queue ETA action:
1. Click the Queue Actions icon and select Queue ETA.
2. Select the Specific tab. This tab may include any further prompts to be played to the caller after they hear their ETA.
3. The Entry Prompts tab should include any prompts to play to the caller before they hear their ETA. For more
information, see Entry Prompts Tab 207 .

5.7.11.2 Queue Position
The Queue Position action plays the caller their position within the queue of calls for the group. The queue position is
supplied by the IP Office when it requests a queue or still queued message is played to a caller.
· In Incoming Call Route 'Priority'
ETA and Queue Position messages as the spoken queue positions and ETA are for some callers may be overridden by
calls with a higher priority.
· The IP Office Manager option Synchronize calls to announcements should not be used when using actions other
than just playing prompts.
To add a Queue ETA action:
1. Click the Queue Actions icon and select Queue Position.
2. The Entry Prompts tab should include any prompts to play to the caller before they hear their position. For more
information, see Entry Prompts Tab 207 .
3. Select the Specific tab. This tab may include any further prompts to be played to the caller after they hear their
position.
Connect the result Next to a relevant action. For an example of the Queue Position action in a call
flow, see Customizing a Hunt Group Callflow 156 .

5.8 System Variables

A number of system variables exist which can be used to perform tasks. For example, $NAM can be used to speak the
user's name within an action's entry prompt. System variables can also be checked by the compare element in a
condition and then branch the call flow according to the variables value.
Unless otherwise stated, variables are session based. This means that the data is specific to a particular call within
Voicemail Pro and does not persist between calls, including calls transferred from the Voicemail Pro which then return.
Also unless otherwise stated the values are 'read-only'.
Speaking Variables to Callers

System variables can be entered in the place of a wav file name in the Wav Editor. The value of the system variable will
then be spoken. This applies to $NAM, $POS and $QTIM in queuing call flows and to any variable that contains numeric
values. Numbers are spoken as a series of single digits, for example 123 is spoken as "one two three". To speak 123 as
"one hundred and twenty-three" requires TTS to be installed and a Speak Text action used.
Some system variables can be played as prompts, for example:
· $NAM - Plays the user name.
· $CLI - Speaks the caller's CLI.
· $RES - Plays the current result if it is a .wav file.
· $VAR - Plays the variable as a list of digits.
Variable Length
The length of the value stored within a variable is limited. For Voicemail Pro 4.2+ this limit has been increased from 64
characters to 512 characters.

Available Variables
· $CLI
Holds the CLI of the caller if available.
· $CP
The 16 variables $CP0 to $CP15 are used to store values (call parameters) for the duration of a call within the call
flow. Values can be written into these variables using the Generic 212 action command CPx:<value> where x is 0 to
15 and <value> is the value to be stored.
· $DBD
A set of 6 system variables $DBD[0] to $DBD[5]. These represent the fields of the currently selected database
record in a call flow where database actions are being used.
· $DDI: IP Office 4.1+ and Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

Holds the DDI of the call if available.
· $ETA
Holds the expected time to answer in seconds for a queued caller. This time is based on the last 5 queued and
answered calls for the same target in the last hour. The variable can be used to speak the value as a prompt or to test
the value in a condition. Only available when using Queued and Still Queued start points.
· $KEY
Holds the last DTMF key series entered. For more information, see Example Call Flow 137 .
· $LOC
Holds the current locale setting of the IP Office system or the user if different. For more information, see Changing the
Language of Custom Prompts 179 .
· $NAM
Holds the name of the mailbox user (blank for short codes).
· $RES
Holds the value of the result of the previous action. For example when a call flow has been branched by an action that
has True and False results, on one branch the value of $RES is "True", on the other "False".
· $POS
Holds the position of a queued caller. Can be used to speak the position as a prompt or test the value in a condition.
Only available when using Queued and Still Queued start points.
· $QTIM
The same as the $ETA above but returns the estimated time to answer rounded up to the nearest minute. This
variable can be used to speak the value as a prompt or to test the value in a condition.
· $SAV
Holds the last saved result. This can be entered using the following entry in a Generic 212 action, Save:<value>, for
example Save:$KEY or Save:1234.
· $TARGET: Voicemail Pro 4.2+.

This variable contains the original target of a call received by the IP Office system, eg. the destination set by the IP
Office's incoming call route.
· $TimeQueued: IP Office 4.1+ and Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

Holds the length of time, in seconds, that the call has been part of a particular hunt group queue. Only available when
using Queued and Still Queued start points.
· $TimeSystem: IP Office 4.1+ and Voicemail Pro 4.1+.

Holds the length of time, in seconds, since the call was presented to the IP Office system. Only available when using
Queued and Still Queued start points.
· $UUI
Available when a recording is triggered by auto-recording. Holds the user name, hunt group name or account code that
triggered the auto-recording process. For more information, see Customizing Auto Recording 170 .
· $VAR
A general variable which can hold amongst other things DTMF key sequences.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: System Variables
5.8.1 User Defined Variables
You can create user variables, the value of which can be set using a Set User Variable action within a call flow. For
more information, see Set User Variable Action 247 . The options presented to a caller can also be branched using a
Test User Variable action to check the current value of the variable. For more information, see Test User Variable
Action 248 .
To add a user defined variable:
1. Click or press F8. The User defined variables window opens.
2. Click . The Add user defined variable window opens.
3. Type a name for your new variable.
4. Click OK. The new variable is added to the list.

Example:
1. Add a variable called Reception.
2. Two start points need to be created, one for indicating when the reception is open, the other for when the reception is
closed. When completed the call flows will look similar to the examples shown.
· Create a start point called ReceptionOpen and connect it to a Set User Variable action. The Set User Variable
action needs to have the user variable Reception assigned with the value Open.
3. Create a start point called ReceptionClosed and connect it to a Set User Variable action. The Set User Variable
action needs to have the user variable Reception assigned with the value Closed.
4. Create the matching short codes on the telephone system.
5. For calls using another start point, you can now use the Test User Variable action to test whether the value of
reception is open. The action has true and false results which you can link to the appropriate following actions, for
example transferring calls to the reception desk or to a mailbox.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: System Variables
5.9 Creating Modules

Modules are reusable sets of actions. They allow you to create a sequence of actions that can be reused in another call
flow.
Any changes to a module will affect all other start points that are using that module. This simplifies the programming of
actions if a number of start points use the same sequence of actions. Using modules also reduces the size of a call flow.
· To create connections from a module to other actions you must use the Module Return action within the module, see
Module Return Action 219 .
To create a module:
1. Click Modules and then . The Adding a new start point window opens.
· Alternatively, right-click Modules and select Add.
2. Enter a name for the module. This should not match any user or group name on the IP Office.
3. Click OK. You can now add actions and connections to the module in the same way as for any start point.
To add a module to a start point:
1. Select the start point to which you want to add the module action and then click the right-hand panel.
2. Click and drag the module required from the Navigation pane to the Details pane.
For support calls and diagnostic purposes it can be useful to view Voicemail Pro modules and start points as text files. For
more information, see Viewing Call Flows as Text 200 .
5.9.1 Running a Module

Modules can be run internally using short codes or can be configured for external calls.
Run a module from a short code

You can use modules directly in conjunction with short codes. The short code must call the name of the module. This
example short code will run the module called Special when a user dials *97. The service that the user receives will
depend on the actions in the module.
· Short code: For example *97
· Telephone Number: "Special" (include quotation marks)
· Line Group ID: 0
Run a module for an external call

A module can be applied directly to an incoming (external) call from within the IP Office Manager application. Within the
appropriate IncomingCallRoute entry, set the Destination to the module name prefixed with "VM:".
For example, enter VM:AutoAttend to route a call to a module called AutoAttend. Note that the maximum entry length
is 15 characters. This means that the module name is limited to 12 characters.
· If there is a hunt group on the system whose name matches the module name, calls will be routed to that group when
the voicemail server is not running.

5.10 The Conditions Editor
Conditions are constructed from a set of basic elements. These elements can be combined within a single condition to
create complex rules. For example, the week planner can be used to define a company's standard working hours, and
then combined with the calendar to define exception days such as public holidays.
Within the voicemail call flow, conditions can be checked by a test condition action and, according to whether the
condition is currently true or false, callers can be routed to different actions. For more information, see Test Condition
Action 246 .
Logic settings can be applied to both the whole condition and to the elements in a condition. These can alter when a
condition is true or false.
AND
The condition is true when all the elements are true, for example both A and B are true.
OR
The condition is true when either element is true, for example if the day is Monday or Tuesday.
NOT
This logic element can be used to reverse the value (e.g. return false when true) of individual elements or of
the whole condition.

Using the Voicemail Pro Client: The Conditions Editor
5.10.1 Using the Condition Editor
You can add elements 261 to existing conditions, change the logic 263 of a condition and delete 263 elements and
conditions.
To start the Condition Editor:
1. Click the icon.
You can also open the Condition Editor by pressing F6 or click Administration > Condition Editor.
2. When the Condition Editor is started, any existing conditions are shown. In the example there are no conditions.
To add a new condition:
1. Click the icon in the toolbar. The New Condition window opens.
2. Enter the name for the condition and then click OK.
3. The new condition is placed in the Condition Editor window. The condition is represented by the icon followed by
the condition name.

When a condition has been created, elements can be added and altered. A condition can consist of multiple elements,
including several elements of the same type. In the example there are conditions added complete with elements.
To add elements to a condition:
1. Click the Element List icon in the toolbar.
2. Click the type of element required.
· Calendar - For more information, see Calendar 264 .
· Week Planner - For more information, see Week Planner 265 .
· Compare - For more information, see Compare 266 .
· Condition - For more information, see Condition 266 .
3. Click Condition Name in the Condition Editor window. The element icon is added.
4. You can now edit the element's settings.
To edit elements:
1. Select the element, click Edit icon in the toolbar. The element's properties window opens.
Alternatively, double click the element to open the properties window.
2. Make any changes.
3. Click OK to save the changes and close the properties window.

To change the logic setting of a condition:
1. Click Logic icon in the toolbar.
2. Select the required logic.
· x|| (OR)
· x+ (AND)
· x! (NOT).
3. In the Condition Editor window, click the element to apply the logic to. The logic indicator changes.
By default the logical X+ (AND) setting is applied to new condition elements. For the week planner and calendar
elements, if more than one day is set this will never return true. Therefore we recommend that the X|| (OR) logical
setting is applied to all week planner and calendar elements.
To change the name of a condition:
1. Select the condition, click Edit icon in the toolbar. The Rename condition window opens.
2. Amend the condition's name.
3. Click OK.
To delete elements and conditions:
1. Select the condition or element to be deleted.
2. Click icon in the toolbar. The selected condition or element is deleted.

5.10.2 Calendar
The Calendar element is used to indicate which days of the year return true. Double-click a day to select or
deselect the day.
Selected days are shown with a shaded background, e.g. . Note that indicates weekend days but not
whether the day is selected. The element returns 'true' if the current day is a selected day.
· Apply Logical OR X|| if more than one day selected
By default the logical AND X= is applied to this condition element. If more than one day is selected then element cannot
return true. For example it cannot be the 3rd March and the 4th March at the same time. When multiple days are
selected the OR X|| settings should be applied. In our example the element will then be true if it is the 3rd March or 4th
March.
To add a calendar element:
2. Click Calendar.
Example:
The conditions for a call flow can be altered so that calendar dates such as public holidays can be accounted for.
1. Click the Conditions Editor icon. The Conditions Editor window opens.
2. Click the New Condition icon in the toolbar. The New Condition window opens.
3. Type a name for the new condition.
4. Click OK. The icon Condition Name is placed in the Condition Editor window.
5. Click the Elements icon. select Calendar.
6. Click Holidays in the Condition Editor window. The Calendar icon is added.
7. Double-click the Calendar to open the Calendar window.
8. To set a date as being a holiday, double-click the date. If the date chosen is the 17th, the date will be highlighted,
similar to indicating it as a holiday.
9. Click OK. The condition can be added to a Test Condition action. For more information, see Test Condition Action 246 .

5.10.3 Week Planner
The Week Planner element is used to set which time periods during a normal week return 'true'. It consists of an
entry for each day of the week and a start and end time for the 'true' period on each day.
· Apply Logical OR X|| if more than one day selected
By default the logical AND X= is applied to this condition element. If more than one day is selected then element cannot
return true. For example it cannot be the Monday and Tuesday at the same time. When multiple days are selected the
OR X|| settings should be applied. In our example the element will then be true if it is Monday or Tuesday.
To add a Week Planner element:
2. Click Week Planner.
Example:
The conditions for a call flow can be altered so that calls received between 09:00 and 18:00, Monday to Friday are
treated differently to calls received outside of these hours.
1. Click the Conditions Editor icon. The Conditions Editor window opens.
2. Click the New Condition icon in the toolbar. The New Condition window opens.
3. Type a name for the new condition.
4. Click OK. The icon Condition Name is placed in the Condition Editor window.
5. Click the Elements icon, select Week Planner.
6. Click Condition Name in the Condition Editor window. The Week Planner icon is added.
7. Double-click the Week Planner to open the Week Planner window.
8. Check the days Monday through to Friday. The start and end times for the days do not need to be changed.
9. Click OK. The symbol before the condition Week Planner indicates the logic 'AND' is used. Working hours are
Monday or Tuesday or … or Friday so the logic needs to be changed to 'OR'.
· Click the Logic icon in the toolbar, select OR.
· Click the condition Week Planner in the Condition Editor window. The logic setting to is changed to representing
the logic 'OR'.
10.Click OK. The condition can be added to a Test Condition action. For more information, see Test Condition Action 246 .

5.10.4 Condition
The Condition element is used to combine the value of an already existing condition. For example, using the week
planner a working week is created, the week being 09:00 to 18:00, Monday to Friday every week. The condition element
can be used to alter the condition so that we can account for calendar dates such as public holidays by combining the
week planner element and the calendar element.
When selected the element displays a list of the other conditions from which to select.
To add a condition element:
2. Click Condition.
3. Click the condition in the Condition Editor window.
4. Open the properties of the condition element by double-clicking .
5. Select the condition result that you want to include.
6. Click OK.
Example:
Two conditions have been created:
· Using the week planner element a condition is created so that calls received between 09:00 and 18:00, Monday to
Friday are treated differently to calls received outside of these hours. For more information, see the example for the
Week Planner condition element 265 .
· Using the Calender element a condition is created so that calendar dates such as public holidays can be accounted for.
For more information, see the example for the Calendar condition element. 266
The two conditions need to be combined so that the call flow treats calls during working hours differently to calls received
outside working hours and on bank holidays.
2. Click Condition.
3. Click the Week Planner in the Condition Editor window. The condition is placed in the Condition Editor window.
4. Open the properties of the condition element by double-clicking .
5. Select the Calendar condition result.
6. Click logic options and select a NOT action. Click Condition to apply the logical option.
7. Click OK. The condition is now true when it is between 09:00 and 18:00, Monday to Friday and not a holiday.
5.10.5 Compare
The Compare element is used to add a variable that will be used to determine the call flow to be presented to the
caller. You can compare Voicemail Pro system variables, for example $POS or $ETA, against each other or against a value
you enter.

Chapter 6.
Prompts

6. Prompts
6.1 US English Intuity Prompts
The following a list of the numbered .wav files used by Voicemail Pro for US English. These are predominately, though not
exclusively, used for Intuity mailbox features.
All files are Microsoft WAVE file format (.wav) 8kHz, 16 bit mono.
Important
· It is important to note that the corresponding .wav file in other languages is not the same prompt.
WAV File Intuity Prompt
2 "at".
4 "Not private".
8 "To record a new message press 4".
13 "To record press 1 after recording press 1 again".
14 "To make private press 1, to make public press 2".
15 "And is".
18 "To forward with comment press 2".
19 "To review from beginning press *1, if finished press *#".
21 "To listen press 0".
24 "To delete press *D".
27 "To attach original, press y for yes or n for no.".
30 "To change press 1".
35 "Login incorrect".
41 "To forward message with comment at beginning, press 2".
43 "Your call is being answered by IP Office".
44 "Is not available to leave a message wait for the tone".
45 "Is busy, to leave a message wait for the tone".
46 "To access your mailbox press *R".
49 "No operator defined".
56 "Thank you for leaving you message".
58 "For name addressing press *A".
60 "Changed".
61 "To modify status, press 9 for yes, or 6 for no".
63 "New".
65 "Contains".
67 "To create another list".
70 "Unopened".
71 "To leave a message wait for the tone".
73 "You have".
74 "Deleted".
75 "To skip press # to delete press *D".
77 "Deleted".
80 "To have system wait press *W if finished please hang up or to disconnected IP Office press **X".
84 "Entry".
85 "Erased".
86 "Extension".
87 "This call is experiencing difficulties".
88 "Cannot use the guest password".
89 "First message".
91 "At end".
94 "Goodbye".
95 "Please disconnect".
96 "For help press *H".
97 "For help at anytime press *H".
100 "Invalid entry".

Prompts: US English Intuity Prompts
105 "To restart at the activity menu press *R".

108 "You are recording a message".
109 "Later".
110 "List".
111 "Please enter list ID".
112 "Otherwise for assistance press Zero now".
113 "You already have a list".
114 "To replace list renter ID and # sign, to create a new list enter new list ID".
115 "To transfer using names instead press *2".
117 "To reach the covering extension press *Zero".
118 "Enter last name".
119 "You wish to call".
120 "Too large to include".
124 "No more list space".
125 "Must be six or fewer numerals".
126 "To forward message with comment at end press 3".
127 "Return to previous activity".
130 "Because there were no entries".
134 "You can store your list or delete members but you cannot add members".
141 "No more lists".
142 "To list to the header press 3".
143 "To set back again press 2".
145 "List has no entries".
146 "To continue press #".
147 "Review completed".
148 "For extension addressing press *2".
150 "Members".
156 "Maximum length recorded".
159 "Member".
160 "Message".
161 "Midnight".
163 "To call sender press zero".
164 "Category".
165 "Returned to getting messages".
166 "At end to play back press 23".
167 "To approve press #, to record from here press 1, to play back press 23".
168 "Messages".
170 "Delivery scheduled".
173 "Please enter new password".
175 "Please note only IP Office subscribers can be specified by name".
178 "No addresses identified".
180 "Nothing to approve".
182 "Nothing to delete".
185 "Not found".
188 "Passwords do not match, please re-enter new password".
191 "No more messages".
192 "No messages".
193 "No name recorded".
194 "No new messages".
197 "Cannot step back".
198 "Partial name deleted".
201 "Noon".
202 "Not valid".
208 "Is not a public list".

209 "Cannot modify another subscriber's list".

210 "Please enter a new password".
211 "To 15 digits".
212 "Please enter password again for confirmation, to delete the password you just entered press *D".
213 "Re-enter password".
214 "Approved".
219 "Owned by".
220 "Enter password".
223 "Please enter extension".
224 "And # sign".
226 "Private".
227 "Public".
228 "Record at the tone".
232 "Recording stopped".
233 "Previous login incorrect please re-enter extension".
234 "To respond or forward press 1".
235 "To restart at the activity menu press *R, to transfer to another extension press *T".
236 "Try again".
238 "To review another list".
240 "To skip press # to listen press zero".
242 "Returned to the".
243 "Rewound".
244 "Rewound to previous message".
252 "To respond to this message press 1".
253 "Please enter month, day".
255 "To delete this message press *D".
256 "At beginning to re-record press 1 to playback press 23".
262 "Received".
272 "Contact administrator for help".
274 "Please make entry soon or be disconnected".
275 "Cannot get your messages now due to multiple logins to your mailbox".
277 "To exit directory press #".
282 "To have system wait press *W, to access the names or numbers directory press **N. If finished
please hang up or to disconnect IP Office press **X".
285 "To add a member enter extension".
286 "To add a member enter last name".
287 "Welcome to IP Office".
288 "You are in the main directory. To find a subscribers extension, enter the last name followed by the #
sign. To enter the letter Q press 7, for z press 9. To lookup by extension instead press *2".
290 "If you wish to specify a non IP Office subscriber, first change to extension addressing by pressing *A".
291 "To transfer to another extension press *T".
292 "Louder press 4, softer press 7, faster press 9, slower press 8".
294 "To add entries press 1".
295 "To renter list press *5".
298 "To specify owner by name press *2".
300 "AM".
301 "PM".
305 "You are at the activity menu".
306 "You are changing your password".
310 "January".
311 "February".
312 "March".
313 "April".
314 "May".

315 "June".
316 "July".
317 "August".
318 "September".
319 "October".
320 "November".
321 "December".
322 "You are in the numbers directory. To find a subscribers name, enter the extension followed by the #
sign. To lookup by name instead press *2".
323 "You are responding to a piece of incoming mail".
325 "You are administering your lists. To create a mailing list press 1, to play a summary of all your lists
press 2, to review a particular list press 3".
327 "You are creating a mailing list".
328 "To delete the previous entry, press *3. To add a mailing list you have already created or a public list
owned by others, press *5. To review or modify the list you are creating, press *1. To approve the list
you are creating and move on to the next step, press #".
329 "You have not yet entered enough characters to identify a specific subscriber. To enter the letter Q
press 7, for Z press 9".
330 "Or enter just the # sign if it is your phone".
332 "System greeting used".
333 "To add entries to the list or to change status of the list press 1".
334 "When finished addressing press #".
335 "When finished press #".
339 "To replay the last few seconds press 5, to advance a few seconds press 6.".
347 "You are adding a list".
348 "You are specifying a mailing list to review".
350 "Sunday".
351 "Monday".
352 "Tuesday".
353 "Wednesday".
354 "Thursday".
355 "Friday".
356 "Saturday".
357 "You are choosing between subscribers whose names match your entry. To indicate no subscribers
match, delete entry by pressing *3. To change to extension addressing and delete your entry press
*2".
358 "You are identifying a list as private or public".
360 "You are scanning mailing lists, to review list members press 0, to rewind to previous list press 2, to
continue scanning lists press 3".
361 "To skip to next list press #, to delete list press *3".
362 "If you own the list press #, if some else owns the list".
363 "To approve the list you are creating press #".
364 "Enter owner's extension".
367 "To specify a different owner by name press *3".
368 "You are entering the number for a new list. Please enter a number up to 6 digits long".
369 "To replace an existing list, enter that list's number".
370 "These are entries in your list".
371 "To rewind to current entry press 2, to rewind to previous entry press 2 as many times as necessary,
to continue playback of list press 3".
372 "To skip to next entry press #, to delete current entry press *D".
373 "You are choosing whether to attach a copy of original message to your reply. To include the original
press y for yes, to send only your reply press n for no".
376 "To skip the next header press the # sign to listen to the header rewind by pressing 2 then play by
pressing 3 to skip to the next category press *#".
377 "To delete message press *D".
380 "Please wait".
381 "To listen to the message press 0, to re record message before delivery press 1".

388 "To skip press the # key".

390 "O" (Oh)
391 - 450 "One" to "sixty". For zero see 585.wav
451 "Seventy".
452 "Eighty".
453 "Ninety".
454 "Hundred".
455 "Thousand".
456 "Million".
464 "Enter extensions".
468 "To continue playing press 3".
471 "If it's your list press #".
472 "To approve press #, to record from here press 1".
477 "Press 1 to select".
478 "2 to select".
479 "3 to select".
484 "Enter more characters followed by the # sign. If you just completed entering the last name enter the
first name".
485 "Has".
486 "To reply to sender by voicemail press 1".
493 "You are requesting a transfer".
499 "When finished recording press # to approve or 1 to edit your message".
556 "To exit press *# now".
561 "You addressing your message".
562 "Enter the".
563 "Digit extension".
569 "To modify press 1, if finished press *#".
577 "To hold the message in its current category press **H".
578 "To skip to the next category press *#".
579 "Password must be".
585 "Zero".
587 "You are reviewing a list".
601 "Priority".
604 "As you use IP Office, your name will be included in system announcements that you and other people
will hear. Press 1 and at the tone please speak your name. After speaking your name press 1 again".
606 "To re-record you name press 1, to approve press #".
608 "At the tone please speak your name. After speaking your name press 1".
610 "You are recording your name. After you record your name, you can access other IP Office features. As
you use IP office your name will be included in system announcements that you and other people will
hear. Press 1 and at the tone please speak your first and last name as you would like others to hear it.
After speaking your name press 1 again".
611 "You are recording your name. To record your name, press 1. After recording press 1 again. To play
back name press 23, to approve press #".
612 "To make private press 1".
613 "To make priority press 2".
617 "To remove private status press 1".
618 "To remove priority status press 2".
622 "Not priority".
643 "You are choosing options for this message there are no options currently set".
644 "You are choosing options for this message with the current settings".
645 "Private messages cannot be forwarded by the recipients".
646 "A priority message will be delivered before other messages and will be flagged for special attention in
the recipients mailbox".
647 "The message will be private".
648 "The message will be priority".

651 "The message will be private and priority".

681 "Sorry cannot leave a message now because this users mailbox is full".
700 "To administer mailing lists press 1".
701 "To change your password press 4".
702 "To record your name press 5".
703 "You are at subscriber administration".
704 "To create lists press 1, to scan lists press 2, to review and modify lists press 3".
707 "If finished press *#".
708 "If finished adding entries press #".
736 "You are recording your name. As you use IP office your name will be included in system
announcements that you and other people will hear".
744 "For all calls".
745 "Active".
747 "For internal calls".
748 "For external calls".
749 "For busy calls".
750 "For no answer".
751 "For out of hours calls".
752 "To listen to a greeting press 0, to create change or delete a greeting press 1, to scan all your
greetings press 2, to activate a greeting press 3, to administer call types press 4, if finished press #".
753 "Enter greeting number".
754 "Greeting".
755 "Not recorded".
756 "To listen to greeting".
757 "To re-record, press 1".
759 "To review status, press 2".
760 "Press 0".
764 "To use this greeting for all calls press 0, for internal calls press 1, for external calls press 2".
765 "Recorded but not active".
766 "To use this greeting for all calls press 1".
767 "To use this greeting for all calls press 0, for busy calls press 1, for no answer calls press 2".
770 "Recorded and active".
771 "Approved and active".
772 "Again".
773 "To activate for out of hours call press 3".
775 "To record messages press 1 to get messages press 2 to administer personal greetings press 3".
776 "The system greeting".
777 "Cannot listen to system greeting".
778 "Cannot modify system greeting".
779 "No greetings recorded".
780 "Personal greetings review completed".
781 "To skip to the next greeting press the # sign".
782 "To activate a greeting enter greeting number, to de-activate a greeting activate a different greeting in
its place".
783 "To activate another greeting enter greeting number to de-activate a greeting activate a different
greeting in its place".
784 "To activate system greeting enter 0".
785 "Same greeting used for all calls".
786 "To identify calls as internal and external press 1".
787 "To identify calls as busy and no answer press 2".
788 "To identify calls as out of hours press 3".
790 "Calls identified as internal and external".
791 "Calls identified as busy and no answer".
792 "Calls identified as out of hours".
793 "Calls not identified as out of hours".

797 "To use the same greeting for all calls press 5".
810 "External".
812 "No answer".
814 "Calls".
815 "You are administering your personal greetings".
816 "You are listening to a personal greeting".
817 "You are recording a personal greeting".
818 "You have just recorded".
819 "You are scanning your personal greetings".
820 "You are selecting which greeting to activate".
821 "You administering call types".
822 "As you use IP Office, your name will be included in system announcements that you and other people
will hear. At the tone please speak your name, after speaking your name press 1".
823 "For all calls".
825 "For internal".
826 "For external".
827 "For busy".
828 "For no answer".
829 "For out of hours".
830 "You must approve your recording".
832 "Please enter extension and # sign".
839 "To rewind to the previous greeting press 2".
843 "To scan headers and messages press 1, to scan headers only press 2, to scan messages only press
3".
844 "End of message".
845 "Next message".
846 "You are selecting an option for automatic message scan".
847 "You are automatically scanning your incoming messages. To listen to the message press 0, to respond
to or forward the message press 1".
848 "You are automatically scanning your incoming messages. To listen to the message press 0 to respond
to the message press 1".
849 "To skip the next message press the # sign, to the listen to the header rewind by pressing 2, then play
by pressing 3, to skip to the next category press *#".
850 "Broadcast and login message services are not available".
852 "To rewind to the current entry press 2, to rewind to previous entry press 2 as many times as
necessary".
868 "Mailbox id must be less than or equal to less than 16 digits".
869 "If the extension entered belongs to a casual subscriber you will be prompted for a mailbox id".
905 Short silence.
907 2 seconds of silence.
913 "If finished press #".
915 "No options menu available".
916 "To send message press # or enter an option to hear a list of options press 0".
924 "Seconds".
925 "Minutes".
926 Beep
928 "New messages".
929 "Old messages".
935 "Unopened messages".
936 "Partial entry deleted".
937 "Sorry you are having difficulty please get help and try again later".
938 - 968 Ordinal numbers "1st" to "31st".
971 "To send press #".
972 "To reach the covering extension press Zero".
973 "If you are finished please hang up or press **X".

977 "Name not found".

987 "Enter last name of the person".
990 "To record and send voicemail messages press 1".
992 "To get messages press 2".
1001 "To scan incoming messages automatically press 7, to relogon press **R".
1006 "To record or change the greeting heard by callers press 3".
1010 "With priority".
1011 "With fax".
1020 "No message to send".
1028 "Page".
1029 "Pages".
1041 "There are no new faxes".
1048 "Nothing to print".
1052 "To specify your fax preferences press 3".
1061 "Your default print destination is...".
1071 "Fax message from..".
1073 "To print press *1".
1075 "To change the default print destination press 1".
1087 "To print to destination".
1088 "Press #".
1089 "To specify destination, enter digits followed by the # key".
1091 "You are specifying where your documents will be printed".
1092 "A default print destination has not been assigned".
1093 "To assign a default print destination press *7 then 53".
1098 "To approve press #".
1118 "You are specifying the default print destination for fax items".
1141 "When finished recording press # for more options".
1144 "To specify whether a message can be addressed before it is recorded press 6".
1145 "To administer call answer options press 7".
1152 "Address before record turned on".
1153 "To turn off press 1".
1154 "Address before record turned off".
1155 "To turn on press 1".
1157 "You are administering addressing options".
1158 "To prevent callers from leaving messages press 1".
1159 "Call answer messages will not be accepted".
1160 "To allow callers to leave messages press 1".
1161 "You are administering call answer options".
1162 "Sorry the mailbox you have reached is not accepting messages at this time".
1163 "Is not available".
1164 "Call answer messages will be accepted".
1219 "To review or change your reach options press 7".
1305 "Please enter an outcalling option to hear a list of options press 0".
1430 "To following message was restored".
1431 "No message to restore".
1432 "To undelete last deleted message press **U".
1434 "To return to getting messages press #".
1440 Beep
1443 "Voice file system is out of space".
1444 "Please contact the administrator".
1457 "Old and new passwords cannot be the same".
1461 "You are getting your incoming messages".
1462 "To listen to the message press Zero".

1464 "To forward with comments press 12".

1465 "To record a new message press 14".
1466 "To respond to or forward the message press 1".
1467 "The return address for this message is not a mailbox on this system".
1964 "The ability for callers to leave messages in your mailbox is turned off".
1965 "To allow callers to leave messages press 571".
1970 "Invalid password please enter new password and # sign".
2007 "With text".
2008 "With other media".
2010 "Zero".
2011 "bytes".
2012 "Byte".
2013 "Kilobyte".
2014 "Kilobytes".
2015 "Megabyte".
2016 "Megabytes".
2018 "And".
2019 "Message from".
2021 "Private".
2022 "Private priority".
2023 "Priority".
2025 "Call from".
2026 "Call received".
2029 "This is a ".
2030 "Voice".
2031 "Fax".
2032 "Text".
2033 "Attached file".
2035 "To advance to the end of the message press *6".
2038 "Rewound".
2039 "Component".
2040 "To listen press 3".
2041 "To customize your mailbox, for example to create or edit your mailing lists or change your password,
press 5".
2042 "To administer your media preference for sorting messages, press 8".
2043 "You are administering your preferred media type for sorting incoming messages. Messages with a
primary media type matching your preference will be presented before other messages, regardless of
the order in which they have been received".
2044 "No media preference for sorting incoming messages has been specified".
2045 "For voice press 1, for fax press 2, for text press 3, for binary files press 4".
2046 "To retain your current preference press the # key".
2047 "You media preference for sorting incoming messages is".
2048 "For no preference press zero".
2049 "Will be your preferred media type".
2051 "Your password cannot be the same as your extension number consecutive digits or a single repeated
digit. Please enter new password and the # key".
2052 "At beginning of message to step back to previous message press *2 to listen press Zero".
2053 "Approximately".
2057 "At beginning of message".
2061 "To enter the telephone number of a fax machine press **5".
2063 "Enter the telephone number of a fax machine followed by the # sign".
2065 "The telephone number of a fax machine should be entered as it would be dialed from the location of
your messaging system. It can contain a maximum of 23 digits including trunk access, long distance or
international access codes if necessary and is subject to administrator restrictions".

2071 "You are specifying the telephone number of a fax machine".

4409 -4434 Alphabetic characters "A" to "Z".
G0000 - G0009 "Press zero" through to "Press 9"
G0010 - G0019 "Press *zero" through to "Press *9".
G0020 "Press ** zero".
G0029 "Press **9".
G0031 "Press the # key".
G0032 "Press *#".
G0040 "You are changing your Outcalling options".
G0041 "System not administered for Outcalling".
G0042 "You are not authorised for Outcalling".
G0043 "When finished please hang up or ".
G0044 "You are selecting which messages will receive out calls".
G0045 "For instructions on entering your outcalling number".
G0046 "For instruction on configuring outcalling".
G0047 "You are not authorised to input a number".
G0051 "To return to the activity menu".
G0052 "Subject to administrator restrictions".
G0053 "To change times".
G0054 "To turn off"
G0055 "To turn on"
G0061 "To de-activate".
G0062 "To activate".
G0063 "To activate for all calls".
G0064 "To activate for external calls only".
G0065 "To activate for internal calls only".
G0071 "For all calls".
G0072 "For internal calls".
G0073 "For internal calls only".
G0074 "For external calls".
G0075 "For external calls only".
G0076 "For other calls".
G0080 "To use this greeting".
G0081 "For the temporary greeting"
G0082 "For number engaged calls"
G0083 "For no reply calls".
G0084 "For the default greeting".
G0085 "When finished".
G0086 "Please enter a number between".
G0087 "Where zero will set the temporary greeting to not expire".
G0088 "Please enter the number of days you wish this greeting to be active for".
G0089 "Your temporary greeting".
G0090 "For the next".
G0091 "Days".
G0092 "For today".
G0099 "Not configured".
G0100 "Turned off".
G0101 "Inactive".
G0102 "Desk".
G0103 "Home".
G0104 "Mobile".
G0105 "Temporary".
G0106 "Delegate".
G0107 "Secretary".

G0108 "Other".
G0109 "SMS".
G0110 "Voicemail".
G0111 "Escalation".
G0112 "An escalation list".
G0113 "Extension".
G0120 "For none".
G0121 "For internal".
G0122 "For desk".
G0123 "For home".
G0124 "For mobile".
G0125 "For temporary".
G0126 "For delegate".
G0127 "For secretary".
G0128 "For other".
G0129 "For SMS".
G0130 "For voicemail".
G0131 "For escalation".
G0140 "Currently".
G0141 "For help".
G0142 "For help at any time".
G0143 "To leave".
G0144 "To change".
G0145 "To reject".
G0147 "Time".
G0148 "The time out is".
G0149 "To change the time out".
G0150 "To configure outcalling".
G0151 "Your escalations have not been configured".
G0152 "Your escalations are configured to call the following locations in the listed order".
G0153 "To repeat list".
G0154 "To repeat list with numbers".
G0155 "To review the list".
G0156 "You are selecting locations for the escalation list".
G0157 "To input the list again".
G0158 "You have completed inputting the escalation list".
G0159 "To select a destination".
G0160 "Where the following destinations will be called in order".
G0161 "To configure escalations".
G0162 "Please input your".
G0163 "Location".
G0185 "To".
G0186 "Where".
G0187 "Between".
G0188 "Invalid time".
G0191 "Is active".
G0192 "Is inactive".
G0193 "Is set to".
G0194 "Is not set".
G0195 "To repeat".
G0200 "And".
G0201 "Your outcalling is".
G0202 "Your outcalling is set".
G0203 "Your outcalling destination is set to".

G0204 "The number is".

G0205 "Number is".
G0206 "Number".
G0207 "To change numbers".
G0208 "To input a number".
G0209 "For instructions on entering your outcalling number".
G0210 "For instructions on configuring outcalling".
G0211 "To change the number".
G0212 "There is no number defined for the selected destination".
G0213 "You are configuring outcalling destination".
G0214 "To configure outcalling".
G0215 "To re-configure outcalling".
G0216 "To change outcalling".
G0217 "To change outcalling destination".
G0218 "To change destination".
G0219 "To change".
G0220 "Destination".
G0221 "You have selected".
G0222 "There is no number defined".
G0223 "To select an alternate destination".
G0224 "To select another location".
G0225 "You have selected the option to configure your telephone numbers".
G0226 "To exit".
G0227 "To accept".
G0228 "To disable".
G0229 "To enable".
G0230 "To turn outcalling off".
G0231 "To turn outcalling on".
G0232 "To turn outcalling on for all new messages".
G0233 "To turn outcalling on for new priority messages only".
G0234 "To turn outcalling on for new private messages only".
G0235 "To turn outcalling on for new priority private messages only".
G0236 "The destination is set to".
G0237 "To change the destination".
G0238 "To set a number".
G0240 "Outcalling is turned off".
G0241 "Outcalling is turned on".
G0242 "Outcalling is turned on for all new messages".
G0243 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority messages".
G0244 "Outcalling is turned on only for new private messages".
G0245 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority private messages".
G0251 "Outcalling is turned on between".
G0252 "Outcalling is turned on for all new messages between".
G0253 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority messages between".
G0254 "Outcalling is turned on only for new private messages between".
G0255 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority private messages between".
G0260 "Outcalling is turned off".
G0261 "Outcalling is turned on".
G0262 "Outcalling is turned on for all new messages"
G0263 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority messages".
G0264 "Outcalling is turned on only for new private messages".
G0265 "Outcalling is turned on only for new priority private messages".
G0272 "For all new messages".
G0273 "For all new priority messages".

G0274 "For all new private messages".

G0275 "For all new priority private messages".
G0278 "Enter the time in second and #".
G0279 "Enter the new number and #".
G0280 "To input a new number".
G0281 "To input an outcalling number".
G0282 "Enter the number followed by #".
G0283 "Anything entered will be interpreted as part of the called number".
G0284 "No global commands, such as *4 will be accepted at this time".
G0285 "A * or # entered as the first character will result in the * or # being output".
G0286 "A * entered as part of the digit string will be interpreted as a pause of one and a half seconds.
G0287 "If a longer pause is required, use multiple stars in a row".
G0288 "To return to outcalling administration".
G0289 "Enter outcalling number and #".
G0290 "To exit press *# now".
G0301 "Your destination is currently configured to".
G0306 "For system outcalling schedules".
G0307 "You are specifying your outcalling time period".
G0308 "For outcalling during peak time".
G0309 "If not press *3 and re-enter time".
G0310 "To specify your times".
G0311 "To delete own time".
G0312 "Peak time is".
G0313 "For outcalling ant time press 1".
G0314 "The time you specify will be restricted by the times allowed by the system administrator".
G0315 "Outcalling specified to any time subject to administrator restrictions".
G0316 "For outcalling during prime time press 2".
G0317 "The system allows outcalls from".
G0318 "To change outcalling information press 6.
G0319 "Outcalling specified for".
G0320 "If correct press #".
G0321 "From time".
G0322 "To time".
G0350 "There is a message for".
G0351 "Based on an outcalling time profile which is currently configured as follows".
G0352 "Your outcalling time profile is currently configured as follows".
G0353 "Your outcalling time profile is not configured".
G0360 "You are specifying the time for outcalling time profile".
G0361 "To leave the current time profile".
G0362 "To change the time profile".
G0363 "Is set to".
G0364 "Please enter the time".
G0365 "The time should be entered as follows: hour, hour, minute, minute, where the hours are given in 24
hour format. For example, 5 past 1 in the afternoon would be entered as 1305".
G0366 "You are configuring outcalling time profile".
G0367 "The end time should be greater than the start time".
G0400 "You are modifying your personal settings".
G0401 "You are modifying your callback options".
G0402 "You are modifying your do not disturb options".
G0403 "You are modifying your email mode options".
G0404 "You are modifying your follow me forward options".
G0405 "You are modifying your mobile twinning options".
G0406 "You are modifying your voicemail transfer options".
G0410 "To modify your personal settings".

G0411 "To modify your callback options".

G0412 "To modify your DND options".
G0413 "To modify your email mode options".
G0414 "To modify your follow me forward options".
G0415 "To modify your mobile twinning options".
G0416 "To modify your reception transfer options".
G0417 "To modify your follow me feature setting".
G0418 "To modify your forward unconditional setting".
G0419 "To modify your forward on busy and on no answer setting".
G0421 "Your follow me feature".
G0422 "Your forward unconditional feature".
G0423 "Your forward on busy and on no answer is set to".
G0424 "Your forward on busy is set to".
G0425 "Your forward no answer is set to".
G0426 "Your forward on busy and on no answer are inactive".
G0427 "Your do not disturb feature".
G0428 "Your email mode feature".
G0429 "Your mobile twinning feature".
G0430 "Your callback option".
G0450 "To modify your voicemail transfer on zero".
G0451 "To modify your voicemail transfer on 1".
G0460 "Your voicemail transfer on zero".
G0461 "Your voicemail transfer on 1".
G0501 "A".
G0502 "B".
G0503 "C".
G0504 "D".
G0505 "E".
G0551 "The first".
G0552 "The second".
G0553 "The third".
G0554 "The fourth".
G0555 "The fifth".
G0680 "Second".
G0681 "Seconds".
G0682 "Star".
G0683 "Hash".
6.2 English Non-Intuity Prompts

Here is a list of the named .wav files used by Voicemail Lite and Voicemail Pro for US and UK English. These are
predominately, though not exclusively, used for IP Office mode mailbox features and Voicemail Pro custom call flow
actions.
All files are Microsoft WAVE file format (.wav) 8kHz, 16 bit mono.
WAV File Non-Intuity Prompt
a60 "Please enter extension and # sign".

aa_01 "Good morning and thank you for calling. Please key in the required extension number or hold the
line for other options".
aa_02 "Good afternoon and thank you for calling. Please key in the required extension number or hold the

aa_03 "Good evening and thank you for calling. Please key in the required extension number or hold the
aa_04 "Please hold while we try to connect you".
aa_05 "An operator is currently unavailable".
aa_06 "Please key in the extension number you would like to leave a message for".
aa_07 "Good bye and thank you for calling".
alpha_01 "Press # to accepted data, *1 to hear the data, *2 to delete the data, *3 to delete the last
character, *# to accept the data and continue".
alpha_02 "Data has been deleted".
alrm_1 "You have an alarm call set for".
alrm_2 "Alarm has been deleted press 1 to continue or * to quit".
alrm_3 "Please enter the time for the alarm call in 24 hour clock notation".
alrm_4 "You have set an alarm call for".
alrm_5 "Press 1 to validate press 2 to add a message to the end press # to cancel".
alrm_6 "Your alarm has now been set".
alrm_7 "Press 1 to verify this alarm or press 2 to delete it".
alrm_8 "This time is invalid please try again".
alrm_9 "This is an alarm call please hang up".
AM "AM".
aor_00 "Warning: your call is being recorded".
cmp_01 "The current campaign message has been marked as deleted".
cmp_02 "The current campaign message has been marked as completed".
cmp_03 "The current campaign message has been abandoned".
cmp_04 "Press 1 to start again, press 2 to rewind, press 3 to abandon, press 4 to delete, press 5 to
complete, press 7 for previous field, press 8 for start of current field, press 9 for next field, press #
to forward, press 0 to pause, press * to rewind".
conf_01 "A conference is not currently scheduled".
conf_02 "There was a problem transferring you into the conference".
conf_03 "Please enter your conference id and press # to finish".
conf_04 "Please enter your PIN and press # to finish".
conf_05 "Your conference ID or PIN is not valid".
conf_06 "Your conference ID is not valid".
conf_07 "Your PIN is not valid".
conf_08 "Please try again".
conf_09 "To be announced into the conference please speak your name and press # when you have
finished".
conf_10 "Your name is too short please try again".
conf_11 "Has invited".
conf_12 "To join them in an immediate conference press 1 to accept, 2 to decline and 3 if the delegate is not
available".
conf_13 "Has requested".
conf_14 "To join in an ad-hoc conference press 1 to accept, 2 to decline and 3 if the delegate is not
available".
conf_15 "Has declined the offer to attend the conference".
conf_16 "Is not available".
conf_17 "Has just entered the conference".
conf_18 "Has just left the conference".
conf_19 "An unknown caller".
conf_20 "Has been invited".
conf_21 "No conference selected, thank you and good bye".
conf_22 "Transferring you to the conference now".
conf_23 "Conference not accessible".
conf_24 "You have been invited to a conference".
dbn_01 "There are".
dbn_02 "Press # to play list".

Prompts: English Non-Intuity Prompts
dbn_03 "To select".

dbn_04 "# for next".
dbn_05 "*# for previous".
dbn_06 "And #".
dbn_07 "Press **2".
dbn_10 "For selection by group".
dbn_11 "For selection by first name".
dbn_12 "For selection by last name".
dbn_13 "For selection by extension".
dbn_14 "Entries that match your selection".
dbn_15 "*3 to clear the list and restart".
dbn_16 "Or enter more characters followed by a # to reduce the size of the list".
dbn_17 "To change name format entry to".
dbn_18 "First name last name".
dbn_19 "Last name first name".
dbn_20 "Enter group name".
dbn_21 "Enter first name".
dbn_22 "Enter last name".
dbn_23 "Enter extension".
dom_01.wav... Day of month ordinal numbers "1st" to "31st".
dom_31.wav
dow_01 "Sunday".
dow_02 "Monday".
dow_03 "Tuesday".
dow_04 "Wednesday".
dow_05 "Thursday".
dow_06 "Friday".
dow_07 "Saturday".
EOC_1 "Warning, your conference will end in".
EOC_2 "Your conference will end in".
int_na "Service not supported".
ivr_01 "The time according to the IVR server is".
ivr_02 "Directory wave table. Enter the number of the caller you want to edit".
ivr_03 "Name wave table. Enter the number of the extension you want to edit".
ivr_04 "Enter form entries with the # sign to terminate each line. Press # at the end to complete the
form".
ivr_05 "Form verified".
ivr_06 "Form entry is complete".
ivr_07 "Press * to abort # to accept or 0 to listen again".
ivr_08 "Do not disturb".
ivr_09 "Voicemail mode".
ivr_10 "Call forwarding".
ivr_11 "Forward number is set to".
ivr_12 "Follow me number is set to".
ivr_13 "Voicemail reception number is set to".
ivr_15 "Parameter is set to".
ivr_16 "Parameter is enabled".
ivr_17 "Parameter is disabled press 1 to enable".
ivr_18 "Parameter is disabled".
ivr_19 "Parameter is enabled press 2 to disable".
ivr_20 "Press 1 to change press # to cancel".
ivr_21 "Enter new number after the tone".
ivr_22 "Repeat new number after the tone".
ivr_23 "Sorry the numbers you have entered are different".

ivr_24 "Email options".

ivr_25 "Alert email on incoming message".
ivr_26 "Copy messages to email".
ivr_27 "Forward messages to email".
ivr_28 "Email turned off".
ivr_29 "Service mode".
ivr_30 "In service".
ivr_31 "Out of service".
ivr_32 "Night service".
mc_00 Beep.
mc_01 Short silence.
mc_02 One seconds silence.
misc_24 "Is on holiday until".
misc_25 "Is unavailable until".
misc_26 "Is at lunch until".
misc_27 "Is away on business until".
misc_28 "And will be picking up messages regularly".
misc_29 "And will not be contactable until their return".
misc_30 "List length exceeded".
misc_31 "*, cannot access private list".
misc_32 "*, list length exceeded".
mnu_1 "You have four greeting options. For standard greeting press 1, for after hours greeting press 2, for
you are in a queue greeting press 3, for you are still in a queue greeting press 4".
mnu_2 "To hear your greeting message press 1, to change your greeting message press 2, to save your
greeting message press 3, to save your message for playing as a continuous loop press 4".
mnu_2a "To hear your greeting message press 1, to change your greeting message press 2, to save your
greeting message press 3, to save your message for playing as a continuous loop press 4, to return
to the previous menu press 8".
mnu_3 "When playing a message to delete the message press 4, to save the message press 5, to forward
the message to email press 6, to repeat the message press 7, to skip the message press 9, at the
end of your messages to play old messages press 1, to play saved messages press 2, to edit your
greeting press 3, to direct all messages to email press *01, to turn off email redirection press *02".
mnu_4 "When playing a message to delete the message press 4, to save the message press 5, for
forwarding options press 6, to repeat the message press 7, to skip the message press 9, to call
back the sender press ** at the end of your messages, to play old messages press 1, to play saved
messages press 2, to edit your greeting press 3, to direct all messages to email press *01, to send
email notifications press *02, to turn off email functions press *03, to change your access code
press *04".
mnu_5 "To forward message to email press 1, to forward message to other extensions press 2, to add a
header message press 3, to send message into your saved messages list press 4, to skip this
forwarding press #".
mnu_6 "User configure options. To edit forwarding number press 1, to edit follow me number press 2, to
set call forwarding press 3, to set voicemail press 4, to set do not disturb press 5, to edit voice mail
access code press 6, to edit voicemail reception press 7, to set voicemail email mode press 8, to
edit voicemail call back number press 9".
mnu_7. "Hunt group configure options. To set voicemail press 1, to edit voicemail access code press 2, to
set voicemail email mode press 3, to set service mode press 4".
mnu_8 "Invalid entry please try again".
mnu_9 "That destination is unavailable".
MNU_10. "To play your old messages, press1. To play your saved messages, press 2. To edit your greeting,
press 3. To delete the current message, press 4. To save the current message, press 5. To change
your access code, press *04. For help at any time, press *4".
mo_01 "January"
mo_02 "February"
mo_03 "March"
mo_04 "April"
mo_05 "May"
mo_06 "June"
mo_07 "July"

mo_08 "August"
mo_09 "September"
mo_10 "October"
mo_11 "November"
mo_12 "December"
no_ "Number".
no_00.wav ... "Zero" to "Fifty-nine".
no_59.wav
no_24p "More than 24".
noon "Noon".
out_01 "To administer Outlook based greetings, press 5".
out_02 "You are administering Outlook based greetings".
out_03. "Outlook based greetings are active for all calls".
out_04 "Outlook based greetings are used for the following call types".
out_05 "Outlook based greetings are currently inactive".
out_06 "To deactivate Outlook based greetings".
out_07 "To activate Outlook based greetings".
out_08 "They will be out of the office until".
out_09 "They will be busy until".
out_10 "Due to".
outb_01 "This is an IP Office outbound alert".
outb_04 "Press any key to accept".
pg_0001 "To use this greeting for all calls press 1".
pg_0002 "To use this greeting for all calls press 0".
pg_0003 "For internal calls press 1".
pg_0004 "For external calls press 2".
pg_0005 "To activate for out of hours call press 3".
pg_0006 "If the number is busy press 4".
pg_0007 "For no reply calls press 5".
pin_01 "Enter your current access code after the tone".
pin_02 "Now enter your new access code after the tone".
pin_03 "Now repeat your new access code after the tone".
pin_04 "Your access code has now been changed".
pin_05 "It has been possible to change your access code at this time".
pin_06 "Press # when you have finished".
pin_07 "Access code must contain 4 or more digits".
PM "PM".
que_01 "You are at queue position".
que_02 "In the queue".
que_03 "Call per".
que_04 "Estimated time to answer is".
que_05 "Your call will be answered in".
rec_01 "Warning: this call is being recorded".
RECNAM_01 "As you use IP Office, your name will be included in system announcements that you and other
people will hear. At the tone please say your name. After saying your name, press 1".
RECNAM_02 "To re-record your name press 1, to confirm press #".
RECNAM_03 "Record at the tone".
PressHash "To continue, press #".
sac_01 "Cannot retrieve your messages now due to multiple logins to your mailbox".
sac_02 "Please disconnect".
seconds "Seconds".
ssb_00 "O" (Oh).
ssb_01 "O'Clock".
ssb_02 "No".

ssb_03 "None".
ssb_04 "Midnight".
ssb_05 "And".
ssb_06 "Date".
ssb_07 "Deleted".
ssb_08 "T number".
ssb_09 "For".
ssb_10 "Forwarded".
ssb_11 "Item".
ssb_12 "Press".
ssb_13 "Quantity".
ssb_14 "Saved".
ssb_15 "Yesterday".
ssb_16 "Hundred".
ssb_17 "Hour".
ssb_18 "O" (oh).
ssb_19 "At".
ssb_20 "1" (Down tone).
ssb_21 "1" (Up Tone).
ssb_22 "1" (Level Tone).
ssb_23 "Function failed to complete".
ssb_29 "Minutes".
svm_02 "Calls have been forwarded to email. New calls will also be forwarded to email until turned off".
svm_03 "Caller was".
svm_04 "Thank you for leaving a message. Mailbox has now stopped recording".
svm_05 "Please enter your mailbox number".
svm_06 "Please enter your access code".
svm_07 "There is no one available to take your call at the moment so please leave a message after the
tone".
svm_08 "For help at anytime press 8".
svm_09 "That was the last message".
svm_10 "New message".
svm_11 "New messages".
svm_12 "Old message".
svm_13 "Old messages".
svm_14 "Saved message".
svm_15 "Saved messages".
svm_16 "Remote access is not configured on this mailbox".
svm_17 "Email is not enabled on this mailbox".
svm_18 "I am afraid all the operators are busy at the moment but please hold and you will be transferred
when somebody becomes available".
svm_19 "Message was recorded".
svm_20 "You're being transferred".
svm_21 "You have".
svm_22 "Unknown caller".
svm_23 "Forwarding to email is now turned off".
svm_24 "Start speaking after the tone and your message will be inserted before the message prior to
forwarding".
svm_25 "To hear the recording press 1, to change the recording press 2, to save the recording press 3".
svm_26 "Enter the extension to which you wish this message to be forwarded, separating each extension
using the # sign. Press # at the end to complete the list".
svm_27 "Message has not yet been recorded".
svm_28 "Start speaking after the tone and press 2 when you have finished recording".
svm_29 "There are no messages".
tim_m00 "Minute".

tim_m01 "One minute".

tim_m02 "Minutes".

Chapter 7.
Voicemail Pro Examples

7. Voicemail Pro Examples
7.1 Using VB Script
The VB Script action allows an administrator to construct additional call flow logic using VBScript commands. A
number of predefined methods and system variables are available. Any scripting added can be verified by pressing the
Syntax Check button. Details of the properties and methods supported are given in the VBScript section. For more
information, see VBScript Properties:Overview 291 .
· Use of VBScript requires entry of a valid VM Pro VBScript license in the IP Office configuration.
To add a VB Script action:
1. Click the Miscellaneous Actions icon and select VB Script.
· Enter VBScript
In the Script area enter the VBScript as required. Details of the System variables and COM methods that are
supported are accessible by right clicking in the VBScript area. This script can contain a maximum of 1000
characters.
· Expand
Check Expand to view a larger script area.
· Syntax Check
Click the Syntax Check button to check your input for any errors.
This action has two results for which connections to following actions can be made. The results are
based on the Scripting entered in the Specific tab.

Voicemail Pro Examples: Using VB Script
7.1.1 VBScript Properties
7.1.1.1 Overview
The following properties can be accessed within VBScripts. Note that unless otherwise stated they are session based. The
data is specific to a particular Voicemail Pro call and does not persist between calls.
Voicemail contains various state variables that are associated with a specific interaction with voicemail. The system
variables listed map to properties associated with the object:
· $NAM – (read-only). For more information, see Name Property 294 .
· $CLI – (read-only). For more information, see CallingParty Property 292 .
· $RES – (read-write). For more information, see Result Property 295 .
· $VAR – (read-write). For more information, see Variable Property 296 .
· $SAV – (read-write). For more information, see SavedResult Property 296 .
· $LOC – (read-write).For more information, see Locale Property 293 .
The following properties are specific to queued and still queued call flows only.
· $QPOS – (read-only).For more information, see PositionInQueue Property 295 .
· $QTIM – (read-only). For more information, see EstimatedAnswer Property 292 .
The following properties are related to the messages within the mailbox.
· NewMsgs Property – Returns the count of new messages within the session’s mailbox. For more information, see
NewMsgs Property 294 .
· OldMsgs Property – Returns the count of old messages within the session’s mailbox. For more information, see
OldMsgs Property 294 .
· SavedMsgs Property – Returns the count of saved messages within the session’s mailbox. For more information,
SavedMsgs Property 296 .
· LastAccessedMsg Property – Returns the name of the last recorded or accessed message. For more information,
see LastAccessedMsg Property 293 .
Note: VB Scripting will only support variant types.
Internal Variables
Some of the variables that exist within Voicemail Pro can be split into smaller sections using a delimiter.
· Example:
A CLI contains the number 01707364143. If the call flow references the variable as CLI@0,4 then the value 01707
will be returned as they are the first five numbers.

7.1.1.2 CallingParty Property
The CallingParty property returns the caller id associated with the voicemail session used for VBS interaction with
Voicemail (equivalent to $CLI system variable).
· Owning object: vmprov5.voicescript
· String:
· Set: This property is read-only.
· Get: A String object containing the name of the calling party (or $CLI). For example: String = Voice.
CallingParty
· Remarks: The CallingParty property is only valid for the current session to Voicemail.
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
Set Voice = CreateObject("vmprov5.voicescript")
registration = Voice.Register(dlgid)
if registration Then
dim callerid
callerid = Voice.CallingParty
end if
End Sub
7.1.1.3 EstimatedAnswer Property

The EstimatedAnswer property returns the $QTIM voicemail system variable. This is the user’s estimated time to
answer within the queue in minutes and is only available for queued and still queued call flows.
· String:
· Get: A long containing the current value for $QTIM. For example: Long = Voice.EstimatedAnswer

7.1.1.4 LastAccessedMsg Property
The LastAccessedMsg property returns the name of the last recorded message. If the IP Office TUI is used then this will
also contain the name of the last played message.
· String:
· Get: A string object containing the fully qualified name of the last played or recorded message. For example: String
= Voice.LastAccessedMsg
7.1.1.5 Locale Property

The Locale property gets and sets the $LOC voicemail system variable.
· String:
· Set: A string object that contains the new value for the $LOC variable. For example: Voice.Locale = String
· Get: A string object containing the current value for $ LOC. For example: String = Voice.Locale
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
dim locale
DO SOME PROCESSING.
locale = Voice.Locale
Rem NOW SET LOCALE TO FRENCH
Voice.Locale = “fr”
DO SOME PROCESSING.
Rem NOW SET LOCALE BACK TO WHAT IT WAS
Voice.Locale = locale
end if
End Sub

7.1.1.6 Name Property
The Name property returns the name of the mailbox associated with the voicemail session used for VBScript interaction
with Voicemail (equivalent to $NAM system variable).
· String:
· Get: A String object containing the name of the associated voice mailbox. for example:
· String = Voice.Name
7.1.1.7 NewMsgs Property

The NewMsgs property returns the number of new messages contained within the session mailbox.
· String:
· Get: The number of new messages within the mailbox. For example: Number = Voice.NewMsgs
7.1.1.8 OldMsgs Property

The OldMsgs property returns the number of old messages contained within the session mailbox.
· String:
· Get: The number of old messages within the mailbox. For example: Number = Voice.OldMsgs

7.1.1.9 PositionInQueue Property
The PositionInQueue property returns the $QPOS voicemail system variable. This is the user’s current position in the
queue and is only available for queued and still queued call flows.
· String:
· Get: A string object containing the current value for $QPOS. For example: String = Voice.PositionInQueue
7.1.1.10 Result Property

The Result property gets and sets the $RES voicemail system variable. The $RES variable contains the result property of
a call flow action. The result is action-specific, for example OK, FAILED, BUSY and so on. The call flow action is able to
use the variable to determine logic to be based upon the Result of a preceding Action, or as a temporary variable in the
VB-Script. However the variable will be overwritten after the VB Action is completed. If the values from the VB action
icon need to be passed to subsequent actions, it is advisable to use user variables.
· String:
· Set: A string object that contains the new value for the $RES variable. For example: Voice.Result = String
· Get: A string object containing the current value for $RES. For example: String = Voice.Result
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
dim result
dim success
DO SOME PROCESSING.
if success Then
Voice.Result = TRUE
else
Voice.Result = FALSE
end if
End Sub

7.1.1.11 SavedMsgs Property
The SavedMsgs property returns the number of saved messages contained within the session mailbox.
· String:
· Get: The number of saved messages within the mailbox. For example: Number = Voice.SavedMsgs
7.1.1.12 SavedResult Property

The SavedResult property gets and sets the $SAV voicemail system variable.
· String:
· Set: A string object that contains the new value for the $SAV variable. For example: Voice.SavedResult = String
· Get: A string object containing the current value for $SAV. For example: String = Voice.SavedResult
7.1.1.13 Variable Property

The Variable property gets and sets the $VAR voicemail system variable.
· String:
· Set: A string object that contains the new value for the $VAR variable. For example: Voice.Variable = String
· Get: A string object containing the current value for $VAR. For example: String = Voice.Variable

7.1.2 VBScript Methods
7.1.2.1 ForwardMsg Method
The ForwardMsg method is used to forward a file or message to other mailboxes.
Voice.ForwardMsg(
file As String,
mailboxes As String,
ident As String
)
· Parameters
· file - This contains the name of the message file to be forwarded. The following formats are allowable:
· [GREETING]\greeting
Forwards the greeting stored within the greetings directory (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
· [ACCOUNTS]\mailbox\message
Forwards the message stored within the specified mailbox (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
· [CAMPAIGN]\campaign\message
Forwards a campaign message stored within the specified campaign (the .WAV extension is automatically
appended).
· If the fully qualified path is specified (drive:\path\file) then the full specified pathname is used otherwise the file is
relative to the WAVS directory.
· mailboxes - The list of mailboxes to forward the message to (separated by non digits, e.g. 202 203 204).
· ident - The CLI to be associated with the message.
· Return Value
This method does not return a value.
7.1.2.2 ForwardMsgToMailbox Method

The ForwardMsgToMailbox method is used to forward a file or message to another mailbox.
Voice.ForwardMsgToMailbox(
file As String,
mailbox As String,
ident As String
) As String
· Parameters
· file - This contains the name of the message file to be forwarded. The following formats are allowable:
Forwards the greeting stored within the greetings directory (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Forwards the message stored within the specified mailbox (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Forwards a campaign message stored within the specified campaign (the .WAV extension is automatically
appended).
· mailbox - The mailbox to forward the message to.
· ident - The CLI to be associated with the message.
· Return Value
The name of the new message.

7.1.2.3 FullFilename Method
The FullFilename method is used to translate the shortcut filename to the equivalent fully qualified pathname for the
file.
Voice.FullFilename(
file As String
) As String
· Parameters
· file - This contains the name of the file to be translated:
The file is relative to the greetings directory.
The file is relative to the accounts directory.
The file is relative to the campaigns directory.
· If the fully qualified path is specified (drive:\path\file) then the full specified path name is used otherwise the file
is relative to the specified locale within the WAVS directory.
· Return Value
The equivalent fully qualified path name for the specified file.
7.1.2.4 GetCallingParty Method

The GetCallingParty method is used to obtain the $CLI session variable.
Voice.GetCallingParty(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· dlgid - The connection ID as passed in to the script.
· Return Value
The value of the $CLI session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.

7.1.2.5 GetDTMF Method
The GetDTMF method is used to return user’s DTMF input.
Voice.GetDTMF(
[digits As Long = 1],
[timeout As Long = 30],
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· digits - The maximum number of DTMF digits to capture.
· timeout - The maximum time to wait for DTMF input.
· Return Value
The DTMF keys that were pressed.
7.1.2.6 GetEstimatedAnswer Method

The GetEstimatedAnswer method is used to obtain the $QTIM session variable.
Voice. GetEstimatedAnswer (
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $QTIM session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.

7.1.2.7 GetExtension Method
The GetExtension method is used to obtain an extension.
Voice.GetExtension(
index As Long,
) As String
· Parameters
· index - The extension to return. Note: The actual extension number should not be entered as index refers to the
offset number of the extension in the listing.
· Return Value
The extension at that position within the list (an empty string if end of list).
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
dim index
dim ext
index = 0
Do
ext = Voice.GetExtension(index)
index = index + 1
Loop Until Len(ext) = 0
end if
End Sub
7.1.2.8 GetLocale Method

The GetLocale method is used to obtain the $LOC session variable.
Voice.GetLocale(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $LOC session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.
7.1.2.9 GetMailbox Method

The GetMailbox method is used to obtain a mailbox.
Voice.GetMailbox(
index As Long,
) As String
· Parameters
· index - The mailbox to return.

The actual mailbox number should not be entered as index refers to the offset number of the mailbox in the
listing.
· Return Value
The mailbox at that position within the list (an empty string if end of list).

7.1.2.10 GetMailboxMessage Method
The GetMailboxMessage method is used to obtain a message within a mailbox.
Voice.GetMailboxMessage(
mailbox As String,
msgtype As String,
index As Long,
) As String
· Parameters
· mailbox - The mailbox to return messages for.
· msgtype - The type of messages to return.

This can start with an N for new messages, O for old messages and S for saved messages.
· index - The message to return.
· Return Value
The message at that position within the list (an empty string if end of list).
7.1.2.11 GetMailboxMessages Method

The GetMailboxMessages method is used to obtain the count of specific messages within a mailbox.
Voice.GetMailboxMessages(
mailbox As String,
msgtype As String
) As Long
· Parameters
· mailbox - The mailbox to return message counts for.
· msgtype - The type of messages to return counts for.

This can start with an N to obtain the number of new messages, O for old messages and S for saved
messages.
· Return Value
The number of messages of a particular type within the mailbox.

7.1.2.12 GetMessagePriority Method
The GetMessagePriority method is used to determine whether the message was left with priority.
Voice.GetMessagePriority(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As Boolean
· Parameters
· mailbox - The mailbox that the message belongs to.
· message - The message to query.
· Return Value
True if the message was left with priority, otherwise False.
7.1.2.13 GetMessagePrivate Method

The GetMessagePrivate method is used to determine whether the message was left with privacy.
Voice.GetMessagePrivate(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As Boolean
· Parameters
· Return Value
True if the message was left with privacy, otherwise False.
7.1.2.14 GetMessageStatus Method

The GetMessageStatus method is used to obtain the state of the message within a mailbox.
Voice.GetMessageStatus(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As String
· Parameters

The message name format should be [Accounts]\mailbox\message. for example,. [Accounts]\Extn247
\MSG00004.
· Return Value
The state of the message within the mailbox. N for new, O for old, S for saved.

7.1.2.15 GetName Method
The GetName method is used to obtain the $NAM session variable.
Voice.GetName(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $NAM session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.
7.1.2.16 GetNewMsgs Method

The GetNewMsgs method is used to obtain the number of new messages contained within the session’s mailbox.
Voice.GetNewMsgs (
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As Long
· Parameters
· Return Value
The number of new messages contained within the session’s mailbox.
7.1.2.17 GetOldMsgs Method

The GetOldMsgs method is used to obtain the number of old messages contained within the session’s mailbox.
Voice.GetOldMsgs (
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As Long
· Parameters
· Return Value
The number of old messages contained within the session’s mailbox.

7.1.2.18 GetPositionInQueue Method
The GetPositionInQueue method is used to obtain the $QPOS session variable.
Voice. GetPositionInQueue (
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $QPOS session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.
7.1.2.19 GetRegister Method

The GetRegister method is used to retrieve a string stored in one of the session sixteen data variables. ($CP0 to
$CP15).
Voice.GetRegister(
regnum As Long,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· regnum - Data register to use for storage (0-15).
· Return Value
The data stored within the specified register.
7.1.2.20 GetResult Method

The GetResult method is used to obtain the $RES session variable.
Voice.GetResult(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $RES session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.

7.1.2.21 GetSavedMsgs Method
The GetSavedMsgs method is used to obtain the number of saved messages contained within the session’s mailbox.
Voice.GetSavedMsgs (
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As Long
· Parameters
· Return Value
The number of saved messages contained within the session’s mailbox.
7.1.2.22 GetSavedResult Method

The GetSavedResult method is used to obtain the $SAV session variable.
Voice.GetSavedResult(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $SAV session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.
7.1.2.23 GetVariable Method

The GetVariable method is used to obtain the $VAR session variable.
Voice.GetVariable(
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The value of the $VAR session variable associated with the specified voicemail session.

7.1.2.24 MessageCLI Method
The MessageCLI method is used to obtain the CLI of the caller that left the message within a mailbox.
Voice.MessageCLI(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The CLI of the caller that left the message.
7.1.2.25 MessageDisplay Method

The MessageDisplay method is used to obtain the display field associated with the message within a mailbox.
Voice.MessageDisplay(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The display string associated with the message.
7.1.2.26 MessageLength Method

The MessageLength method is used to obtain the length of a message within a mailbox.
Voice.MessageLength(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As Long
· Parameters
· Return Value
The length of the message in milliseconds.

7.1.2.27 MessageTime Method
The MessageTime method is used to obtain the date and time the message was left within a mailbox.
Voice.MessageTime(
mailbox As String,
message As String
) As String
· Parameters
· Return Value
The time the message was left in the format: YEAR/MONTH/DAY HOUR:MINUTE. For example 2003/09/23 13:26.
7.1.2.28 PlayDigits Method

The PlayDigits method is used to play the digits specified through voicemail to the active connection.
Voice.PlayDigits(
digits As String,
[wait As Boolean = True],
[interruptables As String = “Any”],
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· digits - This contains the digits to be played (e.g. “12345” plays “one two three four five”).
· wait - This is an optional parameter specifying whether voicemail should return immediately or wait until the digits
have been played first.
· interruptables - This is for future development and should be left as default.
· Return Value
The key press that was used to terminate the playback.
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
dim key
key = Voice.PlayDigits(“12345”);
end if
End Sub

7.1.2.29 PlayLocaleWav Method
The PlayLocaleWav method is used to play a wave file through voicemail to the active connection taking into account
the system locale.
Voice.PlayLocaleWav(
wav As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· wav - This contains the name of the wave file to be played and is of the following format:
Plays out the greeting stored within the greetings directory (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Plays out the message stored within the specified mailbox (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Plays out a campaign message stored within the specified campaign (the .WAV extension is automatically
appended).
· If the fully qualified path is specified (drive:\path\file) then the full specified path name is used otherwise the file
is relative to the specified locale within the WAVS directory.
· wait - This is an optional parameter specifying whether voicemail should return immediately or wait until the wave
file has been played first.
· Return Value

7.1.2.30 PlayWav Method
The PlayWav method is used to play a wave file through voicemail to the active connection.
Voice.PlayWav(
wav As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· wav - This contains the name of the wave file to be played or the name of a system parameter to be spoken. The
following formats are allowable:
· $NAM
Plays the recorded name for the mailbox if one has been recorded. If a name has not been recorded then optional
TTS can be used (providing it has been licensed).
· $TIME:hh[:mm[:ss] [ Y][ dd[/mm[/yy]]]]
Plays out the specified time and date. The hours to speak must always be specified and optional the number of
minutes, seconds, day, month and year.
For example:
· $TIME:11
Speaks AT ELEVEN HOUR HUNDRED
· $TIME:11:55
Speaks AT ELEVEN HOUR FIFTY FIVE
· $TIME:11:55:13
Speaks AT ELEVEN HOUR FIFTY FIVE
· $TIME:11:55 Y
Speaks YESTERDAY AT ELEVEN HOUR FIFTY FIVE
· $TIME:11:55:13 Y
Speaks YESTERDAY AT ELEVEN HOUR FIFTY FIVE
· $TIME:11:55 21/09/03
Speaks AT ELEVEN HOUR FIFTY FIVE [1SEC PAUSE] DATE TWENTY FIRST SEPTEMBER
· $QPOS [:position]
This plays out “You are at queue position” position “in the queue”.
· $QTIM [:eta]
This plays out “Estimated time to answer is” eta “minutes”.
· $MSGN:msgs
Plays out the specified number of old messages (e.g. $MSGN:10 = “You have ten new messages”.
· $MSGO:msgs
Plays out the specified number of old messages (e.g. $MSGN:0 = “You have no old messages”.
· $MSGS:msgs
Plays out the specified number of old messages (e.g. $MSGS:5 = “You have five saved messages”.
· $CID, $CLI, $CP, $DATE, $DBD, $DLG, $ETA, $KEY, $LOC, $POS, $SAV, $TIME, $UUI, $VAR
Plays out the contents on one of the system variables.
· If the string just contains numbers, then the digits are played, for example 12345 plays "one two three four five".
Plays out the greeting stored within the greetings directory (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Plays out the message stored within the specified mailbox (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
Plays out a campaign message stored within the specified campaign (the .WAV extension is automatically appended).
· wait - This is an optional parameter specifying whether voicemail should return immediately or wait until the wave file
has been played first.
· Return Value
· Example

Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
dim key
key = Voice.PlayWav(“test”, True, “Any”, dlgid);
end if
End Sub

7.1.2.31 RecordMsg Method
The RecordMsg method is used to record a user’s speech input to the specified file.
Voice.RecordMsg(
recording As String,
maxtime As long,
[appendtofile As Boolean = False],
[dlgid As Long = 0],
[playbeep As Boolean = False]
) As String
· Parameters
· recording - This contains the name of the file for the recording to be stored to and can be in the following formats:
Stores the recording in the specified file within the greetings directory.
Stores to the specified message within the specified mailbox.
Stores to the specified message within the specified campaign.
relative to the specified locale within the WAVS directory.
· maxtime - The maximum recording length specified in seconds.
· appendtofile - Set to true if the recording should be appended to the file, false to clear the file first.
· playbeep - This flag sets whether a beep is played before the start of recording.
· Return Value
The key press that was used to terminate the recording.
7.1.2.32 RecordRegister Method

The RecordRegister method is used to record a user’s speech input to the specified file stored in the specified register.
Voice.RecordRegister(
regnum As Long,
[maxtime As Long = 60],
[interruptables As String = “-1”],
[dlgid As Long = 0],
[playbeep As boolean = False]
) As String
· Parameters
· regnum - Data register containing file to store recording to.
· maxtime - The maximum recording length specified in seconds.
· playbeep - This flag sets whether a beep is played before the start of recording.
· Return Value
The key press that was used to terminate the recording.

7.1.2.33 Register Method
The Register method is used to determine whether the voicemail session that was used to launch the VB script is still
active.
Voice.Register(
dlgid As Long
) As Boolean
· Parameters
· dlgid - An ID that is associated with the Voicemail connection. This is passed as a parameter to the VB script.
· Return Value
A Boolean variable indicating whether the specified voicemail session is still active.
· Example
Sub Main (dlgid)
dim registration
do something.
end if
End Sub
7.1.2.34 SetLocale Method

The SetLocale method is used to set the $LOC session variable.
Voice.SetLocale(
locale As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
)
· Parameters
· locale - The new value for the $LOC variable.
· Return Value

7.1.2.35 SetMailboxMessage Method
The SetMailboxMessage method is used to modify a message within a mailbox.
Voice.SetMailboxMessage(
mailbox As String,
message As String,
msgtype As String,
)
· Parameters
· mailbox - The mailbox that the return message belongs to.
· message - The message to modify. The message name format should be [Accounts]\mailbox\message. For
example [Accounts]\Extn247\MSG00004.
· msgtype - The new statue type for the message. This can start with an N for new, O for old and S for saved.
· Return Value
7.1.2.36 SetRegister Method

The SetRegister method is used to store a string in one of the sixteen session data variables ($CP0 to $CP15).
Voice.SetRegister(
regnum As Long,
data As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
)
· Parameters
· regnum - Data register to use for storage (0-15).
· data - The data to store within this register.
· Return Value

7.1.2.37 SetResult Method
The SetResult method is used to set the $RES session variable.
Voice.SetResult(
result As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
)
· Parameters
· result - The new value for the $RES variable.
· Return Value
7.1.2.38 SetSavedResult Method

The SetSavedResult method is used to set the $SAV session variable.
Voice.SetSavedResult(
result As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
)
· Parameters
· result - The new value for the $SAV variable.
· Return Value
7.1.2.39 SetVariable Method

The SetVariable method is used to set the $VAR session variable.
Voice.SetVariable(
variable As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
)
· Parameters
· variable - The new value for the $VAR variable.
· Return Value

7.1.2.40 Speak Method
The Speak method is used to speak out the specified speech provided TTS has been licensed.
Voice.Speak(
text As String,
[dlgid As Long = 0]
) As String
· Parameters
· text - This contains the text to be spoken.
· wait - This is an optional parameter specifying whether voicemail should return immediately or wait until the wave
file has been played first.
· Return Value

7.2 IVR: Connecting Voicemail Pro to a Database
Voicemail Pro call flows can interact, read and write data, with almost any Windows database that supports ODBC (Open
Database Connectivity) and SQL (Structured Query Language) format.
· Requirements for Voicemail Pro Database Operation

To use the Database actions within Voicemail Pro, a VM Pro Database Interface must be added to the IP Office
configuration.
The Database Actions that can be used in a call flow are:
· Database Open
Opens the required database, including any necessary permissions and security options.
· Database Execute
Defines a SQL query to either read matching records from the database or to write data to the database. Up to 6 fields
can be defined to be returned in matching database records.
· Database Get Data

Selects the current record from the matches returned by the preceding Database Execute action. The record fields are
then placed into Voicemail Pro variables DBD[0] to DBD[5]. The Database Get Data allows selection of the first, next,
previous or last record.
· Database Close
Closes the database connection. This also occurs automatically if the caller disconnects.

Voicemail Pro Examples: IVR: Connecting Voicemail Pro to a Database
7.2.1 Example
7.2.1.1 Database Scenario
In this call flow example, an auto-attendant has been created to allow callers to order books. The book details are held
within a Microsoft Access database. Callers will be able to enter either the ISBN or Author's name. The title and cost of
the item will be looked up allowing the caller to purchase the item if they wish to. If the caller purchases the book they
will be able to enter their credit card details and a contact number.
Example of the database used in the call flow.

7.2.1.2 Retrieving Data from the Database
The Bookshop_Welcome module allows callers to choose to search the database by either the books ISBN number or
the author's name. The screen below shows the call flow module used when a search by ISBN is selected. The database
actions that have been used are shown below the call flow diagram, with details on the following pages.

Database Open Action
The Database Open Action is used to link to the bookshop database.
The specific tab of the action contains the location of the database. Click the browse button to view the Data Link
Properties dialog. The details entered into these screens will depend upon the type of database used. This example uses
a Microsoft Access Database. The example shown below shows the connection to the database. If the database is
available the callers move through the call flow to a menu action that will capture the ISBN number entered.

Database Execute Action
The Database Execute Action contains a query against the open database, in this example it concerns the ISBN captured
in the previous menu action.
If the sequence of numbers entered by the caller matches an ISBN entry in the database, then the Author's name, cost,
ISBN and book title details are captured. This query is entered into the Database Execute Action via the specific tab.
When entering information into the specific tab for the first time you are taken through a series of steps.
1. Select the Database Open Icon required. In this example the 'Make sure Database still active' icon was selected.
2. At the SQL Function window the option to 'Select …From' was chosen as information from the database is required.
3. Details are then entered into the SQL Wizard, as shown below.

4. When the query has been entered the SQL wizard is closed. The specific tab of the action will contain the entered
query, see example shown below.
Database Get Data Action
The Database Get Data Action is used to return details of any matching entries following a search against a database.
To retrieve the results an option is selected on the specific tab to select how the data is retrieved from the database. In
this example the option 'retrieve the next item in the list' was selected to allow the caller to step through the results, if
more that one match ISBN occurred.
If a matching ISBN has been found the call flow is routed to another module called
'Bookshop_CurrentBookSpeakDetails'.

7.2.1.3 Returning Data from the Database
The Bookshop_CurrentBookSpeakDetails module tells the caller the book title, the author's name and the cost of the
book matching the ISBN that they entered.
The information from the database is conveyed to the caller using the 'Speak Text Action'.
· To use the Speak Action, the IP Office must be licensed for and have installed Text to Speech.

Speak Book Title
The Speak Book Title action is used to tell the caller the book title associated with the ISBN that was entered.
The fields selected in the 'Request ISBN from DB' action contain the information retrieved from the bookshop database.
The fields selected were Author, Cost, ISBN and Title.
Any fields selected in a query will appear in alphabetical order.
· $DBD[0] would return details from the field Author
· $DBD[1] would return details from the field Cost
· $DBD[2] would return details from the field ISBN
· $DBD[3] would return details from the field Title.
Each Speak Text action in the call flow returns the values from a different field selected within the database query. The
'Speak Book Cost' action has additional text added so that the currency can be spoken. In this example pounds are used.

7.2.1.4 Entering Details into the Database
The caller is given an option to buy the book. If they select to buy the book, the call flow module
Bookshop_CurrentBookBuy operates. The call flow immediately checks that access to the bookshop database is still
available via a Database Open action.
Confirm Book Details
Generic actions are used to store the ISBN number and cost. The example below shows how the ISBN number is stored
in the system variable CP0.
When the details have been stored the book title and cost are spoken to the caller using a Speak Text action. See the
example below.

Collect Callers Details

Details can be entered into a database by a caller. In this example we collect the caller's credit card number, expiry date
and telephone number. All these details are collected and then the database is updated. The example below shows the
Specific tab entry used to collect the caller's telephone number and assign it to the system variable CP4.
When all the details have been collected, the database needs to be updated. The database Execute Action is used. When
entering information into the specific tab for the first time you are taken through a series of steps.
1. Select the Database Execute icon.
2. At the SQL Function window the option to 'Insert …values' was chosen as information needs to be added to the
database.
3. Details are then entered into the SQL Wizard, as shown below. When the Database table is selected, the list of fields
contained within the table is inserted.
4. When the details have been entered the SQL wizard is closed. The specific tab of the action will contain the command
to execute, see example shown below.

7.3 Dial by Name
The Dial by Name action allows callers to indicate the user or group that they require by dialing the name on their
telephone keypad and then making a selection from the matches found.
To use this feature the caller must use a telephone with DTMF dialing and with ITU alphabet letter keys as shown here.
The main pre-requisites before a Dial by Name action can be used are:
1.User Names
The user names are set through the IP Office Manager. Either the user's Name or Full Name field can be used for Dial
by Name. If the Full Name field is set then it takes precedence over the Name field.
· Changing Names
Voicemail Pro mailboxes are created to match existing user Name's. If a user Name is changed, Voicemail Pro will
create a new mailbox to match the new Name. Therefore care must be taken to ensure that Name field entries are as
accurate as possible when first setting up users. Using the Full Name field for Dial by Name is recommended as the
Full Name entry can be changed without affecting the existing mailbox entries.
2.User Name Recordings

Each mailbox to be included by the Dial by Name action needs to have had a user name recorded. This can be done in
two ways:
· Intuity Mailbox Mode

By default when the user first enters their mailbox, they will be asked to set their voicemail code password and then
to record their name.
· IP Office Mailbox Mode

In this mode you need to set up a call flow that allows users to record their name. In this document we have
included an example module that can be used for that purpose. The same module can also be used by Intuity mode
mailbox systems to let users re-record their names. For more information, see Adding a Record Name Module 328 .

Voicemail Pro Examples: Dial by Name
In this example, after selecting a name using the Dial by Name service, the caller is transferred to the matching
extension. If that extension doesn't answer or is busy the caller is transferred to leave a message.
1. In Voicemail Pro a new module was added called Dial by Name.
2. From Telephony Actions the Dial by name action was added.
3. From Telephony Actions an Assisted Transfer action was also added. In its properties Specific tab the Mailbox
was set as $KEY.
4. The Dial by name action's True result was connected to the Assisted Transfer action.
5. From Mailbox Actions a Leave Mail action was added.

Again in its Specific tab the Mailbox was set as $KEY. Links were added from the Assisted Transfer action's No
Answer and Busy results to this action.
To add a short code:

1. In IP Office Manager, a new system short code was added. For this example we chose *75 and then entered the
details as shown below.
Field Contains...
Code *75
Telephone Number "Dial by Name"
Line Group Id 0
2. After merging this back into the IP Office, users can dial *75 to access dial by name. They can also transfer callers
to this call flow.
3. The short code can be added a SoftConsole or DSS button. In addition, an Incoming Call Route could be used to
direct specific external calls direct to the function, for example if you had a specific external number used by
employees to ring in when off site.

7.3.2 Adding a Record Name Module
This module allows users to record/re-record their mailbox name. This, or a similar module, is necessary if Voicemail Pro
is using IP Office mailbox mode. However it is still useful if the Voicemail Pro is using Intuity mailbox mode as it gives
users quick access to re-record their name.
1. In Voicemail Pro, a new module called Record Name was added.
2. A Record Name action was added.
3. In the General tab of the Record Name action's properties we set the Pin as $. The $ means that caller's must enter
their voicemail code in order to use the action.
4. The Specific tab was left set to the Caller's Mailbox.
5. The module was saved and made live.
To add a Shortcode:
1. In IP Office Manager, a new system short code was added. In this example, we chose *74 and then entered the details
as shown in the table.
Field Contains...
Code *74
Telephone Number "Record Name"
Line Group Id 0
2. After merging this back into the IP Office, users can dial *74 at their extension to record their mailbox name.

Voicemail Pro Examples: Dial by Name
7.3.3 Using the Name Table
It is possible to create a service that will allow access to re-record the name of any mailbox. The NameWavsTable does
this by requesting an extension number and then allowing you to play, re-record and submit a name recording for that
extension. It then allows another extension number to be entered and so on.
Naturally if this option is used it should be behind suitable PIN code and other security protection as it allows the
recording of names for any mailbox.
To use the Name table:
1. In Voicemail Pro, create a new module.
2. Add a Goto action and open its properties.
3. In the General tab, enter a unique number in the Pin.
4. In the Specific tab, in Please select a node to go to enter NameWavsTable.
5. Click OK.
6. Using a short code or other method, create a route to the new module.
7.3.4 Changing Full Names

Users with DS port display phones can set and change the way in which their full name is displayed through their
telephone. This name will then be used for the text matching part of Dial by Name.
To changing your name using a telephone with a menu Key:
1. Press Menu twice.
2. Press and select ProgA.
3. Press and select Name.
4. Enter the new name. Use the dialing keys and Rotat to enter characters. For example, to enter an L, press the 5 key
and then press Rotat until an L is displayed. You can use the top-left display key to backspace.
5. When the text is as you require, press Done.
6. Press Exit .

7.4 Campaigns
A campaign is a series of questions and answers. Callers to a campaign hear the questions and give their responses,
either by speaking or using the telephone keypad.
Call processing agents can access a campaign to hear caller answers which they can then transcribe into a database or
other records. For more information, see Granting Access to a Campaign 335 .
· The directory in which campaign files should be stored is specified in the system preferences directory tab. For more
information, see Setting the Location of Voicemail System Folders 100 .
A Web Campaign Component is installed as part of a typical Voicemail Pro installation. If the Web Campaign was not
installed it can be added by doing a custom installation. For more information, see Installing Typical Voicemail Pro Server
and Client 28 or Installing Custom Voicemail Pro Server and Client 31 .

Voicemail Pro Examples: Campaigns
7.4.1 Managing Campaigns
A Campaign Wizard is used to manage campaigns. You can create new campaigns, modify existing campaigns and delete
campaigns.
To start the campaign Wizard:
1. Press F7 or click Campaign Editor. The Campaign Wizard Introduction window opens.
2. Select the required activity.
· Create a new Campaign

This option takes you through a series of campaign wizard menus to set the campaigns settings. For more
information, see To create a new campaign 331 .
· Modify an existing Campaign

This option displays a list of existing campaigns from which you can select the one you wish to modify. You will then
be taken through the campaign wizard menus for the campaign settings. For more information, see To modify a
campaign 331 .
· Delete an Existing Campaign

This option displays a list of existing campaign from which you can then select the campaign to delete. For more
information, see To delete a campaign 331 .
To create a new campaign:
1. Select the option Create a new Campaign from the Campaign Wizard Introduction page.
2. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Customer Prompts window opens.
· Click . The Please Edit the Campaign action window opens. For more information, see Customer Prompts 333 .
3. Click OK when you have entered the customer prompts. You return to the Campaign Wizard Customer Prompts
window.
4. Adjust the prompts as required.
· Edit action: - Edit the currently highlighted campaign action.
· Delete action: - Delete the currently highlighted campaign action.
· Move action: - Move the position of an action in the sequence of campaign actions.
5. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Customer Menu window opens.
· Select which options are available after the prompt is played. For more information, see Customer Menu 334 .
6. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Campaign Identification window opens.
· Enter the details on identifying the campaign. For more information, see Campaign Identification 335 .
7. Click Next. The last campaign wizard window opens confirming that a new campaign will now be produced.
8. Click Finish to create the campaign.
To modify a campaign:
1. Select the option Modify an existing Campaign from the Campaign Wizard Introduction page.
2. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Select an existing Campaign to modify window opens.
3. Click the required campaign and click Next. The Campaign Wizard Customer Prompts window opens.
· Amend the prompts as required. For more information, see Customer Prompts 333 .
4. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Customer Menu window opens.
· Amend which options are available as required. For more information, see Customer Menu 334 .
5. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Campaign Identification window opens.
· Amend any details on identifying the campaign. For more information, see Campaign Identification 335 .
6. Click Next. The last campaign wizard window opens confirming that the campaign will now be updated.
7. Click Finish to update the campaign.
To delete a campaign:
1. Select the option Delete an existing Campaign from the Campaign Wizard Introduction page.

2. Click Next. The Campaign Wizard Select an existing Campaign to delete window opens.
3. Click the required campaign and click Next. The last campaign wizard window opens confirming that the selected
campaign will be deleted.
4. Click Finish to delete the selected campaign.

7.4.2 Customer Prompts
The Customer Prompt window of the Campaign Wizard is used to set the sequence of questions that are played to callers
and to record their responses.
· Add action
To add a new campaign action, click Add action. The Please edit the Campaign action window opens.
· Edit action
Select the prompt or recording to edit then click Edit action. The Please edit the Campaign action window opens.
The Please edit the Campaign action window can be completed with the following information.
· Play a prompt to the customer

Select this option to play a prompt to the caller. Click to specify which prompt to play or create a new prompt in
the Wave Editor window. For more information, see Using the Wave Editor 208 .
· Allow the customer to input information

Select this option to if you want the action to record the caller's response.
· What type of input do you want

This option sets whether the voicemail server should Record voice or Record key presses.
· Please enter the maximum recording length or Please enter the maximum number of key presses.
The field name depends on the type of input chosen. The time specified in seconds sets the maximum length of
recording or the maximum number of key presses to record before the next action.
· Please enter a unique name that will describe the input

A name to associate with the action. The name should be a single word with no spaces.
· The following prompt will be played to an agent when the above data is reviewed
This option allows you to select or create a prompt that is played to agents before hearing the caller's response.
Click to specify which prompt to play or create a new prompt in the Wave Editor window. For more information,
see Using the Wave Editor 208 .

7.4.3 Customer Menu
After completing the sequence of questions and responses, the caller can be offered a menu of options. The Customer
Menu window of the Campaign Wizard is used to select the options available.
· Please select the prompt to be played after the customer has made their recordings
You can select or create a prompt that is then played to callers after completing the sequence of questions and
answers. The prompt should inform the customer of which actions selected from the list they can use. Click to
specify which prompt to play or create a new prompt in the Wave Editor window. For more information, see Using the
Wave Editor 208 .
· Please select which options will be available to the customer after the above prompt has played
Check the boxes to select the options that will be available to the customer. The customer then needs to press the
corresponding key.
· Save the Campaign (and then quit)

Saves caller responses and then disconnects the caller.
· Play back response to the Campaign

Plays back the customers responses to them and then repeats this customer menu.
· Restart the whole Campaign

Delete the customers responses and restarts the sequence of questions and answers.
· Quit the Campaign (without saving)

Disconnects the customer without saving their responses.
· Move options
You can move the currently highlighted option so that the key presses associated with the options differ.
· Timeout
Sets how long the voicemail server should wait for an answer before following the No Answer connection.

7.4.4 Campaign Identification
The Campaign Identification window of the Campaign Wizard is used to set a park location for the campaign and to name
the campaign.
· Where should this Campaign be parked

Enter a park slot number for the campaign. This number can be programmed under a DSS key. That key can then be
used by agents to access the campaign. If the DSS key also incorporates a BLF lamp, that lamp is lit when new
campaign messages are left.
· The name of the Campaign is

Enter a name for the campaign.
7.4.5 Granting Access to a Campaign

A campaign can be accessed by:
· Using the Campaign Action

The Campaign action is used to route calls into a campaign after those calls have been routed to an appropriate start
point on the voicemail server. The action's properties set whether the call is treated as a caller to the campaign or an
agent processing the campaign messages. For more information, see Campaign Action 224 .
· Using the Park Slot number 336

Through a Web Browser. For more information, see Using the Web Campaign 337 .
When an agent accesses the messages waiting in a campaign using either if the first two methods, they have a number
of telephone controls available.
1 Go to the start of the call.

2 Rewind.
3 Stop processing the message.
4 Mark call as processed and delete.
5 Mark call as processed and save.
7 Previous response.
8 Start of response.
9 Next response.
0 Pause.
# Fast forward.
* Rewind.

The Park Slot number assigned to the Campaign can be used with programmable buttons. The advantage is that if the
telephone has a message waiting lamp, the lamp will be lit when there are campaign messages waiting to be processed.
· Phone Manager park slot keys cannot be used for this function.
To assign a campaign to a programmable button:
1. In IP Office Manager, receive the IP Office configuration.
2. Open the required User form.
3. Select the Button Programming tab.
4. Select a free button
· Right-click in the Action field.
· Select Emulation > Call Park.
· Right-click in the Action Data field. Enter the campaign's park slot number.
5. Save the configuration back to the IP Office and reboot.
6. Wait until voicemail services have restarted.
7. The programmable button on the user's telephone will flashing red when there are new messages in the campaigns
park slot.
· Press the button to display the campaign name and number of messages.
· Press the button again to start processing those messages.
The UnPark Call function can also be used to collect the calls, but this method does not provide any visual feedback when
messages are present.
To use the UnPark Call function:
1. Select a free programmable button
3. Select Advanced > Call > UnPark Call.

7.4.6 Using the Web Campaign
The Web Campaign Component allows access to play and change the status of campaign messages through a Web
browser.
· Anyone who wants to use the web campaigns must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or higher (not Netscape).
Their PC must also have multimedia sound capabilities. The Web campaign user must also have a voicemail mailbox.
The name of their mailbox is requested when the user browses the campaign messages.
· During installation of the Campaign Web Component, the root address of the web server is requested. A folder called
campaign is then added to that root. The web address for browsing will normally be set up as a link from a page within
a company intranet rather than typed directly by users.
· Access must be via http: and not network file routing.
To view open the Campaign Web Campaign:
1. Open your internet browser.
2. Type the address http://<server address>/campaign/campcgi.html. The log in window opens.
3. (Optional) To change the language click the language Continue button. A menu containing the countries flag is shown.
If you place your mouse cursor over a flag, the language that it represents in indicated.
· Click the required flag to change the language.
4. (Optional) To change the sound preferences click the Sound Prefs Continue button.
· Select the playback type of either the browser default or as background. The option background is the default
selection.
· Click Back to continue.
5. Enter your mailbox box name in the User Name field.

6. Click Continue. The Campaign Web interface opens.
7. Select the campaign results that you want to view.
8. Select the type of results that you want to view.

9. Click Submit to view the results. The details are listed in the main part of the window.

Chapter 8.
Appendix

8. Appendix
8.1 Installing IMS
Integrated Messaging Service (IMS) is an addition component to Voicemail Pro. It allows users to deal with voicemail
messages through their normal email interface (Microsoft Outlook or Exchange). Voicemail messages can still be handled
conventionally using just the telephone.
With IMS, voicemail messages are presented with a special icon in the user's email inbox. When a voicemail is opened, a
special form appears which enables the user to play back the message on their telephone. The voicemail message itself
remains on the voicemail server.
When a voicemail is read, forwarded or deleted, either from the email or by using the phone, its status is reflected in
both the mailbox and the email inbox.
· Playing Messages Through the PC

Normally IMS plays the voicemail messages through the PC user's telephone. IMS can be set up to send the voicemail
messages as wav files which are played using the PC's sound capabilities. However, this creates a heavy load on the
network and servers and so is not recommended. Typically, one minute of speech requires the transfer of a 1MB file
across the network.
· Required Network and Exchange Server Knowledge

Installation of IMS requires access to the customer's Exchange server and to other critical components of their
network. The installation should be performed only by an installer with good knowledge of Exchange Server and
Microsoft network setup. The installation should also be performed only in conjunction with the customer's network
manager.

Appendix: Installing IMS
8.1.1 IMS Limitations
IMS is designed to work in a system that comprises one IP Office and one Microsoft Exchange Server. It can be used in a
system with more than one telephone system as long as that system has centralized voicemail using just one voicemail
server.
IMS cannot be used to:

· Compose a new voicemail.
· Reply to a voicemail.
· Add comments to a forwarded voicemail.
· Mark a voicemail as urgent.
· Voicemails should not be placed in Public Folders.
· Clients that do not use TCP/IP are not supported.
· When it starts up, IMS only scans the root inbox for new messages.
· IMS does not distinguish between normal messages and those marked as private or priority.

8.1.2 IMS Components
IMS consists of the following components.
· Voicemail Pro
Provides voicemail services to the IP Office users.
· IMS Server
This consists of two services installed on the Voicemail Pro Server PC:
· IMS Voice Service

Handles the delivery of messages when the user selects to play a message from Outlook.
· IMS Gateway Service

Interacts with the Voicemail Pro Server, the Exchange Server and the IMS Clients. Stores the current known status
of voicemail messages and mirrors that status in both user's email and voicemail mailboxes.
· Microsoft Exchange Server

The customer's MS Exchange server.
· IMS Administration Tool

This tool is used to maintain the association of voicemail mailboxes to email mailboxes.
The following components are required on the user PCs.
· Microsoft Exchange or Outlook

Microsoft Exchange Client or Outlook 97 or higher. Outlook 2003 (Cache Mode off)
· IMS Client
Installed on each email user's PC. This provides a voicemail interface within the user's Microsoft Exchange or Outlook
program.

8.1.3 IMS Client PC Requirements
These are the general requirement for a user PC to run the IMS Client application.
1. Minimum PC specification for an IMS Client PC
These are minimum specifications and in most cases will not meet the customer's expectations for acceptable
performance. The end user's PC should be a newer PC to meet the customer's expectations and will far exceed the
minimum specs listed above.
RAM HD Pentium Celeron AMD XP Pro 2000 Pro 2003
64MB 160Mb 800MHz Celeron 3 Althon B

800MHz 650Mhz
2. The client must use TCP/IP networking.

3. Users must be members of the same Domain as the IMS/Voicemail Pro Server.
4. The supported email services are MS Exchange 2000 and 2003.
5. The IMS client is supported with Microsoft Outlook 2000/2003 with cache mode off.
6. If you are the installer or system administrator, you must log on to the Client PC as the person who is going to be
using the IMS software and you must have Administrator rights for that PC to install the software.
7. Outlook must already be installed and configured on the user's PC. Test this by using Outlook to send a test
message.

8.1.4 IMS Server PC Requirements
In addition to the Voicemail Pro server requirements, IMS requires the following.
· The voicemail server to use MAPI.
· Access to a Microsoft Exchange 5.5, 2000 or 2003 (SP1 and SP4) server.
· An Exchange User account for user IMS.
· A list equating Exchange User account names with voicemail box users.
· Use of the Large Fonts setting is not supported. Use of this option may cause options on some screens to become
inaccessible.
Operating System Support

Voicemail Pro with IMS is only supported on the following Windows operating systems:
· Windows 2000 Server with SP2.
· Windows 2003 Server with SP1.
· Windows 64-bit versions of the above are not supported.
· Variants of the above such as Windows SBC and Windows DataCenter are supported.
· No other operating systems are supported.
Network Requirements
· 100Mbps network card.
· The server PC should be configured and tested for TCP/IP networking.
· We strongly recommend that the voicemail server PC is connected to the IP Office Control Unit directly. If this is
not possible it should be connected via a LAN switch rather than a LAN hub.
· If directly connected to the IP Office control unit, change the settings of the PC network card to match the IP Office
control unit as listed in the table below.
· All IP Office LAN ports are 10Mbps/100Mbps auto sensing but it is recommended that the settings of the LAN
switch port or network card connected to the IP Office are set as listed in the table below.
IP Office Control Unit Use Port Speed Duplex
Small Office Edition Any LAN port 100Mbps Full duplex
IP406 V2 Any LAN port 100Mbps Full duplex
IP412 LAN1 100Mbps Half duplex
IP Office 500 LAN 100Mbps Full duplex
· The PC should have a fixed IP address. Although PCs in a DHCP network may retain the same IP address between
reboots this is not guaranteed.
· If the IP Office is acting as the DHCP server, it defaults to using 192.168.42.2 to 192.168.42.201 for DHCP
clients. This leaves 192.168.42.202 to 192.168.42.254 for devices that require fixed IP addresses.
Disk Space Requirements

A Voicemail Pro installation including VPNM and IMS requires the following free hard disk space.
· Up to 2GB of disk space for the software and language prompts
· An additional 1MB of disk space per minute for messages and other recordings.
· For Avaya IP Office Small Office Edition, you can expect to require at least 200 minutes of message recording space
which is 200MB.
· For a busy environment you can expect to require at least 1000 minutes of message recording space, that is 1GB.

8.1.5 IMS Server Installation
8.1.5.1 Installation Checks
Before proceeding with installation ensure that the following requirements are meet:
1.Preparation
1.1.¨ Read the Documentation in Full

Ensure that you have read the documentation for IMS Installation in full and have note all the additional
requirements for the IMS server, domain interaction and IMS client setup.
1.2.¨ Read the IP Office Technical Bulletins

Ensure that you have read the IP Office Technical Bulletins relating to the IP Office core software and the Voicemail
Pro software being installed. These can be obtained from http://support.avaya.com and from http://marketingtools.
avaya.com/knowledgebase.
2.Information Required
2.1.¨ IP Office Feature Key Dongle Serial Number

This is printed on the Feature Key, prefixed with S/N.
2.2.¨ IP Office Licenses

Ensure that the details of the supplied licenses match the Feature Key serial number. The minimum required licenses
for Voicemail Pro with IMS are:
· ¨ Voicemail Pro (4 ports) license.
· ¨ Integrated Messaging license.
· Additional Voicemail Pro (ports) licenses may be required depending of the number of simultaneous voicemail
accesses and users.
· For IP Office 500 systems an IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license is also required.
2.3.¨ IP Office System Details

Service User name and password for access to the IP Office system configuration.
2.4.¨ Network Administration Access

Contact details of the network and Exchange server administrator.
2.5.¨ User Details

Listing linking email accounts and IP Office user names. Also detailing the location and contact information for the
users.
3.Materials Required
3.1.¨ IP Office Administration Applications CD.
3.2.¨ IP Office Voicemail Pro CD.
3.3.¨ IP Office Application Firewall Batch File

This file can be obtained from http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/tools/firewall.
4.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Creating the IMS Account 348 .

8.1.5.2 Creating the IMS Account
A domain user and mailbox account must already exist for the account named IMS. For information about creating this
account, see Creating and Configuring the IMS Account. The Voicemail Pro software needs to be installed using an
account with full administrator rights on the PC. The service subsequently runs under that account. We required that a
specific account, IMS is created for this purpose and set so that its password does not expire.
The IMS account must be a member of the administrator’s group on the IMS server PC. Note, it is not necessary to be a
domain administrator, but must be a member of the administrators group on the PC to be able to start the IMS and
Voicemail Pro services.
To create and configure a domain user and mailbox account called IMS:
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Installation Checks 347 .
2. Working with the network administrator, create an account called IMS on the domain and an associated mailbox
on the exchange server. Provide a secure password and ensure User Cannot Change Password and Password
Never Expires are checked.
3. Make sure that the server PC that will be running IMS and Voicemail Pro is a member of the same domain as the
Exchange server.
· Log on using an account with administrative permissions on the domain.
· Right-click My Computer. Select Properties and select the Network Identification Tab.
4. On the server PC, select Administrative Tools > Computer Management > Groups.
5. Select Add. From the Look In list select the domain name.
6. In the Name window, highlight the IMS account and click Add. Click OK twice.
7. Log out and log back in with the IMS account.
8. On the desktop, right-click the Outlook icon and select Properties to configure the IMS Account.
9. On the Mail Properties > General Screen, click Add.
10. Check the Microsoft Exchange checkbox and click Next.
11. Type in the Exchange servers name in the Server field, and IMS account in the Mailbox field. Please note, if
using Outlook 2003 uncheck Cache Mode. Click Next.
12. Select No when asked if you travel with this computer. Click Next.
13. Click Finish.
14. Highlight the MS Exchange Settings and click Properties.
15. Highlight Microsoft Exchange Server and click Properties.
16. Click Check name and ensure the name is resolved.
17. If the name is resolved, select Apply. Click OK twice and then click Close.
18. Do not continue until the name has been correctly resolved with the Exchange Server. If the name is not correctly
resolved, check the Exchange and Mail account details with the Exchange Administrator.
19. Open Outlook and select Yes to register Outlook as the Default eMail application.
20. Verify that you can send and receive emails.
21. Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to IMS Server Preparation 349 .

8.1.5.3 IMS Server Preparation
1. ¨ Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Creating the IMS Account 348 .
2. ¨ Log on to the server PC using the IMS account and check the follow requirements.
3. ¨ The Server is a Member of the Domain

The IMS Server MUST be a member of the customer’s domain.
4. ¨ The Domain Has an User and Email Account IMS

A domain user and mailbox account must already exist for the account named IMS. The Voicemail Pro software must
be installed using this account with full administrator rights on the PC. The services subsequently run using that
account.
5. ¨ The IMS Account Has Admin Rights on the IMS Server

The IMS account must be a member of the administrator’s group on the IMS server PC. Note, it is not necessary to be
a domain administrator, but must be a member of the administrators group on the PC to be able to start the IMS and
Voicemail Pro services.
6. ¨ The Server's Outlook Client is Configured for the IMS Account

Check that the Outlook or Exchange client on the server PC is configured to use the same account (IMS).
7. ¨ Test Email Operation

Log into the PC with this account (IMS) and verify that you can send and receive emails using this account.
8. ¨ IP Office Manager is Installed

A PC with IP Office Manager and Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 and Enable network COM+ access are installed on the
IMS/Voicemail Pro server. If .NET 2.0 is not detected, you will be prompted to install it before the Voicemail Pro
installation proceeds.
9. ¨ Check or Disable IP Office Voicemail Email Settings

In the IP Office Manager, the Voicemail Email settings under the voicemail/user tab are switched off or are set to a
different email account then the one you will be using with IMS. This is because the IP Office configuration settings for
each user do not apply to IMS. They are usually switched off by default but it is advisable to check before you start the
installation. For more information, see the IP Office Manager help. Please note Voicemail to Email can be used in
conjunction to IMS for example to send an SMS alert to your SMS enabled cell phone but if set to the same Outlook
email account as IMS would result in two emails being delivered to the user, one that synchronized with their voicemail
and one that did not.
10.¨ Disable any Server PC Power Saving Mode

Switch off any PC and hard disk sleep, power down, suspend and hibernation modes.

11.Disable Network Card Power Saving
Disable any Network Card including the power save options for the NIC card under the properties of the installed
network card.
12.If the server PC is directly connected to the IP Office control unit, adjust the NIC port settings to match the IP Office
as follows. If connected via a LAN switch, check the LAN switch manufacturers documentation for details of the
optimum port settings.
IP Office Control Unit Use Port Speed Duplex
Small Office Edition Any LAN port 100Mbps Full duplex
IP406 V2 Any LAN port 100Mbps Full duplex
IP412 LAN1 100Mbps Half duplex
IP Office 500 LAN 100Mbps Full duplex
13.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Entering the IMS Licenses 351 .

8.1.5.4 Entering the IMS Licenses
The Voicemail Pro must have licenses for itself, any additional voicemail ports required and for IMS. You must check that
these have been entered into the IP Office systems configuration and that they are valid. IP Office 500 systems will also
require the IP500 Upgrade Standard to Professional license.
Without valid licenses the Voicemail Pro will operate for 2 hours before stopping and IMS will not operate at all.
The licenses supplied must match the serial number of the IP Office Feature Key. This is printed on the Feature Key and
in IP Office 4.0+ systems can be checked through the Feature Key Serial Number field on the System | System tab
in IP Office Manager.
Checking Licenses
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in IMS Server Preparation 349 .
2. If not already in place, the IP Office Feature Key must be installed.
2.1.USB or Parallel Port Feature Key

These types of keys can be attached to the same PC as the Voicemail Pro server. The IP Office Feature Key
Server application must be installed on the PC also. Check that the application is running and the key
recognised before proceeding.
3. Serial Port Feature Key
This type of key is connected directly to the DTE port of the IP Office control unit. It does not require the
Feature Key Server software to be installed on any PC.
4. IP Office 500 Smart Card Feature Key
This is the only type of Feature Key supported by IP 500 Office systems. It does not require the Feature Key
Server software to be installed on any PC.
5. Start IP Office Manager and receive the current configuration from the IP Office system.
6. On the System | System tab, check that the License Server IP Address is set correctly. For USB and parallel port
keys it should be set to the IP address of the PC hosting the key and running the IP Office Feature Key Server
software. For the serial port keys it should be set to 0.0.0.0. For IP Office 500 systems the field is not used.
7. Select Licence.
8. If licenses have been entered already, check that their Status is listed as Valid.
9. Click and select License.
10.Enter one of the supplied licenses for Voicemail Pro and IMS.
11.Click OK.
12.Repeat until all the licenses are entered.
13.Click to send the updated configuration back to the IP Office.
14.Reload the configuration again and check that the Status for all licenses is now Valid.
14.1.This screen shot only shows the licenses for Voicemail Pro and IMS. Additional licenses may be present for other
Voicemail Pro and IP Office features. Do not remove or alter any licenses.
15.If otherwise do not proceed any further until the issue with license validation is resolved.
16.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Installing the IMS and Voicemail Pro
Software 352 .

8.1.5.5 Installing the IMS and Voicemail Pro Software
Do not start to install the IMS software before you have completed the necessary pre-installation checks.
To install the IMS and Voicemail Pro Software:
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Entering the IMS Licenses 351 .
2. Verify that you are logged in with the IMS account and that the account is a member of the Administrator group on PC
or is a domain Admin.
3. Verify that Outlook is installed and setup for the IMS account and that you can send and receive emails.
7. If the following window below opens, Voicemail Pro is already installed.
7.1.Select Modify and click next to see if IMS has already been installed.
· If IMS and Voicemail Pro have already been installed you will need to upgrade rather than install a new version.
For more information, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 378 .
· If Voicemail Pro has been installed but not IMS, backup the call flow as described in Upgrading a Voicemail Pro
System 378 and then uninstall Voicemail Pro and reboot the PC and proceed with the installation of Voicemail Pro
and IMS.
10.In the same window choose the option that determines who should be able to use Voicemail Pro when it has been
11.In the Customer Information window, click Next.
12.The Choose Destination Location window opens. Unless there are specific reasons for changing the location, the
default setting is recommended. Click Next.
13.The Messaging Components window opens. Select Voicemail Pro (Full) and click Next.
14.The Setup Type window opens. In the Setup Type window, select Custom.
15.Click Next.
16.The Select Features window opens so that you can select which additional Voicemail Pro features to install. For IMS
ensure that the settings are as follows:

16.1.Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component is not required for IMS but is installed as part of a typical
VoicemailProServer installation. If a web server has already been installed but the Voicemail Pro Campaign Web
Component is not required, uncheck it to remove it. If Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component is required for other
use, make sure that it is checked so that it is not removed.
16.2.Ensure that Voicemail Pro Client and Voicemail Pro Service are checked.
16.3.Check any additional languages that are required. It is recommended that either English or English US is always
selected (installed by default) in addition to any languages that are required by the customer.
· Important
Do not uncheck any other boxes as this will remove the corresponding software features.
16.4.Scroll down and check Integrated Messaging Service. That should automatically select all the components for
IMS.
16.5.Click Next.
17.If you have chosen to install the Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component, the Select the Web Server root
directory window opens.
17.1.Type the path to the folder where you would like to save the web campaign web pages. Alternatively, use the
default location or click Browse and select a folder to use. Click Next.
17.2.The Select the Destination of the Script directory of Your Web window opens. Type the path to the folder
where the web campaign components are to be installed. Alternatively, use the default location or click Browse and
select a folder to use. Click Next.
18.The Service Account Name window opens. Details of the default administrator account are already filled in.

19.In the Service Account Name window, type the User Name and Password for the IMS account created previously
on the domain and Exchange server.
19.1.Alternatively, click Browse and select from the list of available network accounts. The IMS account should show
up in the list. Verify that you can browse for this account. Make sure the IT manager has not hidden this account for
Exchange or has separated this account in Active Directory.
20.Click Next.
21.The Select Program Folder window opens. It is recommended that you use the default folder, IP Office, which will
already be shown. Click Next.
22.The Start Copying Files window opens. You are presented with a summary of the settings that you have chosen so
far. Review the settings to make sure that they are what you expect. In particular, check that the required languages
are listed. Scroll down if necessary. The minimum requirements for IMS are listed below. If for any reason the details
are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes.
22.1.Voicemail Pro
- Voicemail Pro Client.
- Voicemail Pro Service.
22.2.Integrated Messaging Service.

- IMS Client Package.
- IMS Database Service.
- IMS Gateway Service.
- IMS Voice Service.
- IMS Administration Tool.
23.When you are satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying the files. The Setup Status window
opens to keep you informed while the installation takes place.
24.When the installation is complete, click Finish to restart now.
25.An attempt is made to start all services associated with Voicemail Pro and IMS.
26.After the services have started, the installation process continues.

27.The IP Office Voicemail Pro - System Settings window opens.
28.Select the required logging levels. Logging may be useful for fault diagnostics. You can switch logging off after you
have verified that IMS is working correctly. Click Next.
29.The IP Office Voicemail Pro - Path Settings window opens.
30.Enter the name of the server PC on which Voicemail Pro and IMS have been installed. In most cases the name is
detected automatically and filled in for you. If not, click Browse and provide the name of the Integrated Message
Voice Server. If this fails it is most likely because the IMS Gateway Service is not running.

31.Click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro - Email Settings window opens.
32.In the Account Details field, type the name of the account IMS. Alternatively, click Browse and find the IMS
account.
32.1.If wav files of voicemail messages are to be sent in emails rather than left just in the voicemail mailbox check
Transmit Wave Files. Sending .wav files across a network creates a high loading on the network and network
servers. A one minute message requires a 1MB .wav file. Choose either:
33.Click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro - SMTP Email Settings window opens. Note that IMS uses MAPI so this
setting does not pertain to IMS but Voicemail to Email.
34.Click Finish. An attempt is made to validate the SMTP email settings. If the attempt to connect with the SMTP server
fails, an error message is displayed. This can be ignored if SMTP is not being used (which it is not for IMS services).

8.1.5.6 Check the IMS Services
If Voicemail Pro has been installed successfully, the voicemail service is started automatically. However it is useful to
check them and to know how to stop-start the services manually.
To check/restart the Voicemail Pro and IMS Services
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Installing the IMS and Voicemail Pro
Software 352 .
4. The Voicemail Pro service and IMS services should be visible. Their Status should be Started and the Startup Type
should be set to Automatic.
5. The details should also show that the services are running under the IMS account.
6. If it necessary to manually restart the services, ensure that the following order is used: VMProDBService (if
installed), Voicemail Pro Service, IMS(Restart), IMS(Voice) and finally IMS(Gateway).
7. Close Services.
8. Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Initializing the Call Flow 358 .

@echo off
timeout /t 60

8.1.5.7 Initializing the Call Flow
This stage will check both that the Voicemail Pro Client can connect to the Voicemail Pro Server, and also initialize the call
flows.
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Check the IMS Services 357 .
2. Select Start | Programs | IP Office | Voicemail Pro Client.
3. The Voicemail Pro Client should start and display Connecting to the Local Server.
4. Once it has connected the various navigation panes should show content.
3. Select Yes.
5. Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Associating Voice Mailboxes with Email
Addresses 359 .

8.1.5.8 Associating Voice Mailboxes with Email Addresses
When you have installed IMS, started the Voicemail Pro server, you are ready to associate the user voicemail mailboxes
with email mailboxes on the Exchange Server. This is done using the IMS Administration tool.
To associate a voice mailbox with an email address
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Initializing the Call Flow 358 .
2. From the Start menu, select Programs | IP Office | IMS Administration Tool.
3. From the Server menu, if the server is not already populated, select Add. The New Integrated Messaging Server
window opens.
4. In the Server field, type the name of the IMS Server or click Browse and select a server. When the server has been
added, the name is displayed with a [+] plus icon.
5. Expand the [+] icon to show configurable options.
6. Highlight Integrated Messaging Associations. After a few moments the voice mailboxes are displayed in the right-
hand window.
7. Select a voice mailbox to configure and double-click it to see its properties.
8. In the Associated Email Address field, select Change and select the relevant email address of the associated user.
9. If the mail settings need to be different from the default settings, select the User Properties tab and configure as
applicable and select OK.
10.In the Primary NT Account field click Select Existing and select the relevant domain user account of the associated
user. Note, if the user is opening multiple inbox accounts all have to be added.
10.1.IP Office Integrated Messaging Pro (IMS) clients may appear to respond slowly or even lock up where the IMS
client user has defined one or more delegates in Microsoft Outlook. All delegates of an IMS Client’s Outlook should
have their domain account and email address added into the permissions field, with Access permission selected.
11.When complete, click the Synchronize Mailboxes icon to synchronize the mailboxes. Alternatively, click Selecting
Mailboxes and Synchronize on the menu bar.
12.Close the IMS Administration Tool.
13.Make a call to one of the users that you have just associated and leave a message in their voicemail mailbox. A short
while after hanging up a message should arrive in the user’s mailbox.
14.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to IMS Client Requirements 360 .

8.1.6 IMS Client Installation
8.1.6.1 IMS Client Requirements
During installation of the IMS Server, the IMS Client Installer package is copied to C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office
\Voicemail Pro\IMS\Client and is automatically shared as IMSClient. The installer, called IMSClient.exe is
approximately 10.1MB is size. You need to install the IMS Client on the PC of each user who want to use IMS.
· CRITICAL WARNING
Do not install the IMS Client on the same PC as the Voicemail Pro / IMS Server.
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Associating Voice Mailboxes with Email
Addresses 359 .
2. Minimum PC specification for an IMS Client PC
These are minimum specifications and in most cases will not meet the customer's expectations for acceptable
performance. The end user's PC should be a newer PC to meet the customer's expectations and will far exceed the
minimum specs listed above.
RAM HD Pentium Celeron AMD XP Pro 2000 Pro 2003
64MB 160Mb 800MHz Celeron 3 Althon B

800MHz 650Mhz
3. If the client PC is a Windows server, it must:
· Meet minimum hardware and operating system requirements for an IMS server, see IMS Server PC Requirements 346
.
· Not be a Domain Controller.
· Not be the Voicemail Pro / IMS Server.
4. Clients must use TCP/IP networking.
5. Users must be members of the same Domain as the IMS/Voicemail Pro Server.
6. The supported email services are MS Exchange 2000 and 2003.
7. The IMS client is supported with Microsoft Outlook 2000/2003 with cache mode off.
8. If you are the installer or system administrator, you must log on to the Client PC as the person who is going to be
using the IMS software and you must have Administrator rights for that PC to install the software.
9. Outlook must already be installed and configured on the user's PC. Test this by using Outlook to send a test message.
10.The Integrated Messaging Server must already be installed and running.
11.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Adjusting DCOM Settings 361 .

8.1.6.2 Adjusting DCOM Settings
Microsoft have significantly increased the security around many operations included application access to functions such
as email. The following DCOM changes are therefore essential for support of IMS and must be performed before installing
the IMS Client.
The DCOM changes can be done either through a security policy that is then applied to all PC's in the domain, otherwise
the individual settings on each client PC must be adjusted.
To set the Client PC's DCOM Settings
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in IMS Client Requirements 360 .
2. Using one of the methods described below, ensure that the DCOM settings of the client PC are adjusted to support
interaction with the IMS server.
· B2a. Setting the Changes on a DCOM Security Policy.
· B2b. DCOM Settings for a Windows 2000 PC.
· B2c. DCOM Settings for XP Pro and Windows 2003 PC's.
3. Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Installing the IMS Client Software 372 .

B2a. Setting the Changes in a DCOM Security Policy
Setting all DCOM security settings for a domain to work with IMS. After setting the DCOM options, this is now a domain
wide policy and when the IMS clients are installed and the computer is rebooted and the user logs on, these settings will
be pushed to the end user. Doing this as a policy simplifies the installation process for IMS.
1. On the domain controller, open Active Directory Users and Computers, right click on the domain to be administered
and select Properties.
2. Select the Group Policy tab.

3. Double click Default Domain Policy. Drill down to Computer | Windows Settings | Security Settings | Local
Policies | Security Options.
4. Search for the DCOM Machine Access Restrictions ... entry and double click on that entry.
5. Check Define this policy setting and then click Edit Security.
6. Add the Everyone and Anonymous Logon users and set them to Allow for remote and local access. Click OK.

7. Click OK.
8. Repeat this process for all DCOM entries.

B2b. DCOM Settings for a Windows 2000 PC
This process adjusts the DCOM settings on an individual PC running Windows 2000.
1. Select Start | Run.
2. Enter DCOMCNFG and click OK.
3. On the Default Properties tab, set the following:
· Enable Distributed Com on this computer.
· Default Authentication Level set to “NONE”
· Default Impersonation Level set to “Impersonate”.

4. Click on the Default Security tab.
5. Click on the Edit Default button for Default Access Permissions.
6. The Everyone Group should have Allow Access set. Click OK.

7. Click on the Edit Default button for Default Launch Permissions.
8. The Everyone Group should have Allow Launch set. Click OK.
9. Click on Edit Default button for Default Configuration Permissions.
10.The Everyone Group should have Full Control set. Click OK.
11.Click Apply.
12.Click OK.
13.Reboot the PC.

B2c. DCOM Settings for XP Pro SP2 and Windows 2003 SP1 PC's
This process adjusts the DCOM settings on an individual PC running either Windows XP Pro SP2 or Windows 2003 SP1.
1. Select Start | Run.
2. Enter DCOMCNFG and click OK.
· Windows XP may attempt to block the Microsoft Management Console. Select Unblock to continue.
3. Click on Component Services. and then Computers.
4. Right click on My Computer and choose Properties.

5. Select the COM Security tab. Note: Windows XP , Windows XP Service Pack 1 and Windows Server 2003 without SP1
will only have Edit Defaults.

6. Edit the limits for Access Permissions and Launch and Activation Permissions to allow Remote Access and
Remote Launch/Activation permissions for Anonymous Logon and Everyone. Note: Windows XP, Windows XP
SP1, and Windows 2000 Server grant the Everyone all Permissions.

7. On the Default Properties tab set the following:
· Enable Distributed Com on this computer.
· Default Authentication Level set to NONE.
· Default Impersonation Level set to Impersonate.
8. Reboot the PC.

8.1.6.3 Installing the IMS Client Software
To install the IMS Client software:
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Adjusting DCOM Settings 361 .
2. Copy the IMS Client installer package to a CD or map a network drive to the folder as follows \\VMProIMSPC
\IMSClient. This is done automatically when you install IMS on the Voicemail Pro/IMS server.
3. Log on to the user's PC using the user's account.
4. Verify that the user has local administrative rights to be able to install the software. Once installed they should not
need administrator rights to use the application.
5. Save and close all other applications prior to installing as a reboot will be required.
6. Depending on where it is located, double-click the IMSClient.exe file.
7. Choose the preferred Language and select OK.
8. Click Next until you see the IMS Connection Information window.
9. Enter the following information:
· Voicemail Mailbox
This is the entry as it appears in the Username field of the IP Office User Profile Screen. This is case-sensitive. If this
information is not entered correctly, the IMS client will not connect to the IMS Server.
· IMS Server
This is the name of the IMS/Voicemail Pro Server.
10.Click Next. The IMS Playback Parameters window opens.
11.Type the extension number of the handset to be used for playing back messages.
12.If required, check Pick Up Automatically for the option to collect messages without the need to pick up the handset.
This is supported on analog extensions.
13.When prompted to Restart the PC, click Finish to restart the PC.
· If you attempt to open Outlook without restarting the computer, you will receive an error to tell you a component
has not been installed correctly. It is therefore recommended that you restart the computer when prompted.
14.Typically when starting Outlook if there is a connection error, a message should be received while Outlook is starting,
asking for a user name and password.
· On the Outlook Menu Bar, Select Tools – Integrated Messaging. If the IMS Client has connected you should only have
the option to Disconnect. If this is the case you have successfully installed the IMS Client on the workstation.
· A further indication will be a Telephone Icon in the mail message. If the Client has not been installed, this icon will
not be displayed.
15.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Opening the Firewall 373 .

8.1.6.4 Opening the Firewall
It is necessary to create firewall exceptions for the IMS client application after its installation. Even if the user does not
have a firewall or uses a firewall other than the default Windows firewall, it is recommended that the process for the
Windows firewall is applied.
If the firewall being used is the default Windows Firewall, the necessary exceptions can be setup by running the batch file
AvayaFW.bat. This file is available from the http://marketingtools.avaya.com/knowledgebase/tools/firewall. It is
recommended that this file is running even if the user is not using the firewall.
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Installing the IMS Client Software 372 .
2. Unzip AvayaFW.bat from the AvayaFW.zip file.
3. If the path to which applications are being installed is not the default, modify the %ProgramFiles% setting within the
file.
4. Run the batch file on the user's PC.
Settings for Other Firewalls

If the user's PC uses a firewall other than the default Windows firewall, the method of setting up the necessary
exceptions will vary. For the IMS Client the necessary exceptions are:
· C:\ProgramFiles\Avaya\IMS Client\UMSForm.exe
· UDP Port 67
· UDP Port 69
· TCP Port 135
· TCP Port 2000
· UDP Port 50791
· UDP Port 50799

8.1.6.5 Testing IMS Client Installation
Typically, when starting Outlook if there is a IMS connection error, a message may be received while Outlook is starting,
asking for a user name and password. Please recheck the DCOM settings and verify that the Windows Firewall exceptions
have been setup properly. Next verify that the IMS client has been installed properly.
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Opening the Firewall 373 .
2. In Outlook, select Tools > Integrated Messaging.
3. If the IMS Client has connected you should only have the option to Disconnect. If this is the case you have
successfully installed the IMS Client on the workstation. If you can not connect:
3.1.Verify that the mailbox is set properly to the user’s Name in Manager.
3.2.Check that the proper Voicemail Pro machine name was given when installing the client software.
3.3.Check the DCOM settings or the Windows Firewall settings not being modified.
4. If the Integrated Messaging tab does not show up in Outlook Tools > Integrated Messaging or under
Tools>Options>Integrated Messaging, verify that the IMSClient has not been disabled in Outlook.
4.1.In Outlook click Help>About Microsoft Office Outlook.
4.2.Click Disabled Items. If the IMS Client is listed, select it and click Enable.

4.3.You will have to close and reopen Outlook for it to appear.
4.4.You should see a Telephone Icon in the mail message when you have a voicemail message.
4.5.If the Client has not been installed, or has not been installed correctly, the telephone icon will not be displayed. Try
uninstalling rebooting and reinstalling. Alternatively you may have to manually install the form as detailed below.
4.6.Only when you have completed the above process should you proceed to Observing Exchange Operation 377 .

To Manually Install the Form
1. In Outlook select Tools | Options.
2. Select the Other tab.
3. Click Advanced Options.
4. Click Custom Forms and then Manage Forms.
5. Click Install and browse to and select C:\Program Files\Avaya\IMS Client\UMSForm.CFG.
6. The form properties are shown. Select OK.
7. The IMS form should now be listed.
8. Click Close and then OK, OK, OK.
9. Close and restart Outlook.

8.1.6.6 Observing Exchange Operation
It is useful to check that the IMS Account has logged onto the Exchange Server correctly.
To check and observe IMS operation:
1. Do not proceed with this process until you have completed the steps in Testing IMS Client Installation 374 .
2. On the Exchange server, open the Exchange Administration Manager.
3. Expand the Server Name and Mailbox Store.
4. Select Logons and locate the IMS account name. Only logged on accounts are displayed.
5. Select Mailboxes to view IMS messages being received and sent.
6. Leave a voicemail message in an IMS user’s voice mailbox.
7. After hanging up you should notice that for a brief time the Total Items field for the IMS mailbox increases by 1. The
message is then sent from the IMS mailbox to the user’s mailbox, whose Total Items increases by 1. By default, there
should be no messages left in the IMS mailbox.

8.1.7 Maintenance
8.1.7.1 Upgrading
Upgrade from Voicemail Pro below version 3.2
It is important that the settings of an existing Voicemail Pro are exported before any upgrade. Although folders that
contain prompts and messages are not affected by the upgrade process, the editable version of a customer call flow is
lost.
Make sure you are logged in as the IMS account.
To upgrade from below Voicemail Pro version 3.2 to version 4.0:
1.Export the Database

Before removing Voicemail Pro as part of an upgrade, you must create a backup copy of the call flow database. This
will contain any customizations made to the default call flow.
1.1.Start the Voicemail Pro Client.
1.2.From the File menu, select the option Import or Export.
1.3.Select the option Export call flows and click Next.
1.4.Enter a file path and file name ending in .mdb, for example C:\temp\backup.mdb. Click Next.
1.5.Click Finish to start the export then click Close to complete the export procedure.
1.6.Close the Voicemail Pro Client.
1.7.The next step is to back up the registry so that you do not lose any Voicemail Pro settings from the previous
version.
2.Back up the Registry
Any registry settings that are associated with Voicemail Pro need to be backed up.
3.Insert the Voicemail Pro CD for the new Voicemail Pro and cancel the install wizard that auto runs.
4.Right-click the CD drive and select Open.
5.Locate the file backupreg.bat and double-click it to run the application. The registry settings are backed up.
6.The next step is to remove Voicemail Pro. Verify that the 3 files were created successfully and they have the
appropriate data.
7.Remove Voicemail Pro
Any previous versions of Voicemail Pro must be removed before you start to install the new version.
8.Open the Windows Control Panel.
9.Select Add/Remove Programs.
10.Select IP Office Voicemail Pro and click Add/Remove.
11.From the options offered, select Remove and click Next.
12.Follow the prompts that you see on the screen during the removal process.
13.When the process has been completed, select the option Yes, I want to restart my computer now and click Finish.
14.Please note is it necessary to reboot the server. Do not skip this step.
15.After the server reboots and you have logged back in as IMS.
16.Restore the Registry

The Voicemail Pro registry that was backed up in step 2 needs to be restored.
16.1.Right-click the CD drive that contains the Voicemail Pro CD and select Open (reinsert the CD if necessary and
cancel the install wizard).
16.2.Locate the file restorereg.bat and double-click it to run the application. This restores the registry settings
previously associated with Voicemail Pro.
16.3.Verify that the registry entries have been restored successfully.
16.4.Start the Voicemail Pro GUI.
16.5.From the File menu, select the option Import or Export.
16.6.Select the option Import Call Flows and click Next.
16.7.Use the Browse button to locate the backup file then click Next.
16.8.Click Finish to start the import then click Close to complete the import procedure.

The next step is to install the upgrade software. For more information see Installing Voicemail Pro: Overview above
and then refer to the sections that relate to the type of Voicemail Pro that you intend to install.
18.Restore the Database

The copy of the call flow database that contained any customizations made to the default call flow needs to be
restored.
18.1.Start Voicemail Pro.
18.2.From the File menu, select Import or Export.
18.3.Select Import Call Flows.
18.4.Click Next.
18.5.Click the Browse button and locate the file that contains the backed up call flows.
18.6.Select the file and click Open.
18.7.In the Import or Export Call Flows window, click Next.
18.8.Click Finish to start importing the database.
18.9.Click Close to complete the import process.
18.10.Click Save and Make Live.
19.The new version of Voicemail Pro has been installed. Test that the system is running by dialing *17 from any
extension. You should hear the mailbox announcement.
Upgrade from Version 3.2

You can upgrade from IP Office Voicemail Pro 3.2 to IP Office 4.0. If you upgrade you can still use a 3.2 Voicemail Client
to update Voicemail Pro 4.0. However, if you want to change any of the new features, for example the Outcalling
preferences or to use the start points for Personal Announcements, you will need to use the latest Client version of IP
Office Voicemail Pro.
To upgrade from version 3.2:
1. Stop the all Voicemail Pro services running. It would be a good idea to make a backup of the registry and the Call flows
and if possible the Voicemail Pro folder before proceeding.
2. Insert the new IP Office Voicemail Pro CD. The installation should auto-start. If it does not auto-start, click Browse
3. Select the installation language. The language selected is used for the installation.
4. Click OK. You are asked 'This setup will perform an upgrade of IP Office Voicemail Pro'. Do you want to
continue?
5. Click Yes. The Upgrading the IP Office Voicemail Pro window opens.
6. Click Next to start the upgrade. The setup status window opens. The progress of the upgrade is indicated by a time
bar. When the InstallShield Wizard complete window opens.
7. Click Finish. The Email settings window opens.
8. Enter your email account details and click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro Control Panel applet settings window
opens.
9. Enter your settings for each form and click OK.
10.Click Yes when asked if you want to start the Voicemail Pro service.
11.Reboot the PC and verify that the services start properly and that the voicemail is fully functional.
12.The new version of Voicemail Pro has been installed. Test that the system is running by dialing *17 from any
extension. You should hear the mailbox announcement

8.1.7.2 IMS Service Logging
If IMS is installed the Systems Settings tab is available. You can specify the level of service logging for the IMS Gateway
Server service and the IMS Voice Server service. Four levels of logging are available, with increasing level of detail.
Typically logging is required only if IMS problems are being experienced and diagnosis is required. The information is
logged in the Event Viewer application.
To specify the level of IMS service logging:
3. Click the System Settings tab.
4. In the Logging Level boxes, select the level to use for each of the IMS services.
· None - No logging recorded.
· Some - A low level of logging recorded where only errors are logged.
· Most - A medium level of logging where errors and warnings are recorded.
· All - All errors, warnings and information are logged.

8.1.7.3 IMS Host Server Name
If IMS is installed the Path Settings tab is available. You need to specify the computer name of the server PC that is
hosting the IMS Voice Service. Typically, this is installed on the same server PC as the Voicemail Pro Server.
To specify the name of the host server PC for IMS:
3. Click the Path Settings tab.
4. Type the name of the computer on which the IMS Voice Service has been installed.
· Alternatively, click Browse and select the name of the computer.

8.1.7.4 IMS Email Settings
You can configure certain email settings such as the account to use for email and the way in which .wav files are
transmitted.
To configure email settings
4. In the Account Details box, type the name of the MAPI email account (IMS) to use for email messages. Alternatively,
select Browse to display a list of available email accounts.
· For IMS you should be using the IMS account setup previously. If Outlook is installed properly you should be able to
browse for this account. If you are able to browse but are not able to see the IMS account, verify that the IT
manager has not hidden the account in Exchange.
6. The Message Parameters options are only available if you have installed IMS. For IMS you can specify the way in which
the .wav files of voicemail messages are to be sent in emails. Sending .wav files across a network creates a high
loading on the network and networks servers. A one-minute message requires a 1MB .wav file.
· To transmit .wav files, check the Transmit Wave File box.
· Choose the option for transmitting the .wav files. Choose either:
7. Click OK.

8.1.7.5 Troubleshooting DCOM Issues
Checking both the following options allows DCOM errors to be seen.
· Enable Auditing
When you first set up a Windows server or Workstation, the default setting for system wide audits is "disabled". Turn
on failure audits by using the user manager program, again accessing the Policies menu. This time, click on the
"Audits" selection. Enable audits and select all of the "failure" check boxes and click OK. At this point, any DCOM
security problems will start to show up in the system event log on the system where they occurred.
· Check Batch Job Permissions

The second cause is that the package is configured to run as specific identity, but that identity doesn't have "log in a
batch job" permissions. This is far more common and easily distinguished by testing the component with package
identity set to 'interactive user'. If the application will start up as the interactive user, but not as the specific identity,
then either the identity being used is no longer valid (which generates a security failure log message in the system
security log) or the "log in as batch" permission hasn't been granted to that ID (which generates the weird MTS
message).
1. In Windows 2000, enable these options as follows:
2. On the Start menu, select Programs | Administrative Tools | Local Security Policy.
3. On the left-hand pane, you see a tree view. Click the plus (+) sign at the left of the Local Policies, and you see the
Audit Policy entry.
4. Select the Audit Policy entry, and note that the right pane contains all audit options, which one is enabled and which
one is not. Right-clicking at any of these options allows you to enable or disable them.
5. Enable auditing for success and failure for the following options: Audit logon events, Audit object access, Audit privilege
use.
6. Close the Local Security Policy window.
Once you have activated these logging options, test your client again. After you get the error message, use Event Viewer
to see if there are any DCOM events. The event may tell you why access was denied. Also, it can tell you who is logged
on to the client computer and if this is a domain user or a local user. It can tell you that the protocol requested by the
client is not available on the server, and so forth. COM logs are usually added to the system log.

8.1.7.6 Tracing in Debug
Many applications, including Voicemail Pro and IMS, output activity messages that are viewable in Debug View
(DbgView). This application can be downloaded from http://marketingtools.avaya.com/tools/debug.
Installation
1. Download the zip file.
2. Unpack the files into a folder such as c:\debug on the server PC.
3. Run DbgView.exe.
4. Events are shown in the DbgView window. These can be logged to a file if required. The level of detail shown can be
filtered to show more or less activity.
Logging
1. Run DbgView.exe.
2. Select File | Log Preferences.
3. Set the logging details are required and click OK.
4. While DbgView is running the viewable trace is also copied to the specified file.
5. The debug log files can be opened in programs such as Wordpad.

Filtering
1. Select View | Debug Filters.
2. Select the module for which you want to increase/decrease reporting.
3. In the right hand panel adjust the level of reporting.
4. Close the Configure Debug Filters window.
IMS Tracing
IMS tracing is enabled through a number of registry keys. The IMS server keys are set through HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
registry values. The IMS client keys are set through HKEY_CURRENT_USER. All the keys are all REG_DWORD values and
are disabled if not set or set to 0.
IMS HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging
Voicemail HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging

\Voicemail
AddRef, Release).

Gateway HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\AVAYA\Integrated Messaging\Gateway
Debugging This key must be enabled to allow tracing using the other keys below.
ChannelEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about speech channel events received.
are being executed.
AddRef, Release).
the object list.
FireEventTracing Provide tracing about events that are sent from the server to its clients.
MailboxEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about mailbox events received.
MessageEvtSinkTracing Provide tracing about message events received.

IMS Client Keys HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Client
are being executed.
AddRef, Release).
the object list.
MAPIEventTracing Allow tracing of MAPI events received from MAPI.
MessageProcessingTracing Used for tracing what server commands the extension is using.
UMSEventTracing Allow tracing of events received from the IMS server.
TimeAndTrace Used for tracing how long certain MAPI events took to process.
All the keys are based on the component as follows:
· IMS (Voice) Server – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Voicemail” (e.g. “HKLM\SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated

Messaging\Voicemail”)
· IMS (Gateway) Server – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Gateway”
· IMS Administration – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Admin”
· IMS Client – “SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging\Client” (e.g. “HKCU\SOFTWARE\Avaya\Integrated Messaging

\Client”).
VM Server Specific
· "CtiNotifyTracing" – Provide tracing to indicate that a Cti event has occurred.
· "VmsNotifyTracing" – Provide tracing to indicate that a VMS API event has occurred.

8.1.7.7 IMS Installation Alternatives
The IMS Server actually consists of two components in addition to the Voicemail Pro service, these are:
· IMS Gateway Service.
· IMS Voice Service.
Typically both these services are installed on the same server as the Voicemail Pro Service and that is the installation
process described in this documentation. However the IMS Gateway Service can be installed on the Exchange Server PC
if required. Installation of the IMS Gateway Service onto the Exchange Server PC requires more installation steps.
If the IMS Gateway Service is installed on the Exchange Server PC, IMS needs to access the Exchange server. Exchange
must be started before IMS. More specifically, the MSExchangeIS and MSExchangeMTA services must be started before
the IMS Gateway service. If the IMS and Exchange services are configured to start automatically on system boot, there
may be a problem. When the system starts, Windows will launch both the IMS and Exchange services but not necessarily
in the correct order. It is therefore necessary to force Windows to start the services in the correct order.
This is accomplished by editing the registry as follows:
1. Run regedt32.exe. This is normally located in \WINNT\SYSTEM32.
2. From the Window menu, select the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE option.
3. Navigate to the SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\IMS(Gateway) key.
4. Open the DependOnService value. It should already contain the IMS (Restart)
5. Append the MSExchangeIS and MSExchangeMTA strings.
6. Note that the value is of type REG_MULTI_SZ, which means that each string should be separated by pressing the enter
key.
7. Close regedt32. Restart the machine and verify that IMS starts correctly.
8. Note that it may take a few minutes after a restart for the Exchange and IMS services to be fully operational.

8.1.8 Known Issues
8.1.8.1 Problems Connecting to IMS on a Domain Controller
Scenario
Voicemail Pro with IMS will run on a PC running on a Domain Controller. Note however that it is not recommended that
IMS be installed on a Domain Controller.
Problem
Voicemail Pro and IMS are running on a Domain Controller and IMS clients are having Problems connecting.
Resolution
All Domain users who are using the IMS clients must be able to read and write the folder C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP
Office\Voicemail Pro\VM\Accounts on the server.
8.1.8.2 Problems Connecting to/Synchronizing with IMS

If you are having problems connecting to the IMS server or having problems synchronizing:
On the Client PC
Make sure the mailbox name you entered is EXACTLY what is in the name section of the user form for their mailbox. This
is the entry as it appears in the Username field of the IP Office User Profile Screen. This is case-sensitive. Verify that all
the user names have been entered correctly and that you are not using illegal characters, only alpha/numeric characters
and no punctuation. If this information is entered incorrectly, the IMS client will not connect to the IMS Server.
Voicemail removes spaces at the end of mailbox names. If spaces are left at the end of a mailbox user's name in IP
Office Manager, when the mailboxes are created, the space at the end of the name is dropped. When this occurs the
mailbox cannot be found as there is a mismatch between the user name and directory. Verify that there are no spaces at
the end of any of the user names in Manager.
Make sure when you installed the client you gave the NAME of the VMPro/IMS server. Verify that you can ping the server
by it's name. You may want to put an entry in the hosts and lmhosts with the #PRE option in the lmhosts.
Remove the client, reboot and reinstall it and verify that these are put in correctly then change the dcomcnfg settings
outlined above in Misc Troubleshooting and always run the AvayaFW.bat even if the Windows Firewall is turned off.
On the Voicemail Pro/IMS Server machine

Verify that you are using the proper domain account (IMS) to start the IMS services and VMPro service.

On the Server
In dcomcnfg, verify that the Identity of the account that you are using to run the IMS Gateway, IMS Voice, and IMS
Restart Services are the same Domain account you are using to start the Voicemail Pro and IMS services.
Make sure the account has at least local admin rights on the PC or local and domain admin rights.
Check the event viewer and stop and start the VMPro and IMS services and see if you get any errors. You must have the
logging level set to Most or All.
Go into the control panel and run the IP Office Voicemail Pro Control Panel Applet and run through each tab and verify
that all the information is correct and that you can browse for the server and email account. Run the check at the bottom
of the applet and make sure it does not come back with an error, then check the event viewer and see if there are any
errors. As long as you have the logging level set to most or all you should see errors in the event viewer application logs.
Check to see if you setup the Outlook account correctly and make sure it can send and receive email. You should be
logged in with the same domain account you are using to start the Voicemail Pro and IMS services (IMS). Verify that you
can send and receive emails.
Run the IMS admin tool and verify that the mailboxes have been setup properly. Un-assign then reassign them and verify
that you can browse and find the email and NT login accounts, do not just type them in to avoid typo's. If you are not
receiving the emails and everything else is setup properly, you can enter the SMTP email address (User@domain.com) in
the email section but verify that you have typed it correctly. Next run the “synchronize” on the account by right clicking
and choosing synchronize. Next go into the event viewer and check for new errors.
Reboot the VMPro/IMS server and make sure it boots up okay and starts all the services and there are no errors in the
event viewer under application or system.
Verify that the IMSClient executable has not been run on the VMPro/IMS. Go to add remove programs and verify that the
IMS Client is not in the list.
Ask yourself these questions: Are any client machines able to connect? If you have only installed the client on one
machine make sure you try it on one or more other machines. Try different Makes and Models and operating systems if
available to see if the problem is with a particular installation or build. If none of them can connect problem is most likely
a problem on the server. If one or more can connect the problem is most likely on the client machine.
IMPORTANT THINGS TO REMEMBER:

Any time the user interacts with their voicemail/emails they must be connected to the IMS Gateway server on the
voicemail PC. They can not work off line or the synchronization will be broken.
· When installing IMS, Windows Messaging (MAPI) must be installed prior to the Voicemail Pro install.
· This includes the connectivity to Microsoft Exchange Server.
· The IMS (Voice) must be installed on the same machine as the Voicemail Server.
· When entering the mailbox for the IMS client from the Integrated Messaging page within the options dialogue in
Outlook, the mailbox must be the user’s name and not their extension number.

8.1.8.3 Unspecified Error 80004005
When selecting the handset to playback the message, a dialog box similar to the message below may be received.
This error is typically only seen when selecting the handset as the Output device. If the message is embedded or
attached a user can play the message using desktop speakers.
Cause
This error message indicates that there may be a problem with permission configuration, thereby preventing the client
from being able to establish a connection to the desktop extension.
A common cause for this is misconfiguration of the extension number that the IMS Client must connect to.
Solution
To verify and if necessary correct the issue, open Outlook, Select Tools – Options –Integrated Messaging Tab. Insert the
correct extension number into the field provided.
Once completed play the message back from the client. This above symptom should now be resolved.

8.1.8.4 Outlook Cached Exchange Mode
Avaya IP Office Integrated Messaging is not supported with Microsoft Outlook using Cached Exchange Mode (provided in
Outlook 2003).
Cached Exchange Mode can cause problems with Message Waiting light synchronization with IP Office terminals.
To disable Cached Exchange Mode:
1. Select Start | Settings | Control Panel | Mail.
2. Select Email Accounts.
3. Select View or change existing email Accounts.
4. Select the Microsoft Exchange Server
5. Select Change.
6. Uncheck Use Cached Exchange Mode.
7. Click OK.
8. Close and restart Outlook be apply the change.
Using Cached Mode

IP Office IMS users who want to use Cached Mode when traveling outside of the Office can temporarily enable it
operation.
1. Turn on Cached Exchange Mode.
2. Select the Integrated Messaging tab.
3. Select Prompt before connecting to Voicemail Server .
4. Click OK.
5. Close Outlook.
When the user logs in remotely and opens Outlook, they will be prompted by the message "Do you wish to connect to
the Integrated Messaging server". They should select No before opening outlook. Outlook will not then try to
synchronize voicemail messages in Outlook with Voicemail Pro.
When the user is back in the office, they can then check Cached Exchange Mode, reopen Outlook and connect to the
VoicemailPro server for message synchronization.
8.1.8.5 Transferring an IMS Account to a New PC

The voicemail call flows, greetings, IMS user accounts and other user settings can be transferred to a replacement
Voicemail Pro server PC with the following steps:
1. Export the Voicemail call flows
2. Back up the Accounts, Names, Greetings Folders, and Custom wav files in a separate directory
3. Navigate to C:\Program Files\Avaya\IP Office\Voicemail Pro, then run Backupreg.bat This will back up the IMS account
information entered in the IMS Admin Tool to VMPRO.arf, NETALY.arf, IMSGATEWAY.arf. The files are backed up to C:\
%WINDIR%\temp. (%WINDIR% is the directory where Windows is installed).
4. Copy the three files to a backup device
5. Install the Voicemail Pro software onto the new PC
6. Stop the Voicemail Pro services and copy the Accounts, Names, Greetings Folders, and Custom wav files from the old
PC to the directory on the new PC.
7. Copy the VMPRO.arf, NETALY.arf, and IMSGATEWAY.arf files to the new PCs Window’s Temp directory (C:
\windowstemp or C:\winnt\temp)
8. Run Restorereg.bat file. This will restore the IMS user’s account information.
9. Start the Voicemail Pro and IMS services.
10.Import the VM Pro database. Save and make Live.

8.1.8.6 IMS Client Not Showing in Outlook Tools
The Integrated Messaging Tab may be disabled and not show in Outlook’s Tool, Options tab. This is caused by outlook
disabling the Extension.dll file, which can be caused by the IMS user opening Microsoft Outlook and not being able to
synchronize with the Voicemail Pro server; if the user then closes and opens Outlook, they may receive the following
error:
If the user clicks Yes, Outlook will open and the Integrated Messaging client will not be able to synchronize Outlook with
the client’s voicemail box - the user will be able to click on an IMS message and play the message, but the message
waiting light will not turn off.
To check to see if the extenstion.dll add-in is disabled:
1. Open Outlook. Select Help | About Microsoft Office Outlook.
2. Choose Disabled Items.
3. Outlook will list all the programs that are disabled.
4. Highlight Addin: c:\program files\avaya\ims client\extension.dll.
5. Choose Enable.
6. Click Close.
7. Open and close Outlook and the Integrated Messaging tab will appear in Options | Tools.

8.1.8.7 Firewall Port Settings
Windows users who install and use third party Firewall applications such as MacAfee Personal Firewall may experience
problems using the Avaya IP Office Integrated Messaging Service with Outlook if ports that are blocked by the default
installation of these products are not opened.
Problems that may be experienced include:
· Message waiting lights not turning off when messages are played.
· Failure to connect to Integrated Messaging Service when Microsoft Outlook is opened.
The following ports will need to be set to allow incoming and outgoing traffic:
· UDP Port 67
· UDP Port 69
· TCP Port 135
· TCP Port 2000
· UDP Port 50791
· UDP Port 50799
8.1.8.8 VMPro Error 0x80004005

When installing Voicemail Pro software, the following error message may be encountered:
This error message occurs when clicking browse to add the email account for “Voicemail to Email” or “IMS” Applications,
and is due to Voicemail Pro attempting to browse Outlook’s contacts folder for accounts when Outlook is not installed on
the Voicemail Pro server.
The account details can be added in manually by typing the full email address into the account details field and selecting
apply. (Apply must be selected otherwise the settings will not be saved).

8.1.8.9 Windows Update Causes Voicemail Pro to Stop
Voicemail Pro may stop working due to the lack of system resources when a MS Windows patch is downloaded and is
waiting to be installed. As a result, Windows XP Professional and Windows 2003 servers should either disable Windows
Automatic Update or set it to only Notify.
Windows Updates should be downloaded and installed after peak business hours on a regular basis. This will allow the
installation to be done manually and testing of the update software to be done in a controlled fashion.
This can be done by going to Start | Settings | Control Panel | System then selecting the Automatic Updates tab,
and choosing either Notify Me or Turn Off.
8.1.8.10 Saving IMS Messages Past Housekeeping

Once read, a Voicemail message will be deleted after a period of time defined by the voicemail system administrator, the
default being 30 days (720 hours). IP Office Integrated Messaging Pro clients can save a copy of the message locally by
clicking the Floppy disk icon in the embedded Interface.
When the floppy disk icon has a red cross superimposed, this indicated that the message is not saved. The message will
be removed automatically by housekeeping. Click the icon to save the message.
When the floppy disk icon has a green tick superimposed, the message is set as saved.

8.1.8.11 Outlook Delegates Cause IMS to Slow
IP Office Integrated Messaging Pro (IMS) clients may appear to respond slowly or even lock up where the IMS client user
has defined one or more delegates in Microsoft Outlook.
These delegates should be included in IMS User settings in the IMS Administration tool.
All delegates of an IMS Client’s Outlook should have their domain account and email address added into the permissions
field, with “Access” permission selected.
8.1.8.12 IMS Clients Not Connecting When Outlook Opened

Avaya IP Office Voicemail Pro IMS Clients not connecting to Voicemail Pro when outlook is opened IMS Clients may
experience problems when outlook is opened and the IMS software attempts to connect to the Voicemail Pro Server.
The IMS Client will try to resolve the name of the Voicemail Pro server; this will fail if the Voicemail Pro computer name
includes non alphanumeric characters.
The Computer name of the Voicemail Pro server should not include non alphanumeric characters for this reason.
Examples are “Voicemail_Pro” or “machine-001”.
The preferred computer name would be “VoicemailPro” or “machine001”.
In addition, DNS must be setup locally in the network and the clients should have their primary DNS requests pointed to
that server.

8.1.8.13 Starting IP Office Services Using a Batch File
To set up the batch file:
2. Create the batch file below and save it to %SYSTEMROOT%:

@echo off
timeout /t 60
net start CCC Delta Server
net start CCC Reporting
8.1.8.14 Message Waiting Indicators Not Clearing

All user names in a Small Community network using centralized Voicemail must have a completely unique entry in the
User’s Name field.
Examples of incorrect user names on the same system include:
· User 1: STEVE SMITH
· User 2: steve smith
· User 3: Steve
· User 4: Steve Smith
· User 5: Steve-Smith
User names must only use alphabetic characters.
These examples may cause one mailbox to be created for the above users. This may prevent message waiting indicators
from updating correctly, and Integrated Messaging (IMS) synchronization problems.

8.2 Installing VoiceMail Pro as an ACM Gateway
Complete the steps in this section to install Voicemail Pro as an ACM Gateway. There is only one type of installation for
the Voicemail Pro ACM Gateway. Therefore you are not offered the choice of custom, compact or typical during the
installation process.
To install the ACM Gateway:

install it. Click Yes to install Microsoft .NET 2.0 Framework and follow the instructions on the screen.
9. In the Choose Destination Location window, click Browse and locate the folder where the Voicemail Pro files are to
be installed. Otherwise, click Next to use the proposed folder. The Messaging Components window opens so that
10. In the Messaging Components window, highlight ACM Gateway.
11. Click Next. The Service Account Name window opens. Details of the default administrator account may already be
filled in.
Voicemail Pro service should log on and run. This should be the Voicemail account created previously on the
domain and Exchange server. Alternatively, click Browse and select from the list of available PC or network
accounts or click Next to use the proposed account details. The Select Program Folder window opens.
13. By default, the program folders are created in a folder called IP Office. You can specify a different folder or select
14. Click Next. The account details that you have entered are verified. If you entered a new user name, a message is

Appendix: Installing VoiceMail Pro as an ACM Gateway
displayed to ask if you want to create a new PC user account with the specified name and password. Click Yes.
The Select Program Folder window opens.
15. Select the program folder where you would like the icons for the Voicemail Pro components to be added. By
default, the program icons are added to IP Office.
16. Click Next. The Start Copying Files window opens. Before any copying starts, you are presented with a summary
of the settings that you have chosen so far.
17. Review the settings to make sure that they are what you expect. Scroll down if necessary.
18. If for any reason the details are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes. When you are
satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying the files. The Setup Status window opens to keep
you informed while the installation takes place.
19. When the installation is complete you are prompted to restart the computer. Choose Yes I want to restart my
computer now.
21. When the computer restarts, log back in. The IP Office Voicemail Pro - ACM Gateway Settings window opens.
22. In the Mail Server box, type the name of the mail server to use.
23. Choose Message Networking/Interchange to use Interchange or Modular Messaging to use Modular Messaging.1.
24. Click Next. The IP Office Voicemail Pro SMTP Email Settings window opens.
· In the Mail Server box, type the name of the SMTP mail server. This should be the fully qualified domain
name.
· In the Port Number box, type the number of the receiving port on the SMTP mail server. The default is 25.
· In the Mail Drop box, type the name of the destination folder for outgoing emails on the SMTP Server.
Alternatively, click the Browse button and select the folder to use.
· To enforce server authentication, check the Server Requires Authentication box. This is optional. If you
check this option you also need to provide the Account Name and Password that need to be entered. You can
also choose whether or not to set the Use Challenge Response Authentication option.
25. Click Finish. An attempt is made to validate the email settings. If everything has been installed correctly and the
license requirements are met, you are prompted to start the Voicemail service. If the attempt to connect with the
SMTP server fails, an error message is displayed. You might need to start the Voicemail service manually. For more
information, see Starting the Voicemail Pro Service 33 .
26. Click OK to acknowledge the message. You have now finished installing the Voicemail Pro ACM Gateway software.

8.3 Installing Networked Messaging (VPNM)
Voicemail Pro Networked Messaging (VPNM) allows users to forward voicemail to mailboxes on remote voicemail systems.
This is done by adding a VPNM component to the Voicemail Pro installation.
The messages are transferred between systems using an SMTP/MIME mail format to encode both the voice part of the
message and additional message details.
Here is a diagram to illustrate VPNM between two IP Office systems.
Here is a diagram of a sample VPNM configuration between an IP Office and Avaya Interchange. Depending on how your
IP Network is set up, the configuration will differ slightly.
Up to 2000 mailboxes are supported per VPNM server and there is no constraint on the number of VPNM servers.
However, to distinguish between dial plans you might need to allocate a dial pre-fix to each server. A maximum of 99
pre-fixes are available.
This section summarizes the steps required for installing VPNM between two IP Office systems and between an IP Office
system and an Intuity Audix system through Avaya Interchange.
The instructions provided here should be read in conjunction with the other Avaya guides, for example "Avaya
Interchange Release 5.4, Adding a VPIM System to Your Network". This is because the setup for Interchange VPIM is the
same as for VPNM.

Appendix: Installing Networked Messaging (VPNM)
8.3.1 Requirements for VPNM
Check that the following requirements have been before attempting to install VPNM:
· A Voicemail Pro server with VPNM installed connected to each IP Office system. Each system will need a license for
both Voicemail Pro and VPNM.
· All systems in the VPNM network need to be tested to ensure that they can communicate across the IP network. It
is suggested that you test the following:
· Ping the IP Addresses.
· Ping the computer names. If in a domain, ping the fully qualified domain name.
· The VMPro Servers must have an SMTP server installed. This can be done using the SMTP component of Internet
Information Service (IIS).
· To test type "Telnet <the name of the SMTP server> 25".
· Server names, where entered, must be fully qualified domain names.
· Voicemail Pro should not be installed on the same server as Exchange and/or the domain controller.

8.3.2 Installing VoiceMail Pro with VPNM Support
This section describes how to install the Voicemail Pro software with its VPNM component onto the Voicemail Pro server
PC.
Before you begin:

1. Using IP Office Manager, check that the correct licenses for Voicemail Pro and IMS are installed and show a status
of Valid. The licenses required are:
· Voicemail Pro (4 ports) plus Additional Voicemail Pro (X ports) licenses up to the total number of port required
or supported by the IP Office control unit.
· Networked Messaging - Enables operation of VPNM with Voicemail Pro.
To install Voicemail Pro Software with VPNM support:

1. Insert the IP Office Voicemail Pro CD. The installation should auto-start. If it does not auto-start, click Browse
4. If the following window is displayed, Voicemail Pro is already installed. You need to upgrade rather than install a
new version. For more information, see Upgrading a Voicemail Pro System 38 .
If you have already installed basic Voicemail Pro on the PC, and now want to install IMS, the instructions are the
same. The difference is that when prompted to Modify, Repair or Remove, you must select Modify and check the
Integrated Messaging check box later in the installation process. Otherwise the IP Office Voicemail Pro installation
starts and the Welcome window opens.
9. In the Choose Destination Location window, click Browse and choose the folder where the Voicemail Pro files are
to be installed. Otherwise, click Next to use the proposed folder. The Messaging Components window opens so
that you can choose the components that you want to install.
10. Unless there are specific reasons for changing the location, the default setting is recommended.

13. In the Setup Type window, select Custom.
14. Click Next. The Select Features window opens so that you can select which additional Voicemail Pro features to
install.
15. Scroll down and check VPNM.
16. Ensure that the following are selected:

· The Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component is not required for VPNM but is installed as part of a typical
VoicemailPro Server installation. If a web server has already been installed but the Voicemail Pro Campaign
Web Component is not required, uncheck it to remove it. If Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component is
required for other use, make sure that it is checked so that it is not removed.
· Voicemail Pro and Voicemail Pro Server Service should be already selected.
· Ensure that Voicemail Pro Client and Voicemail Pro Service are also checked.
· Check the boxes for any additional required languages. It is recommended that either English or English US
is always selected in addition to any languages that are required by the customer.
· Important
Do not uncheck any other boxes as this will remove the corresponding software features.
· Scroll down and check VPNM.
17. Click Next. If you have chosen not to install the Web Campaign Component, the Service Account Name window
opens. The Select the Web Server root directory window opens so that you can specify the folder where the web
campaign web pages are to be stored.
18. The default folder is C:\inetpub\wwwroot. To use the default folder, click Next. To specify a different folder,
type the path to the preferred folder location. Alternatively, click Browse and locate the folder to use.
19. Click Next. The Destination of the Web Script Directory window opens so that you can specify the folder where the
web campaign components are to be stored.
20. The default folder is C:\inetpub\scripts. To use the default folder, click Next. To specify a different folder, type
the path to the preferred folder location. Alternatively, click Browse and locate the folder to use.
21. The Service Account Name window opens. Details of the default administrator account might already be filled in.
Voicemail Pro service should log on and run. This should be the IMS account created previously on the domain and
Exchange server. Alternatively, click Browse and select from the list of available PC or network accounts.
23. Click Next. The Select Program Folder window opens.
24. By default, the program folders are created in a folder called IP Office. You can specify a different folder or select
25. Click Next. The Start Copying Files window opens. Before any copying starts you are presented with a summary of
the settings that you have chosen so far.

26. Review the settings to make sure that they are what you expect. In particular, check that the required languages
are listed. Scroll down if necessary. When you are satisfied that the details are correct, click Next to start copying
the files. The Setup Status window opens to keep you informed while the installation takes place.
· If for any reason the details are not what you expect, click Back and make the necessary changes.
27. When the installation is complete you are prompted to restart your computer. Choose Yes I want to restart my
computer now.
29. When the server PC has restarted, the IP Office Voicemail Pro - Email Settings window is displayed so that you can
specify the name of the email account to use for outgoing SMTP e-mails from the Voicemail Pro server.
30. In the Account Details box, type the name of the email account to use. Alternatively, click Browse and select an
account to use.
31. Click Next. IP Office Voicemail Pro - SMTP Email Settings window opens so that you can specify details of the
SMTP server to which the Voicemail Pro server should send messages. A proposed server name might already be
filled in.
· In the Mail Server box, leave the proposed name unchanged or type the name of the server to use. This
should be the fully qualified domain name.
· In the Port Number box, type the number of the receiving port on the SMTP mail server. The default is 25.
· To enforce server authentication, check the Server Requires Authentication box. This is optional. If you
check it you also need to provide the Account Name and Password that need to be entered. You can also
choose whether or not to set the Use Challenge Response Authentication option.
33. Click OK to acknowledge the message. You have now finished installing the Voicemail Pro Server and VPNM
software. The next step is to configure the VPNM accounts.

8.3.3 Configuring VPNM Preferences
This option is active only if VPNM was selected during installation and is licensed. VPNM servers can be added and then
users added to the servers.
To open the VPN window:

2. From the Administration menu, select Preferences > VPNM. The VPNM window opens.
To add a VPNM server:

1. In the VPNM Server(s) section, click Add.
2. Enter the fully qualified domain name of the remote VPNM destination (the remote Voicemail Pro server PC or
Avaya Interchange).
3. Enter the two digit access prefix, if these are being used.
4. Click OK.
To delete a VPNM server:

1. In the VPNM Server(s) section, select the server that you need to delete.
2. Click Delete. When a server is deleted, all of the users associated with that server are also deleted.

To add a user to VPNM server:
1. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, click Add. The Adding a new user window opens.
2. Enter details for the user. All of these details MUST be completed before the user can be added.
· Select the VPIM server from the listing.
· Enter the user's full name. The user's full name is used by the local Voicemail Pro's dial by name feature.
· Enter the user's extension. The local extension number is used as the local mailbox number and so should not
conflict with any existing local number.
· Enter the user's remote extension. The remote extension number should be the user's real extension number.
Typically this and the 'local extension number' are kept the same using a unique extension number dial plan
for the linked systems.
· Enter the user's full telephone number. The full telephone number should be a dialable number that is routed
to the user's extension or mailbox.

To add a group of users:

1. (Optional) Check the option Enable WildCard. When this option is selected you can use the question mark symbol
(?) to represent any number.
2. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, click Add Range. The Adding a range of users window opens.
3. Enter details for the users. All of these details MUST be completed before the users can be added.
· Select the VPNM server to which you want to add the users.
· Enter the start number of the extension range.
· Enter the local prefix.
· Enter remote prefix.
To change details of a VPNM user:

1. In the Users for VPNM Server(s) section, select the name of the user whose details need to be changed.
2. Click Modify. You can change the user's full name, the local extension number and the full telephone number.

8.3.4 Testing a VPNM Setup
It is advisable to test the VPNM setup.
To test the VPNM setup:

1. Dial into voicemail from one of the systems and record a message.
2. When selecting the target extension, enter an extension from the other system as specified in the VPNM
Preferences screen.
3. The message should be delivered to the other systems Voicemail Pro server into C:\\Inetpub\mailroot\Drop.
4. The VPNMreceiver Service checks the Drop directory approximately every 30 seconds. When it finds a message
in the Drop directory, it will send the message to the relevant extension's voicemail box on the remote system.

8.4 IP Office to Avaya Interchange

8.4.1 Configuring the Avaya Intuity Audix
This section is based upon the S8100/G600 Intuity Audix. It is assumed that the IP address of the S8100 processor is
known. A browser should be available and the Avaya Terminal Emulator or the equivalent to do the necessary
configuration.
To configure the Avaya Intuity Audix:

1. Issue a telnet command to the S8100/G600, log in and enter "audix" to reach the audix command prompt.
2. Enter list configuration and verify that the TCP/IP value is set to at least 1. If not, these ports must be activated
through the license process before proceeding.
3. From a PC browser, access the S8100 processor IP address and login.
· At the S8100 main page, select Administer System > Audix Networking > Administrative Menu >
Network Channel Administration.
· Enable each channel in the Channel Configuration Column.
· Select Save when finished.
4. Return to the Audix command prompt screen. Inspect the system for the list of mailboxes that will be eligible to
receive messages.
· Type change machine. Note the range of local extensions. List subscribers will provide a more specific list.
It is best to distinguish mailboxes that are eligible to receive messages for example, call answer mailboxes.
· On page 2 of the change machine form, ensure that all the update settings are set to y.
· Make sure that Network Turnaround is set to y. Select Enter.
5. To administer the password for message exchange:
· From the S8100 home page select Administer System > Audix Networking > Administrative Menu >
Local Machine Administration.
· Enter the password to be used for transfer of messages between this system and the Avaya interchange.
Select Change.
6. To enter the information for connecting to the Interchange:
· From the S8100 home page select Administer System > Audix Networking > Administrative Menu >
Remote Machine Administration > Digital Machine Administration.
· Select Add New Machine.
· Enter the Avaya interchange name, IP address and networking password.
· Define the schedule for exchanging messages.
· Select Add to complete.
7. To administer the parameters associated with the Interchange:
· Type change machine <machine name> from the AUDIX command prompt.
· If all extensions that are not on the Intuity Audix are configured to be on the Interchange and "Send to non-
Administered Recipients" is set to yes, errant messages may be sent. This will waste bandwidth and processing
time.
· The extension Length setting is the dial plan length that has been configured in the Avaya Interchange.
· Set all the parameters of page 2 to y. (Send to non-administered recipients, Updates In, Updates Out and Network
Turnaround).
· Select F3 to Add the remote machine.

8.4.2 Configuring the Avaya Interchange
For more information about the options that are mentioned in this section, refer to the Interchange documentation which
is available from www.support.avaya.com.
To configure the Interchange Intuity interface:

· Log in to the Intuity interchange.
· To verify that the system is optioned for TCP/IP digital ports, select Customer/Service Administration from
the Interchange Main Menu.
· The VPNM ports will also be required for interfacing to the Voicemail Pro.
· Ensure that the TCP/IP networking is set up so that the machine can communicate to and from the Intuity Audix.
· From the Main Menu, select Networking Administration > TCP/IP Administration.
· Make a note of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and default Gateway IP Address. The information will be required
later in the setup.
· Make sure that an entry exists with the data that corresponds to the information entered for connecting to the
Interchange.
· From the Main Menu, select Networking Administration > Local Machine Administration.
· To verify that there are equipped TCP/IP ports for the networking to Intuity Audix and to Voicemail Pro:
· From the Main Menu, select Networking Administration > Networking Channel Administration. The
status should be Idle.
· Information corresponding to the Intuity Audix information entered in Step 4 when configuring the Audix needs to
be entered under Digital Networking Machine Administration.
· From the Main Menu, select Networking Administration > Remote Machine Administration > Audix
Digital networking Machine Administration.
· Enter the transmission schedule for sending messages to the Audix System. Select Chg-Keys and then the
Add key to enter the form.
· Administer The Intuity Audix parameters in the Interchange.
· Select Interchange Administration > Remote Machine Administration > Remote Machine
Parameters.
· Select Choices, then the system to be updated.
· Ensure that the address range corresponds to the mailboxes on the Intuity Audix system that are eligible to
receive messages. Set the parameters as shown.
· Avaya Interchange? = n.
· Mailbox ID Length = 5.
· Default Language = us-eng.
· Failed Msg. Notification Priority = n.
· Msg ID? = y.
· Send Message for Warning? = n.
· Default NameNet type = u.
· Select the Details key to enter the following details:
· Subscriber Updates Type = dynamic.
· Updates In? = y.
· Updates Out? = y.
· Voiced Names for Dynamic? = y.
· Network Turnaround? = y.
· Provide Local Mapped Addresses = n.
· Dynamic Sub Expiration Days = 90.
· Select Save, Continue and then Save again.
7. If both systems are set for 5 digit dialing this step can be omitted. If both systems are not then Dial Plan Mapping
needs to be used to map the mailbox identification from the Interchange Dial Plan to the Intuity Audix Dial Plan.
· Select Interchange Administration > Remote Machine > Administration > Dial Plan Mapping. Update
the form as required.
Configure the Interchange VPIM Interface to Voicemail Pro
These steps follow the instructions in Avaya Interchange Release 5.4 Adding a VPIM System to Your Network which
should be referenced for greater detail on Interchange configuration steps and options.

Appendix: IP Office to Avaya Interchange
1. Check that Interchange has available VPNM ports.
· From the Interchange Main Menu, select Customer/Service Administration > Feature Options. Check that
there are sufficient current entries for the Maximum Number of Digital Nodes and VPNM ports.
2. Set the Interchange General Parameters.
· From the Interchange Main Menu, select System Parameters > General Parameters. Ensure that the VPNM
Port Field is set to 25.
3. Identify the Avaya Voicemail Pro to the interchange system.
· From the Interchange Main Menu, select Networking Administration > Remote Machine Administration
> VPIM Machine Administration.
· Select the name of the machine by telnet to the SMTP port of the Voicemail Pro to see how it identifies itself.
4. Set the IP Office parameters.
· From the Interchange Main Menu, select Interchange Administration > Remote Machine Administration
> Remote Machine Parameters.
· Select Choices. Select the Voicemail Pro name as the Remote Machine Name then enter the values as shown.
· Machine Type = VPIM.
· Avaya Interchange? = n.
· Mailbox ID Length = 5.
· Failed Msg. Notification Priority = n.
· Msg ID? = y.
· Send Message for Warning? = n.
· Select the Details key to enter the following details:
· Subscriber Updates Type = dynamic.
· Voiced Names for Dynamic? = y.
· Use DNS? = n.
· Domain Name = Enter the domain name.
5. If the Voicemail Pro Dial Plan length is shorter than the Interchange Dial Plan, select Interchange
Administration > Remote Machine Administration > Dial Plan Mapping. Follow the instructions in Avaya
Interchange Release 5.4 Adding a VPIM System to Your Network to map from the shorter length to the longer
length dial plan.
6. Add the subscribers for Voicemail Pro. The following is one of several ways that this can be done.
· Select Interchange Administration > Remote Machine Administration > Dial Plan Mapping.
· Select the Voicemail Pro as the Remote Machine and then select Options.
· Select Add Subscribers from range. Only mailboxes that are eligible to receive messages should be
included.
· Subscriber entries can be checked from interchange Administration > Subscriber Administration >
Subscriber Lists > By Remote Machine Name. From Choices select the Voicemail Pro PC name to see the
list of known subscribers.

Directory View in Interchange for Intuity Audix and Voicemail Pro
Setting the directory view specifies which other messaging machines can provide subscriber updates to a particular
messaging machine. Each machine listed is associated with a range of mailboxes from which updates can be accepted
and whether a voiced name can be accepted.
1. Select Interchange Administration > Remote Machine Administration > Directory Views.
2. At the Machine Name prompt, select the Voicemail Pro.
3. Select the Options key and then Add all entries.
4. Select Save.
5. Repeat these steps for the Avaya Intuity Audix.
Avaya Interchange Enterprise List Administration
This section describes how to configure a list of endpoints in the Interchange. Interchange-based lists are an efficient way
to send messages to stable lists of mailboxes. Only one copy of the message is sent from the originating system to the
interchange, which takes care of distributing that message to the destination machines and mailboxes.
1. From the Interchange Main Menu, select Interchange Administration > Enterprise List Administration >
System Parameters. Set or check the address range of the interchange Dial Plan that can be used for lists.
2. From the Interchange Main Menu, select Interchange Administration > Enterprise List Administration > List
Definition.
· Choose a unique list id from the list range and assign an owner.
· In the 'Network Address' grid, enter the list of destination addresses from the Interchange Dial Plan.
· The 'Remote Address' grid should contain the systems where those destinations reside.
· The range of mailboxes that have permissions to send through the list is set in the 'permissions' grid.

8.4.3 Configuring a DNS Server
A Domain Name Service Server is not required for the messaging systems, but may be a highly desirable way to
centralize the mapping of names to IP addresses. This section briefly describes the setup of DNS server used in this type
of configuration.
To configure a DNS Server:

1. From the Start menu of the PC running Microsoft Exchange Server, select Programs > Administrative Tools >
DNS. If DNS is not available, DNS needs to be installed from the Operating System CD.
2. Check that there is an entry within the domain for each messaging hosts involved.
3. Configure each PC to use the DNS server to resolve names. This is done in the Internet protocol (TCP/IP Properties
form of each LAN interface).
8.4.4 Verification and Troubleshooting

The configuration can be tested by creating a message and forwarding it to the far end of the system. Check that the
message is received at the correct destination. If the test fails, one of the following procedures may isolate the problem.
Ping Test
Make sure that you can ping all end points. If DNS is used, ping using the machine name.
SMTP Service Test and Name Determination

Test that the SMTP service of a messaging system is working by using telnet command as follows.
1. From a DOS or UNIX prompt, type telnet ip-address 25.
2. At the response, type Helo.
3. At the response, type Quit.
4. If the response is not as shown below, then the SMTP service is not running on the machine and incoming VPNM
messages will not be processed. Check that the required PC services are running.
telnet 172.16.254.197 25
220 avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Microsoft ESMTP MAIL Service, Version 5.0.2195.6713
ready a
t, Wed, 22 Oct 2003 08:45:03 -0400
Helo
250 avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Hello [172.16.254.197]
Quit
221 2.0.0 avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Service closing transmission channel
Connection t
Check That the Required PC Services are Running

From the Control Panel, select Administrative Tools > Services. Check that the following services are Started with a
Startup type of Automatic.
· SMTP.
· Voicemail Pro Service.
· VPNM Database Service.
· VPNM Server.
· VPNM Receiver.

Check the Voicemail Pro SMTP Settings
From the PC Control Panel, select the Avaya Voicemail Pro icon.
1. Select the SMTP name.
2. Ensure that the Mail Server name is exactly the name of the Voicemail Pro server PC.
3. Select Check to make sure that a successful connection to the SMTP service can be made.
Interchange Basic Tests

From the Interchange Main Menu, select Customer/Services Administration > Diagnostics. Perform the following
basic checks.
· TCP/IP Diagnostics.
Send and receive Test Packets - ping the IP address.
View Packet Statistics - look for any interface issues for example. collisions.
· Display Message Queue - monitors the contents of the outgoing message queue. If messages cannot be sent e.g. due
to administrative errors, then this queue is likely to contain the unsent messages.
· Remote Connection Test - test the basic connection to a remote Audix system.
Audix Browser Status Test
· From the Browser interface to the S8100, select System Administration > AUDIX Networking > Maintenance
Menu > Network Snapshot. See the status of connectivity to the Interchange.
S8100 Ping Test

· From the Avaya Terminal Emulator interface to the S8100, select cmd at the Enter Command prompt.
· At the DOS prompt, enter ipconfig to verify the IP address and gateway.
· Ping to test the connection.
Check the Status Through the Intuity Audix Command Line Interface
· To update the Audix with reachable subscribers through the interchange, from the audix command line prompt
type get remote-updates machine and Enter where the machine is the name of the interchange system.
· Repeat the command periodically (and cancel out) until the 'Status of Last Update' entry is completed.
· From the command line prompt type display administrator's-log where message delivery failures and reasons
can be found.
Message Exchange Test

In general the following capabilities are supported and can be verified.
· Sending Messages to lists or individuals, preserving any combination of Priority and Privacy.
· Replying to the sender.
· Forwarding.
Couldn't Send Message! Warning

The following warning is normally associated with not having specified a fully qualified domain name for the local SMTP
server address.
" <CVPIM::bSendMessage>Couldn't send message!Response:550 5.7.1 Unable to relay for 210@avaya2k.test.
avaya.com "


Index
Allow Launch 361
Index allow tracing
A MAPI 84, 384
Access Permissions 359, 361 Allows Visual Basic 203
Access Voicemail 134 alpha/numeric 389
Using Short Codes 133 Alphanumeric 181, 203, 396
access works add 238
mailbox 98 Alphanumeric Action 203, 238
Account Code 165, 166, 170, 236, 255 Alphanumeric Collection 181, 238
account code matching 236 Althon 345, 360
Account Details 110, 352, 382 Although PCs 346
Action Data 161, 335 AM 268, 281
action following 238 AMD 345, 360
action replaces 228, 242 Analog Extension Number
actions having 201 Configuring 118
actions including 61 Analogue 159
actions share 201 View 118
action-specific 295 and/or 234
Activation 361 Annotation 210
Activation Permissions 361 Announcements On 152, 172
Active Directory 352, 361 Anonymous Logon 361
Active Directory Users 361 Assisted Transfer 197, 202, 203
active during 161 add 236
Add Administrator window 125 result 137
Add comments 343 Telephony Actions 327
Add key 410 Assisted Transfer Action 137, 197, 202, 203, 236, 327
add pauses 184 Assisted Transfer action transfers
Add Prompt 207 caller 236
Add Start Point 192 Associated Email Address 359
Add Touch Tone Sequence window 216 Associating
Add/Remove 38, 40, 378 Voice Mailboxes 359
Add/Remove Programs 40 Attach file 110, 268, 352, 382
Add/Remove Programs window 40 email 240
Additional Voicemail Pro 347, 352 Attend… 135
AddRef 84, 384 Audit logon 383
addressing press 268 Audit Policy
administering see 383
Outlook 281 Select 383
Administrative 348, 372, 383, 409, 413 Audits 383
administrative rights 372 AuditTrail.txt 226
Administrative Tools 83, 348, 383, 413 audix 174, 413
Administrator Client 125 configuring 410
Administrator Details Return 409
Changing 126 Audix Browser Status Test 413
Administrator rights 345, 360 Audix Digital 410
use 372 Audix Digital networking 410
administrator’s 348, 349 Audix Networking 409, 413
administrator's-log 413 Audix System 410, 413
Advanced Options 374 Audix TTY Interface
Advanced Tab 251 User Guide 174
Advice authorised
Call Recording 159 Outcalling 268
Call Recording Message 159 Auto Attendant 95, 117
enable 159 Auto Recording
Mailbox Users Owners Using 174 Customizing 170
playing 158 auto sensing 346
Agent Mode 161 AutoAttend 259
Alarm Set 203 Automated Attendant 59
add 242 Automatic 102, 132, 145, 165, 166, 268, 395, 413
Alarm Set Action 203, 242 set 357
Alarm Threshold 103 Automatic Message Deletion 102, 145
Alarm Threshold Level 103 Automatic Recording Options
Alarm Threshold Unit Setting 166
Choose 103 Automatic Updates
Alert email 281 selecting 395
All Domain 389 AutoRecord 170

Available Actions 203 Cached Mode 344, 345, 360, 392
Avaya Interchange 409, 410 Calendar 260, 261, 264
Avaya Interchange Enterprise List Administration 410 Select 266
Avaya Interchange Interface Calendar - For 261
Configuring 410 Calendar icon 264
Avaya Interchange Release 5.4 410 Calendar window 264
Avaya Interchange Release 5.4 Adding Calender 266
VPIM System 410 call 23, 38, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 102,
Avaya Intuity 144, 409, 410 104, 112, 113, 114, 117, 118, 130, 133, 134, 135, 137,
Avaya Intuity Audix 410 139, 143, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 152, 154, 155,
Configuring 409 156, 158, 159, 160, 164, 165, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174,
175, 178, 180, 181, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 191, 193,
Avaya IP Office 160, 235, 346, 357, 392, 394, 396, 397
197, 200, 201, 202, 203, 206, 207, 208, 210, 212, 215,
Avaya IP Office Conferencing Center 235 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 225, 226, 227, 230, 231,
Avaya IP Office ContactStore 160 232, 233, 234, 236, 238, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247,
Avaya IP Office Integrated 394 248, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 257, 259, 260, 264, 265,
Avaya IP Office Integrated Messaging 392 266, 268, 281, 290, 291, 292, 295, 316, 317, 318, 322,
Avaya IP Office Integrated Messaging Service 394 324, 326, 327, 328, 330, 335, 337, 348, 352, 358, 359,
Avaya IP Office Services 357, 397 360, 378, 392, 409
Avaya IP Office Small Office Edition 346 50 166
Avaya IP Office Voicemail Pro 396 changed during 177
Avaya IP Office Voicemail Pro IMS Clients 396 pressed during 161
Avaya Terminal Emulator 409, 413 Routing 132
Avaya Text Transferring 132
Installing 62 voicemail functions 195
Speech 62 call archiving system 98
Avaya TTS 61, 62 call depending on 203
Avaya TTS CD 62 call flow according 255
Avaya voicemail 144, 410, 413 call follows
Avaya Voicemail Pro 413 Invalid 231, 236
Identify 410 call handling 245
Avaya Voicemail Pro icon 413 call involving 161
avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Hello 413 Call List 203
avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Microsoft ESMTP MAIL Service 413 add 233
avaya-8ccy2i4d3 Service 413 Call List Action 203, 233
AvayaFW.bat 373 Call Park 335
run 389 Call processing 330
AvayaFW.zip file 373 Call Recording 59, 98, 158, 161
Avaya-Scansoft TTS Advice 159
compare 61 Call Recording Message
Advice 159
B
Call Recording Warning 158, 159
backupreg.bat 38, 378, 392
Call Route 143, 203
Backupreg.bat This 392
Incoming 165
Barred 95, 96
Call Routing 203
Basic Actions 192, 201, 203
Incoming 134
Basic Tests 413
Call Status 203, 230
Batch File 373, 397
Call Status Action 230
Start Services 357
call This 161
Between Offline
Call/VRL 98
Changing 123
Callback 93, 135, 183, 184, 185, 195, 197, 198, 210, 226,
BLF 134 268
incorporates 335 Select 184
BLF Group Member 134 Callback - Used 195, 197
Boolean 302, 312 Callback Number 183, 184, 185, 226
Breakout 91, 94 caller attempts
Broadcast 58, 60, 90, 147, 149, 212, 268 access 197
Browser 337, 409, 413 Caller Display Type 118
Busy result 137 caller explaining 238
Busy routes 230 caller matches
Button Programming 140 ISBN 318
Select 161, 335 caller pressing 94, 216, 221
Button Programming tab 140, 161, 335 caller purchases 317
Button Programming window 161 callerid 292
By Remote Machine Name 410 Caller's Mailbox 220, 221, 222, 225, 226
C set 328
Cached Exchange Mode 392 callflow 215, 220

Index
callflows 125 check/restart
CallingParty 292 Voicemail Pro 357
CallingParty Property 292 CID 309
CallRecord 161 CLI Routing
calls direct 327 add 228, 230
calls during 266 CLI Routing Action 203, 228, 230
Calls Error Message 96 clicking
Campaign Action 156, 203, 224, 331, 333, 335 Floppy 395
Campaign Editor 331 Help button 251
Campaign Identification 335 ClickUser 184
Campaign Identification window client connects
Campaign Wizard 335 server 84, 384
Campaign Web 337 Client PC 345, 360, 361, 389
Campaign Web Campaign Client PC's 361
open 337 Client PC's DCOM Settings
Campaign Web Component 337 set 361
Campaign Wizard Campaign Identification window 331 Client trying 83
Campaign Wizard Customer 331 Client/Server Connection Timeout 98, 128
Campaign Wizard Customer Menu window 331 Client/Server Connection Timeout list 128
Campaign Wizard Customer Prompts window client’s voicemail 393
return 331 Clients Not Connecting When 396
Campaign Wizard Introduction 331 Clock 203, 281
Campaign Wizard Introduction window 331 add 242
Campaign Wizard Select 331 Clock Action 203, 242
CAMPAIGNS 297, 298, 308, 309, 311 Close Outlook 392, 393
Captaris RightFax 113, 116 Close regedt32 388
capture 299 Close Services 357
ISBN 318 cmd 413
Castelle 119 cmp_01 281
Castelle FaxPress 119 cmp_02 281
Catalogue 135 cmp_03 281
Catalogue.Collect 135 cmp_04 281
CCC 397 Collect - Used 195, 197
want 210 Collect Callers Details 324
CCC Delta Server 397 Collect Messages 135
CCC Reporting 397 Collect New Mobile Twinning No
Celeron 345, 360 name 181
Centralized Voicemail Pro 58, 59, 60, 177 Collect Voicemail 93, 132, 150
CFG 180, 181 COM 84, 244, 290, 349, 361, 383, 384
change existing 392 COM objects 84, 384
change outcalling 268 COM Security
change outcalling destination 268 Select 361
Change Password 130 compare 170, 255, 261, 266
Change Password window 130 Avaya-Scansoft TTS 61
change press 268, 281 Complex Mailbox Call Flow 175
changed during Component Services 361
call 177 Computer Management 83, 348
Channel Configuration Column 409 Computer Management window 83
channel object Condition - For 261, 264, 265
speech 84, 384 Condition Actions 192, 203
Channel Reservations 90, 95 Condition Editor window 261, 264, 265, 266
ChannelEvtSinkTracing 84, 384 Condition Name 261, 264, 265
channels 59, 84, 90, 95, 165, 384, 409, 413 Conditions Actions icon 246, 247, 248, 249
voicemail 59 Conditions Editor 170, 190, 192, 246, 264, 265, 266
Check 2nd 152, 172 open 261
Check Announcements On 152 start 261
Check Batch Job Permissions 383 Using 261
Check Broadcast 149 Conditions Editor icon 264, 265
Check Define 361 Conference 158, 235
Check Digits Conference Capacity 158
add 249 Conference Finished 235
Check Digits Action 203, 249 Conference Full 235
Check Expand 244, 290 Conference Not 235, 281
Check Hide 159 Conference Not Started 235
check Integrated 352 Conferencing 158, 161, 203, 235, 281
check Transmit 352 Conferencing Center 203

Conferencing Center 203 D
add 235 data As String 313
Conferencing Center Action 235 Data Link 251, 318
Configuration Actions 192, 203 Data Link Properties dialog
Configuration Actions icon 225, 226, 227 view 318
Configuration Includes 194 Data Link Properties window 251
Configuration Includes window 194 Data Tagging 231, 236
Configure Debug Filters window Database Actions 192, 203, 316
Close 84, 384 Database Actions icon 251, 252
configure outcalling 104, 186, 187, 268 Database Close 203, 316
Configuring Voicemail Pro 190 add 252
Confirm Book Details 324 Database Close Action 203, 252
Confirm Call Flow Download Window 130 Database Execute 203, 252, 318, 324
Confirm New Password 125 add 251
Confirm Password 127, 130 preceding 316
Confirm Voicemail Code 91, 147, 184 Database Execute Action 203, 251, 252, 316, 318, 324
connection string Database Execute icon
open 251 Select 324
Connection Tab 251 Database Get Data 203, 316, 318
connection taking 308 add 252
construct 84, 244, 251, 260, 290, 384 Database Get Data Action 203, 252, 318
SQL 251 Database Open 203, 316, 318, 324
ConstructorTracing 84, 384 add 251
contactable 281 preceding 251
ContactStore 21 Database Open Action 203, 251, 318, 324
Continue button 337 Database Open Icon
Continue Offline Message Window 123 Select 318
continue scanning 268 Database Scenario 317
continue scanning lists 268 database succeeds 251
continue working 123 DATE 309
correspond 117, 268, 334, 352 DATE TWENTY FIRST SEPTEMBER 309
Intuity Audix 410 DB 193, 322
Cost 317, 318, 322, 324 DB Backup 193
Create DBD 62, 215, 252, 255, 309, 316, 322
Voicemail User Account 46 DbgView 84, 384
CreateObject 292, 293, 295, 300, 307, 309, 312 DbgView window 84, 384
Critical Alarm 103 DCOM 383
CRITICAL WARNING 360 adjusts 361
Cti 84, 384 Check 374
CtiNotifyTracing 84, 384 following 361
Custom 94, 150, 155, 156, 178, 179, 203, 212, 236, 281, setting 361
330, 352, 374, 392
DCOM Issues
Custom Forms 374
Troubleshooting 383
Custom Installation 330
DCOM Machine 361
Custom Prompts 178, 179
DCOM Settings
Custom String 212
Adjusting 361
Custom wav 392
Windows 2000 PC 361
Customer Information window 352
XP Pro 361
Customer Menu 334
XP Pro SP2 361
Customer Menu window
DDI 112, 255
Campaign Wizard 334
incoming 118
Customer Prompt window
Debug 84, 384
Campaign Wizard 333
Debug Filters 84, 384
Customer Prompts 333
Debug Filters window 84, 384
Customer/Service Administration 410
Debug View 84, 384
Customer/Services Administration 413
Default Access Permissions
customer’s 349
Edit Default button 361
Customizing
Default Authentication Level 361
Announcements 154
Default Callback 93, 184
Auto 170
Default Callback Start Point 184
Auto Recording 170
Default Configuration Permissions
Example 175
Edit Default button 361
Hunt Group Call Flow 156
Default Domain Policy 361
Manual Recording 164
Default eMail application 348
CVPIM 413
default greeting 268
Default Impersonation Level 361

Index
Default Language 178, 352, 410 User 349
Default Launch Permissions Domain Name 110, 111, 348, 410, 413
Edit Default button 361 Domain Name Service Server 413
Default NameNet 410 DOS 413
Default Properties 361 DS 329
Default Recording 165 DSS 131, 161, 327, 335
Default Security 361 DSS button 327
Default Settings 103, 172, 352, 383 DSS key 335
Default Start Points 135, 178, 195, 197, 218 set 161
Default Telephony Interface 98, 129 DSS key during 161
change 40 DTE 351
Default.Collect 135 DTMF 2/3 94
Default.Leave 135 DTMF Data
Default.Queued 135 following 238
Default.Still Queued 135 DTMF key 255
Delegate.May 186 DTMF signalling received 98, 114
Delegates Cause 396 DTMFF 118
Delete Prompt 207 DVD 160
Delete Start Point 192 DVM 135
DependOnService Dynamic
Open 388 Voiced Names 410
deselect 264 Dynamic Sub Expiration Days 410
destructed 84, 384 E
DestructorTracing 84, 384 Edit Default button
Details into Default Access Permissions 361
Entering 324 Default Configuration Permissions 361
Details key Default Launch Permissions 361
Select 410 Edit Defaults 361
DHCP 346 Edit icon 261
Diagnostics 81, 84, 200, 259, 352, 384, 413 Edit menu 201
Dial In Source Numbers 93 Edit Play List 197, 203, 207, 212
Dial Plan 409, 410 add 225
Dial Plan Mapping 410 Edit Play List Action 197, 203, 207, 212, 225
DID 112 Edit Prompt 207
digit string 268 Edit Security 361
digit string starting 216 Edit Start Point 172, 192, 198
Digital Machine Administration 409 Edit Value 251
Digital Networking 410 Edit voicemail 226, 281
Digital Networking Machine Administration 410 Element List icon 261, 264, 265, 266
Digital Nodes Elements icon 261, 264, 265
Maximum Number 410 Email Account IMS 349
digits As String 307 email Accounts 39, 91, 147, 349, 378, 389, 394
digits including 228, 268 existing 392
Directories - For 97 eMail Action 56, 203, 223, 240
directory press 268 Email Gateway 119
Directory View 83, 410 email inbox 66, 342
Disable IP Office Voicemail Email Settings 349 Email Messages
Disable Mobile Twinning Content 55
name 181 Email Protocol 45, 51
Disable Network Card Power Saving 349 Select 101
Disabled Items 374, 393 Email Reading 61, 66
Disconnect Action 203, 219, 247 Email Settings 52, 97, 382
Disk Space 21 Configuring 110
Disk Space Left 103 Email Settings window 352
Disk Space Requirements 346 Email TTS 66, 101
display Connecting 358 Email”
Display Message Queue 413 Voicemail 394
display string 306 e-mails 66
DND 180, 268 Embedded Voicemail 59
DNS 396, 413 Emph 63
DNS Server employing
Configuring 413 TTS 62
Do Not Disturb 132, 180, 226, 268, 281 Empty Tags 63
Domain Controller 360, 361 en/MC_00 208
running 389 en/MC_01 208
Domain Has Enable Auditing 383

Enable Distributed Com 361 disabling 393
Enable Distributed Com on 361 extenstion.dll 393
Enable Fax Sub-Addressing External Location 143, 183
Check 98, 114 external twinning 180
Enable Mobile Twinning Extn
name 181 View 118
EnableConnectionTracing 84, 384 F
EnableFunctionTracing 84, 384 Failed Msg 410
EnableObjectTracing 84, 384 fax board 98, 112, 113, 114, 118
EnableProxyTracing 84, 384 Fax Calls 98, 112, 114, 216
EnableRefTracing 84, 384 Fax Calls Using
EnableTagTracing 84, 384 Routing 117
EnableTracing 84, 384 Fax Configuration 60
English Non-Intuity Prompts 281 Fax Forwarding 116
Enter Command 413 Fax Server Configuration 113
Enter DCOMCNFG 361 Fax Sub-Addressing 98, 114
enter greeting 268 Fax Use 118
Enter greeting number 268 faxnumber>@faxination.com 116
Enter outcalling 268 faxnumber>@faxmaker.com 116
Enter outcalling number 268 faxnumber>@rightfax.com 116
Enter VBScript 244, 290 faxnumber>@zfconnector.com 116
entering matching digits 249 FaxPress 119
Entering Touch Tones 216 Feature Key 59, 60
Enterprise List Administration 410 match 347
entry press 268 type 351
Entry Prompts list 207 Feature Key Serial Number 347, 351
Entry Prompts Tab 207 Feature Key Server 60
Entry Prompts window 154, 172 require 351
enu/custom/getmail.wav 179 Feature Key Server PC 60
EOC_1 281 Feature Options 410
EOC_2 281 February 268, 281
equating Fenestrae Faxination 113, 116
Exchange User 346 file routing 337
Equisys Zetafax 113, 116 files/avaya/ims client/extension.dll 393
Error Logging 57 finished working 124
errormessages.htm 96 FireEventTracing 84, 384
EstimatedAnswer 292 Firewall 394
EstimatedAnswer Property 292 Opening 373
Event Viewer application 108, 380, 389 uses 373
Example Call Flow 137, 221, 246, 327 Firewall Port Settings 394
Mobile 181 First In-First 102
Example SAPI XML Tags 63 Follow Me 180, 226, 268, 281
example Save 255 For help press 268
example Touch 210 Force Account Code 132, 133, 137, 142, 150, 161, 181,
example transferring 257 327, 328
Exchange Administration Manager ForwardMsg 297
open 377 ForwardMsg Method 297
Exchange Administrator 348 ForwardMsgToMailbox 297
Exchange Connector 113 ForwardMsgToMailbox Method 297
Exchange Server Knowledge 342 fr” 293
Exchange Server PC 388 Français 178
Exchange User Full Control 361
equating 346 Full Name 96, 326
Executables 389 Changing 329
Execute Action 324 FullFilename 298
Existing Campaign FullFilename Method 298
Delete 331 Func 161
expandable/collapsible list FWD 212
contains 191
G
Export 38, 193, 378, 392
Gateway IP Address 410
Export Call Flows window 38, 378
General Configuration/system 104, 187
Exporting Call Flows 193
General Configuration/System Preferences 104, 187
extension 203
General Parameters 410
mobile twinning 181
General Screen 348
extension press 268, 281
General System Preferences
Extension.dll file

Index
General System Preferences H
Changing 98 H<Group Name 93
Generic Action 180, 203, 212, 255 Help button
includes 149 clicking 251
Generic Text help press 268
Installing 62 Highlight Addin 393
Speech 62 Highlight Integrated Messaging Associations 359
generic Text To Speech 62 Highlight Microsoft Exchange Server 348
Generic TTS 62 Highlight Voicemail Pro 127
Get Mail Action 175, 178, 179, 184, 197, 203, 220 HMain 93, 148
GetCallingParty 298 Home Action 203, 219
GetCallingParty Method 298 Host Server PC
GetDTMF 299 IMS 109, 381
GetDTMF Method 299 Hours Fallback Group
GetEstimatedAnswer 299 Out 151
GetEstimatedAnswer Method 299 Hours Greeting 281
GetExtension 300 Out 151
GetExtension Method 300 hours greeting press 281
GetLocale 300 Hours Operation 151
GetLocale Method 300 Housekeeping 102
GetMailbox 300 Select 145
GetMailbox Method 300 Housekeeping tab 102, 145
GetMailboxMessage 301 HTML 66
GetMailboxMessage Method 301 Hunt Group Call Flow
GetMailboxMessages 301 Customizing 156
GetMailboxMessages Method 301 Hunt Group Configuration 147
GetMessagePriority 302 Hunt Group Mailbox Owners 155
GetMessagePriority Method 302 Hunt Group Queuing 155, 221
GetMessagePrivate 302 Hunt Group Voicemail Indication 93
GetMessagePrivate Method 302 HuntGroup 147, 149, 152, 155, 166
GetMessageStatus 302 huntgroupconfiguration.htm 147
GetMessageStatus Method 302
GetName 303
I
GetName Method 303 ICLID 184
GetNewMsgs 303 ID 200 134
GetNewMsgs Method 303 ident 297
GetOldMsgs 303 ident As String 297
GetOldMsgs Method 303 Identifying
GetPositionInQueue 304 Avaya Voicemail Pro 410
GetPositionInQueue Method 304 Voicemail Server PC 90
GetRegister 304 Identity 383, 389
GetRegister Method 304 Idle 102, 145, 410
GetResult 304 If used 156
GetResult Method 304 illustrates 178
GetSavedMsgs 305 Impersonate 361
GetSavedMsgs Method 305 Impersonate” 361
GetSavedResult 305 Import 38, 145, 193, 378, 392
GetSavedResult Method 305 Import Call Flows 38, 378
GetVariable 305 IMS Account 352, 357, 377, 378, 382
GetVariable Method 305 Configured 349
Gfi FAXMaker 113, 116 Configuring 348
Give Error Messages Creating 348
Using Voicemail 96 Transferring 392
Goto 203 IMS Account Has Admin Rights
Add 218, 329 IMS Server 349
Goto Action 203, 218, 329 IMS Admin Tool
Granting Run 389
Access 335 VMPRO.arf 392
Greetings Folders 392 IMS Administration 84, 344, 352, 359, 384, 396
Group Broadcast IMS Administration Tool 344, 352, 396
Configuring 149 Close 359
Group Mailbox Names 23 IMS Client application 345, 373
Group Policy IMS Client Installation
Select 361 Testing 374
Group Start Points 135 IMS Client Installer 360, 372
IMS Client Keys 84, 384

IMS Client Not 393 reset 128
IMS Client Not Showing 393 inbox 343, 359
IMS Client Package 352 Incoming Call Route 139, 143, 156, 165, 166, 171, 195,
IMS Client PC 345, 360 198, 253, 254, 327
IMS Client PC Requirements 345 match 134
IMS Client Requirements 360 Voicemail 143
IMS Client Software IncomingCallRoute 259
Installing 372 incorporates
IMS Client’s Outlook BLF 335
delegates 359, 396 increase/decrease
IMS Clients Not Connecting When Outlook Opened 396 want 84, 384
IMS Components 344 increase/decrease reporting 84, 384
IMS Connection 372, 374 Inetpub/mailroot/Drop 408
IMS Connection Information window Information Required 347
see 372 Initialize 358
IMS Database Service 352 Initializing
IMS email 102, 145, 382 Call Flow 358
IMS Email Settings Voicemail Pro Call Flow 358
Configuring 382 Install Voicemail Pro 40, 97, 174, 177, 394
IMS Exchange Mailbox Operation install Voicemail Pro Software 394
Observing 377 Installatio
IMS Gateway 108, 344, 352, 380, 388 ACM Gateway 398
run 389 Installation
IMS Gateway Server 389 Compact 25
logging 108, 380 Custom 31
IMS Gateway Service 344, 352, 388 MAPI 42
IMS Installation 347, 388 SMTP Voicemail Email 41
IMS Installation Alternatives 388 Typical 28
IMS Licenses VoiceMail Pro Client 36
Entering 351 Installation Checks 347
IMS Limitations 343 Installation Process 62, 352, 361, 388
IMS Messages Past Housekeeping Installing VoiceMail Pro 378
Saving 395 Installshield 40
IMS Playback Parameters 372 InstallShield Wizard 39, 378
IMS Playback Parameters window 372 Welcome 40
IMS Restart Services 389 Integrated Message Voice Server 352
IMS Server 84, 344, 346, 347, 348, 359, 360, 361, 384, Integrated Messaging 347, 372, 374, 389, 393, 397
388 Select 392
connect 372, 389 Integrated Messaging Server 360
IMS Account Has Admin Rights 349 Integrated Messaging Service 342, 352
IMS Server MUST 349 connect 394
IMS Server PC Requirements 346 Integrated Messaging Tab 391, 393
IMS Server Preparation 349 Interact 81, 113, 316, 344, 389
IMS Service Logging 108, 380 Interchange 413
IMS Services 108, 380 connecting 409
Check 357 Intuity Audix 410
IMS Tracing 84, 384 refer 410
IMS User 392, 393, 396 Interchange Administration 410
IMS user’s 377 Interchange Basic Tests 413
restore 392 Interchange Dial Plan
IMS Voice 108, 109, 344, 352, 380, 381, 388, 389 Intuity Audix Dial Plan 410
IMS Voice Server 108, 380 Interchange General Parameters
IMS Voice Service 344, 352, 388 Set 410
hosting 109, 381 Interchange Intuity 410
IMS/VoiceMail Pro 349 Interchange Main Menu 410, 413
IMS/Voicemail Pro Server 345, 360 Interchange VPIM 410
name 372 Interchange VPIM Interface
IMS” Applications 394 Voicemail Pro 410
IMSClient 360, 374, 389 Interchange-based 410
IMSClient.exe 360, 372 Internal Calls Error Message 96
IMSClient.exe file 372 Internal Variables 291
IMSGATEWAY.arf 392 International 96, 268
Inactive 98, 125, 126, 127, 128, 268, 281 International Calls
Inactivity Timeout 98 create 96
Changing 128 internet 337, 413
inactvity timeout interruptables As String 307, 308, 309, 311, 315

Index
intranet 337 IP Office VoiceMail Pro 3.2
Intuity Audix 409 IP Office 4.0. 39, 378
corresponding 410 IP Office Voicemail Pro CD 39, 347, 378
Interchange 410 Insert 352
networking 410 IP Office Voicemail Pro Control Panel Applet 378
Intuity Audix Command Line Interface 413 run 389
Intuity Audix Dial Plan IP Office Voicemail Pro window 108, 109, 110, 111, 380,
Interchange Dial Plan 410 381, 382
Intuity Emulation Mode 144 Upgrading 39, 378
Intuity Mailbox Mode 40, 144, 326, 328 IP Office Wizard 245
Intuity Mailbox User Guide IP Trunks 158
read 98, 114 IP406 346, 349
refer 145 IP406 V2 346, 349
see 144 IP412 346, 349
Intuity Prompt 268 IP500 347, 351
Invalid 137, 235, 268, 281 IP500 Upgrade Standard
call follows 231, 236 Professional 347
Invalid Conference 235 require 351
IP 500 351 ipconfig 413
IP 500 Office 351 is” eta 309
IP Line ISBN 317
select 60 caller matches 318
IP Office 4.0. capture 318
IP Office VoiceMail Pro 3.2 39, 378 matches 318
IP Office 500 346, 347, 349, 351 matching 322
IP Office 500 Smart Card Feature Key 351 store 324
IP Office Admin Suite window 40 Issue 351, 383, 391, 413
IP Office Administration Applications CD 347 telnet 409
IP Office application 148, 347 ITU 234, 238, 326
IP Office Application Firewall Batch File 347 IVR 252, 316
IP Office Conferencing Center 203 according 281
IP Office ContactStore 160 IVR Database Connection 252
IP Office Control Unit 241, 346, 349, 351 K
IP Office Documentation CD 144 Key Server 357, 397
IP Office Feature Key 347
L
number 351
Language Select 178, 179
IP Office Feature Key Dongle Serial Number 347
Language Setting
IP Office Feature Key Server 16
Changing 175
running 351
Languages
IP Office Feature Key Server application 351
Prompts 12, 177
IP Office IMS 359, 392
Supported 12, 177
IP Office Integrated 359, 395, 396
Large Fonts
IP Office Integrated Messaging Pro 359, 395, 396
Use 346
IP Office Intuity 112, 116, 144
Large Fonts setting 346
IP Office Intuity Mailbox User Guide 112, 116, 144
Last In-First Out 102
IP Office Licenses 347
Last Update
IP Office Mailbox Mode 40, 154, 326, 328
Status 413
IP Office Mailbox User Guide 155
LastAccessedMsg 291, 293
see 144
LastAccessedMsg Property 291, 293
IP Office Manager application 23, 195, 198, 259
launch 361, 388
IP Office Manager User 58, 90
VB 312
IP Office Manager User Guide 90
Leave Mail Action 94, 137, 156, 160, 175, 197, 203, 221,
see 58
240, 327
IP Office Mode 94, 129, 132, 147, 150, 220, 221, 281
Leave Messages 135, 203
IP Office No Answer Time 146
Level Tone 281
IP Office Phone Manager application 132
License Server IP Address 60, 351
IP Office Services Using
Set 60
Starting 397
Licenses
IP Office Settings 54
Feature Specific 22
IP Office Small Community Network 58
Port 22
IP Office System Details 347
Required 22
IP Office Technical Bulletins
licenses exist 61
Read 347
licenses match 347
IP Office TUI 293
LIFO 102
IP Office User Guide 144
limit 155, 158, 212, 259, 361
IP Office User Profile Screen 372, 389
limit restricts 212
Line Group ID 96, 132, 133, 137, 142, 150, 161, 181, 259, Mailbox Store 377
327, 328 Mailbox Users Owners Using
List Definition 410 Advice 174
list equating 346 mailbox/message 297, 298, 302, 308, 309, 311, 313
list press 268, 281 mailboxes As String 297, 306, 313
Listen Action 164, 170, 197, 203, 222, 232 MailboxEvtSinkTracing 84, 384
Listing linking 347 mailing lists 268
Live 123, 124, 137, 328, 392 Main Menu 410
lmhosts 389 Main Voicemail Pro Window 98, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104,
LOC 178, 179, 255, 291, 293, 300, 309, 312 127, 129, 187, 191, 198
LOC voicemail 293 Main.Collect 135
LOC/custom/getmail.wav 179 Main.Leave 135
Local Machine Administration 409, 410 Maintenance Menu 413
Local Policies 361, 383 Make Live icon 358
Local Security Policy 383 Making them Live 193
Local Security Policy window Manage Forms 374
Close 383 Manager application 198, 234
Local Server Manager Incoming Call Route 134
Connecting 358 Managing
Local System Account 81 Campaigns 331
Local Users 383 Mandatory Announcement Example 171
Locale 132, 133, 137, 142, 144, 150, 161, 174, 181, 186, Manual Call Recording
255, 293, 298, 308, 311, 312, 327, 328 Starting 161
match 177 Manual Recording
locale As String 312 Customizing 164
Locale Property 293 Manual Recording Mailbox 163
Locked Administrator Login Manual Recording Options
Releasing 127 Setting 163
Log Preferences 84, 384 Manually Install
Logg Form 374
Errors 57 MAPI - Email Protocol 45, 51
Logging MAPI email 66, 81, 101, 110, 382
IMS Gateway Server 108, 380 MAPI Email Preferences
Out 124 Setting 101
Logging Level 108, 380, 389 MAPI Password
Logic icon 261, 265 leave 101
login 119, 122, 127, 268, 409 MAPI Profile 101
logins 268, 281 MAPI-based Voicemail Email
long distance 268 Voicemail Pro 66
long outcalling 104, 187 MAPI-compliant 21
Look In list 348 MAPIEventTracing 84, 384
Loop Until Len 300 Matching Short Code 195, 198
M Creating 137
MacAfee Personal Firewall 394 Materials Required 347
Machine Administration 410 MattR 180
Machine Type 410 Max 98, 160
Mail Account 348 Maximum Number 59, 299, 333
Mail Drop 111 Digital Nodes 410
Mail Properties 348 maxtime 311
Mail Server 111, 413 maxtime As 311
Mailbox Actions 192, 203 maxtime As Long 311
Leave Mail 327 mdb 38, 193, 378
Mailbox Actions icon 220, 221, 222, 223, 224 mdb file 193
mailbox As String 297, 301, 302, 306, 307, 313 Member Of 147, 148, 150, 212, 345, 348, 349, 352, 360
mailbox follow Menu Action 112, 113, 114, 117, 137, 156, 172, 178, 181,
Failure 221 203, 210, 236, 318
mailbox greeting 94 Specific 216
Mailbox ID Length 410 Menu action Touch 117
Mailbox Main 134 menu bar
Access 133 Synchronize 359
mailbox matching 220, 221, 222, 225, 226 Menu button 148
Mailbox Mode 113, 114, 147, 220, 221 Menu key 161, 329
Select 40 menu press 268, 281
Mailbox Operation Mode 144 menu provides
Changing 129 user 139, 140
mailbox press 268 Merge Config 184

Index
message As String 302, 306, 307, 313 Mike 61, 62
message counts 301 Minimum PC 345, 360
Message Deletion Times mins 98
Setting 102 MINUTE 307
Message Exchange Test 413 minutes” 309
message housekeeping 102 Misc Troubleshooting 389
Message Housekeeping Preferences 102 Miscellaneous Actions icon 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
Message Length 98 290
Message Parameters 110, 382 misconfiguration 391
Message Parameters options 110, 382 Mobile 91, 94, 143, 183, 186, 268
message press 268, 281 Example Call Flow 181
message Test Connection Succeeded 251 turn 180
Message Waiting 392 Mobile Twinning 180
Message Waiting Indication 146 extension 203 181
Configuring 148 mobile twinning feature 268
Message Waiting Indicators Not Clearing 397 Mobile Twinning No 181
message!Response 413 mobile twinning number 180, 181
MessageCLI 306 Mobile Twinning on 181
MessageCLI Method 306 mobile twinning options 268
MessageDisplay 306 Models 389
MessageDisplay Method 306 Modify Administrator window 126, 127
MessageEvtSinkTracing 84, 384 modify existing campaigns 331
MessageLength 306 Module Return 178, 202, 203
MessageLength Method 306 add 219
MessageProcessingTracing 84, 384 result 219
Messages button 139 use 259
use 93 Module Return Action 202, 203, 219, 259
Messages Past Housekeeping 395 Module Start Points 135, 137
Messages Through 337 Modules Navigation 191, 259
Playing 342 Modules Navigation Pane 191, 259
messages/recordings 98 Move Prompt 207
messages” 309 MS Exchange 344, 345, 348, 360
MessageTime 307 MS Exchange 2000 345, 360
MessageTime Method 307 MS Exchange Settings 348
Messaging Associations 359 MS Windows 395
Messaging Components 352 MS-CRM 231
Messaging Components window 352 matching 236
Microsoft .NET Framework 16 MS-CRM Call Data Tagging 236
Microsoft 3rd 62 MSCRM-ACT 236
Microsoft Access 251, 317, 318 msec 63
Microsoft Access Database 251, 317 MSExchangeIS 388
uses 318 MSExchangeMTA 388
Microsoft Exchange 343, 344, 346, 348, 389, 392, 413 Msg ID 410
Microsoft Exchange 5.5 MSGN 309
Access 346 MSGO 309
Microsoft Exchange checkbox msgs 148, 309
Check 348 msgtype 301, 313
Microsoft Exchange Client 344 msgtype As String 301, 313
Microsoft Exchange Server 343, 344, 389, 413 MSRM-ACT 236
Select 392 MTS 383
Microsoft IIS Web Server 21 Multiple Language TTS Support 61
Microsoft Internet Explorer 337 Music 152, 172, 236
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 337 Music on Hold 152, 172, 236
Microsoft Management Console 361 MWI 148
Microsoft Outlook 342, 345, 359, 360, 392, 394, 396 mywavs/hello.wav 243
opening 393 N
Microsoft Outlook 2000/2003 345, 360 Name Action 203, 234, 326, 327
Microsoft Sam 61, 62 Name Determination 413
Microsoft SAPI 61, 63 Name Directory 59
Microsoft Speech SDK 61 name greeting 144
Microsoft Speech SDK 5.1 name matches 259, 268
use 61 Name Property 294
Microsoft TTS 61, 62 Name Table
Microsoft WAVE file 268, 281 Using 329
Microsoft Windows Name window 198, 223, 348
part 61 Names 109, 193, 236, 381, 392

NameWavsTable 329 IMS Exchange Mailbox Operation 377
Navigate 392 ODBC 316
SYSTEM/CurrentControlSet/Services/IMS 388 OldMsgs 291, 294
Nest Tags 63 OldMsgs Property 291, 294
NET Framework 349 OLE DB Provider
NET Framework 1.1. 349 Select 251
NET Framework 2.0 349 on Component Services 361
NETALY.arf 392 on configuring outcalling 268
Netscape 337 on identifying
Network Address 410 campaign 331
Network Administration Access 347 on Incoming 156, 253, 254
Network Card 346, 349 on incoming message 281
Network Card including 349 on outgoing calls 95
Network Card Power Saving 349 on/off 91, 147
Network Channel Administration 409, 410 Online Mode 123, 130
Network Identification 348 Open and/or 203
Network Identification Tab Open Database Connectivity 316
select 348 Open Door 203
Network Requirements 346 add 241
Network Settings 251 Open Door Action 203, 241
Network Snapshot 413 Open Voicemail Pro 172, 352
Network Turnaround 409, 410 Operating
networking System Support 346
Intuity Audix 410 Operating System CD 413
Networking Administration 347, 410 Options key
New Condition icon 264, 265 Select 410
New Condition window 261, 264, 265 Other Files
new greeting 94 Including 194
New Include File 194 Other Firewalls 373
New Integrated 359 other operating systems 346
New Integrated Messaging Server window 359 out according 192
New Password 125, 127, 130, 268 outcalling administration 268
New PC 392 outcalling destination 268
New Software Outcalling feature 186
Install 38, 40, 378 OutCalling features 183
new VoiceMail Pro 378 outcalling number 268
NewMsgs 291, 294 outcalling option 268
NewMsgs Property 291, 294 outcalling options 104, 187, 268
Next run 389 Outcalling Preferences 39, 378
NIC Setting 104, 187
adjust 349 Outcalling tab 104, 187
Night Service 151, 230, 281 Outcalling window
No Answer Time 132, 171 return 104, 187
amend 172 outcalls 268
setting 172 Outgoing
No Match result 228 emails 111
no Remote 122, 125 Outgoing Group ID 60
non-administered Outlook 2003 344, 348, 392
Send 409 Outlook 2003 uncheck Cache Mode 348
non-Administered Recipients Outlook 97 344
Send 409 Outlook Cached Exchange Mode 392
NONE 361 Outlook Delegates Cause IMS
None - No 108, 380 Slow 396
None - No logging recorded 108, 380 outlook disabling 393
Non-Intuity Prompt 281 Outlook email 349
Normalize Queue Length 155 Outlook Express 47
Normally IMS 342 Outlook icon 348
Notepad window 200 Outlook Menu Bar 372
Notification Priority 410 Outlook Tools 374, 393
Notify 123, 207, 231, 235, 236, 395 Outlook’s 393, 394
Notify Me 395 Outlook’s Tool 393
noun">record</partofsp 63 P
November 268, 281 Page Calls 243
NT login 389 Pager 183, 184, 236
O Pager>$KEY 236
Observing Parallel Port Feature Key 351

Index
Park Slot 335 PlayWav Method 309
passing Please contact
voicemail 172 administrator 268
Password Never Expires 348 Please Edit 333
path during calls 173 Campaign 331
Path Setting 97 PM 268, 281
Path Settings point Still Queued 154
installed 109, 381 Policies menu
Path Settings window 352 accessing 383
path/file 297, 298, 308, 309, 311 por Español 178
pathname 297, 309, 311 Port Number 111
file 298 POS 156, 221, 246, 255, 266, 309
PC acting 60 position” 309
PC Control Panel 413 PositionInQueue 295
PC hosting PositionInQueue Property 295
key 351 Post 203, 243
PC Multimedia 208 Select 152, 172
PC running 361, 389, 413 Post Dial 203
PCs 344, 361, 392 add 243
PC's 342 Post Dial Action 203, 243
PCs Window’s Temp 392 POT 113, 118, 173
PC's Windows Control Panel 97 PRE 389
PDF 144 preceding
Peak Times 104, 187, 268 Database Execute 316
Pentium 345, 360 Database Open 251
Permissions 251, 316, 348, 359, 361, 383, 391, 396, 410 Leave Mail 240
Permitted 96 Menu 236
Personal Announcements 171, 172 Voice Question 212
points 39, 378 preference press 268
Personal Distribution List 145 Preferences icon 40, 97, 145
creating 212 Prefix 63, 93, 98, 112, 113, 114, 184, 259, 347
group 149 pre-installation 352
Personal Distribution Lists 145, 149 Previous login 268
personalised 172 Primary NT Account 359
Phone Manager 131, 132, 134, 144, 145, 148, 161, 335 Prime Times 104, 187, 268
changes 180 Priority 156, 165, 186, 253, 254, 268, 302, 343, 413
Phone Manager application 144 Privacy 302, 413
Phone Manager Pro 144, 145, 161 Pro 135, 345, 349, 359, 360, 378, 382, 393, 395, 396
Phone Manager User Guide 180 problem transferring 281
see 144 problem trying 252
Pick Up Automatically 372 Problems 58, 60, 81, 95, 98, 108, 251, 252, 281, 380,
PIN 203, 206, 219, 235, 281, 329 383, 388, 389, 391, 392, 394, 396, 397, 413
enter 226 having 389
set 328 Problems Connecting to/Synchronizing 389
Ping Test 413 produce 210, 331
Pitch - Change 63 WAV file 61
Planning Professional 351
Requirements 59 IP500 Upgrade Standard 347
Play Advice 159 ProgA 329
check 98 Program Maintenance window 40
Play Advice on Call Recording 159 program provides 81
Play Configuration 184, 185, 197, 203, 226 Program window 40
Play Configuration Menu 185, 197, 203 ProgramFiles 373
access 184 Prompts 12, 177
add 226 Properties window 201, 251, 261
Play Configuration Menu Action 184, 203, 226 Provide 84, 113, 190, 384
Using 185 Provide Local Mapped Addresses 410
Play Help 238 Provide tracing
playbeep 311 indicate 84, 384
playbeep As 311 Provide tracing about 84, 384
playbeep As Boolean 311 Provider Tab 251
PlayDigits 307 Provides voicemail 58, 183, 190, 344
PlayDigits Method 307 Public Folders 343
PlayLocaleWav 308 Q
PlayLocaleWav Method 308 QPOS 291, 295, 304, 309
PlayWav 309 QPOS voicemail 295

QTIM 291, 292, 299, 309 RecordRegister Method 311
QTIM voicemail 292 REG_DWORD 84, 384
Queue Actions 192, 203 REG_MULTI_SZ 388
Queue Actions icon 253, 254 Regional 144
Queue ETA 156, 203 Regional Setting 144
add 253, 254 Register 304, 311, 312, 313, 348
Queue ETA Action 203, 253, 254 Register Method 312
queue greeting 281 Registry 84, 384, 388
queue greeting press 281 Restore 38, 378
Queue Length 155 regnum 304, 311, 313
Queue Position 146, 156, 203, 253, 254, 281 regnum As Long 304, 311, 313
Queue Position Action 156, 203, 254 Release 84, 166, 384
Queued - Used 195, 197 Locked Administrator Login 127
Queued & Still Queued 195 relogon 268
Queued Callers Estimated Time relogon press 268
Answer 156 rem Wait 60 357, 397
Queued Callers Queue Position 156 Remote Access 281, 361
Queued Start Point 154, 172 Remote Address 410
Queued start point giving 172 Remote Call Flow 203
Queued start point replaces 154 add 245
Quit 281, 413 Remote Campaign Directory 100
Campaign 334 Remote Connection Test 413
R Remote Launch/Activation 361
RAM 345, 360 Remote Machine 409, 410
Rate - Change 63 Remote Machine Administration 409, 410
Read Email 66 Remote Machine Name 410
read matching records 316 Remote Machine Parameters 410
REC 159 Remote System Voicemail Settings
rec_01 281 Configuring 60
receive Test Packets 413 Remote Voicemail Notification 226
Reception 91, 94, 137, 172, 226, 257, 268, 281 Remote Voicemail Pro Clients 125
Reception/Breakout 91, 94 Remove 38, 66, 194, 352
ReceptionClosed 257 Remove Voicemail Lite 40
ReceptionOpen 257 Remove Voicemail Pro 38, 378
RECNAM_01 281 removing VoiceMail Pro 378
RECNAM_02 281 Rename 194, 198, 261
RECNAM_03 281 Reporting
recognised 351 Tab 210
recognize 119, 174, 197 Reporting tab 210
PC 90 Request ISBN 322
Recor 161 required depending
Record Call 158, 161 number 347
record greeting 96 required flag
Record Inbound 166 change 337
Record key 333 required logging levels 352
Record Name 144, 197, 203, 309, 328 Required Network 342
add 225 Required PC Services
Record Name Action 197, 203, 225, 328 Check That 413
Record Name Module Requires Authentication 111
Adding 328 Requires TTS 203, 215, 255
Record Outbound 166 RES voicemail 295
record/re-record 328 Resources 95, 395
recorded asking restore 268
user 178 Database 38, 378
recorded name greeting 144 IMS user’s 392
recording As String 311 Registry 38, 378
Recording Library 158, 160, 163, 166, 221 restorereg.bat 38, 378
Recording Library options 163, 166 Restrictions 58, 59, 268, 361
recording press 208, 268, 281 result As String 314
Recording Time 98, 103, 166 result occurs 202
Changing 160 Result Property 295
Recording Time Profile 166 results depending on 94, 221
Recording Warning 158, 159, 161 results includes 228
RecordMsg 311 results represents 202
RecordMsg Method 311 Results Tab 211
RecordRegister 311 Retries 234

Index
Retries 234 Server PC 61, 84, 98, 109, 113, 114, 116, 346, 348, 349,
Number 104, 187 352, 381, 384
Retrieving Server PC Power Saving Mode 349
Data 318 server PC's 97
Retry Interval 104, 187 Server Requires Authentication
return counts 301 check 111
Right-click My Computer 348 Server's Outlook Client 349
Ringback 148, 183 Service Account Name window 352
Ringing 152, 172 Service Fallback Group
Root.vmp 100, 193, 194 Out 151
Rotat 329 service logging 108, 380
Route Incoming 203, 230 Service User 347
Route Incoming Call services running 378
add 230 session’s 291, 303, 305
Route Incoming Call Action 203, 230 Set 203 mobile_twinning_number_$KEY 181
Routing action 203, 228, 230 Set 203 twinning_type Internal 181
Routing Faxes 117 Set 203 twinning_type Mobile 181
Run DbgView.exe 84, 384 Set MattR mobile-twinning-number 180
Run regedt32.exe 388 Set MattR twinning_type Internal 180
Run Restorereg.bat file 392 Set MattR twinning_type Mobile 180
Russian 61 Set Mobile No
S name 181
Set User Variable 203, 248, 257
S/N 347
add 247
S8100 413
Set User Variable Action 203, 247, 248, 257
access 409
Set Voice 292, 293, 295, 300, 307, 309, 312
sample listing 208
Set voicemail email 91, 226, 281
samples 208
set Voicemail Email Mode 91, 226, 281
SAPI XML 63
Set voicemail on/off 226
SAPI 61, 62, 63, 215
SetLocale 312
SAPI XML 215
SetLocale Method 312
samples 63
SetMailboxMessage 313
SAPI XML tags 63
SetMailboxMessage Method 313
modify 215
SetRegister 313
SAPI5 TTS 61
SetRegister Method 313
SAV 255, 291, 296, 305, 309, 314
SetResult 314
SAV voicemail 296
SetResult Method 314
SavedMsgs 291, 296
SetSavedResult 314
SavedMsgs Property 291, 296
SetSavedResult Method 314
SavedResult 296
setting tty 174
SavedResult Property 296
settings including 184
Say <emph>boo</emph 63
Setup Status window 352
saying
Setup Type window 352
3001 63
Setup.exe
Record 208
CD 39, 352, 378
ScanSoft 61, 62
SetVariable 314
ScanSoft TTS 61
SetVariable Method 314
SCN 58, 59, 60
Short Code Start Points 133, 135, 198
Secretary 94, 186, 268
Short Codes.DVM 135
Select Features window 352
Shortcode 135, 161
selected Basic Actions 201
add 328
Selecting Mailboxes 61, 195, 359, 377
Silence 63, 152, 172, 208, 236, 268, 281
SelfSelect
Silence - Add 63
back 137
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 103
Send e-mail 240
Simple Mailbox Call Flow 175
Send Message 268, 281
Simple Network Management Protocol 103
Warning 410
Simplified Chinese 61, 62
send message press 268
Simultaneous 59, 61, 347
Send messages via email 56
Small Community Network 58, 59, 60, 397
Send reporting 210
Small Community Networking 59
September 268, 281
Small Office Edition 346, 349
Serial Port Feature Key 60, 351
SMS 268
Series 148, 161, 190, 195, 201, 255, 318, 324, 330, 331
send 349
Series Phones 148
SMTP - Email Protocol 45, 51
Server menu 359
SMTP email 39, 97, 111
Server Name 122, 348
enter 389
Expand 377

SMTP email 39, 97, 111 standard working hours 260
validate 352 start operating 98
SMTP Email Servers 111 Start Phone Manager 134
SMTP Email Settings 97 Start Points Navigation 125, 126, 127, 154, 172, 195
Configuring 111 Start Points Navigation Pane 191
SMTP Email Settings window 352 start processing 335
SMTP Server 111, 352, 413 Start Recording 161
Settings 52 Start Services
SMTP Server Address 413 Batch File 357
SMTP server fails 352 Start SoftConsole 134
SMTP Service Test 413 Start Voicemail Pro 38, 357, 378, 397
SNMP 97, 103 Startup 40, 357, 413
SNMP Alarm 97 Startup Type 357, 413
SNMP Alarms 97 status signalling 159
Setting 103 Status Test 413
SoftConsole 131, 132, 134, 161, 180, 327 Status Through
Software 38, 62, 84, 113, 119, 122, 345, 346, 347, 351, Check 413
352, 360, 374, 378, 384, 395, 396 steps appropriate 101
software attempts 396 steps follow 410
SOFTWARE/Avaya/Integrated Messaging/Admin” 84, 384 steve 397
SOFTWARE/Avaya/Integrated Messaging/Client” 84, 384 STEVE SMITH 397
Sound Prefs Continue button 337 Steve-Smith 397
Source 93, 143, 146, 148, 184, 231, 232, 233, 236 Still Queued 135, 154, 155, 156, 171, 172, 197, 198, 255
Source Numbers 146 Still Queued Start Point 154
Select 184 Stop processing
View 93, 143, 148 message 335
Speak Action Stop Recording 161
use 322 stop working 395
Speak Book Cost 322 Structured Query Language 316
Speak Book Title 322 Sub Main 292, 293, 295, 300, 307, 309, 312
Speak Method 315 Subject 158, 240, 268
Speak Text Action 61, 66, 201, 203, 215, 255, 322, 324 submenu 201
Using 62 Submit 329, 337
Speaker button Subnet Mask 410
pressing 139 Subscriber 268, 409, 410, 413
specific reasons Subscriber Administration 268, 410
changing 352 Subscriber Lists 268, 410
Specific Start Points 191, 195, 197 Subscriber Updates Type 410
Specification Success 94, 137, 221, 251, 252, 295, 383
PC 17 success Then 295
Specifying Support Email Text
Level 108, 380 Speech 61
MAPI 101 Supported Remote 59
Name 109, 381 Supported Remote IP Office Voicemail Features 59
Speech Application Program Interface 63 Synchronise 203, 253, 254
Speech SAPI Controls synchronization 389, 392, 397
Text 63 Synchronize 154, 156, 253, 254, 349, 389, 392, 393
Speed 63, 134, 346, 349 menu bar 359
Speed Dials 134 Synchronize Calls 154
Spell - Spell 63 Synchronize Mailboxes icon 359
spell>123</spell 62 synchronize” 389
spell>555 3468</spell 63 Syntax Check 244, 290
SQL Syntax Check button
construct 251 pressing 244, 290
Defines 316 System > System 174, 351
entered 318, 324 System Administration 413
performs 251 system announces 184
SQL Function window 318, 324 System Configuration window 159
SQL query 251, 316 System Fax Number 98, 112, 113, 114, 116, 117
SQL Wizard 251, 318, 324 system greeting 268
SQL Wizard window 251 system greeting enter 268
Standard Client 125 System greeting used 268
standard greeting 132, 281 system hosting 59
standard greeting message 132 System icon 60
standard greeting press 281 system outcalling 268
Standard IP Office Mailbox Mode 144 System Parameters 309, 410

Index
System Preferences text This 63, 315
Select 97 Text To Speech 21, 61, 62, 63, 66, 101, 215, 322
System Preferences window 98, 114, 129 Textphone 174, 175
System Prompts 178 TIME 309
System Resources 95 Time Check 134
System Retry Settings 104, 187 TimeAndTrace 84, 384
System Settings 97, 102 TimeCheck 133, 134
installed 108, 380 timeout As Long 299
System Settings window 352 TimeQueued 156, 255
System Status Application TimeSystem 156, 255
Open 95 Title 129, 191, 317, 318, 322, 324
see 95 Title Bar 129, 191
System Support TOC 104, 187
Operating 346 Token Name 181, 206
System Times 104, 187 Tools>Options>Integrated Messaging 374
System Tool 83 Total Items 377
SYSTEM/CurrentControlSet/Services/IMS Touch 112, 117, 137, 203, 210, 216
Navigate 388 Touch Tones 112, 117, 137, 203
SYSTEMROOT 357, 397 Entering 216
systems running 147, 150 Menu 210
T tracing
tab gives MAPI 84, 384
list 93 Transfer 131, 154, 165, 185, 197, 216, 236, 392
TCP Port 135 373, 394 Transfer Action 137, 171, 197, 203, 231, 232
TCP Port 2000 373, 394 Transfer action transfers
TCP/IP 343, 345, 346, 360, 409, 413 caller 231
optioned 410 Transmit Wave Files 352
TCP/IP Administration 410 check 110, 382
TCP/IP Diagnostics 413 Troubleshooting 413
TCP/IP networking 20, 345, 346, 360, 410 DCOM Issues 383
TCP/IP Properties 413 Trusted Location 139
Telephone Icon 372 Creating 143
see 374 Trusted Source 93, 135, 184
telephone number including 93 Try uninstalling 374
Telephony Actions 192, 203 TTS 62, 63, 215, 255, 309, 315
Assisted Transfer 327 choose 61
Dial 327 employing 62
Telephony Actions icon 181, 228, 230, 231, 232, 233, includes 61
234, 235, 236, 238 license 66
Telephony Handset 208 start 62
Telephony Operation Mode 144 TTS Usages 61
Teletype 174, 175 TTY 12, 174, 177
telnet 413 default 175
Issue 409 see 173
SMTP 410 set 175
telnet 172.16.254.197 25 413 setting 174
telnet ip-address 25 413 use 174
temp/backup.mdb 38, 378 TTY Device 173, 174, 175
Test Condition 170, 203, 260, 264, 265 TTY Maintenance Patch 175
add 246 turn outcalling 268
Test Condition Action 170, 203, 246, 260, 264, 265 turn outcalling off 268
Test Connection button 251 turn outcalling on 268
Test Connection Succeeded 251 Turn voicemail 132, 144
Test Email Operation 349 Turn voicemail ringback 144
Test Packets 413 txt file 200
Test User Variable 203 type matching 268
add 248 Typical 330, 352
use 247, 257 Typical Voicemail Pro Server 352
Test User Variable Action 203, 247, 248, 257 U
test” 309 UDP Port 50791 373, 394
Testing UDP Port 50799 373, 394
IMS Client Installation 374 UDP Port 67 373, 394
VPNM 408 UDP Port 69 373, 394
VPNM Setup 408 UK English 281
text As String 315 UMSEventTracing 84, 384
text matching 329 Unable 413

Uncheck Use Cached Exchange Mode 392 Users Voicemail Access
Un-check Voicemail On 172 Giving 143
unchecking Using Cached Mode 392
Voicemail On 91 Using DSS Keys 161
un-checking Using IP Office Manager 62, 66
Voicemail On 147 Using Short Codes 161
undelete 268 Access Voicemail 133
Under Specific Start Points 184 Using Start Points 198
Under Log 81 Using VB Script 244, 290
uninstall Voicemail Pro 352 Using Visual Voice 139
Unit Name/IP Address 122 Using VM 134
United States 144 Using Voicemail 93, 152, 155, 172, 186
UNIX 413 Give Error Messages 96
UnPark Call Using Windows Explorer 40
use 335 utilisation
Unspecified Error 80004005 391 view 95
Unzip AvayaFW.bat 373 V
Up Callback VAR 208, 255, 291, 296, 305, 309, 314
Setting 184 VAR voicemail 296
Up Text To Speech variable As String 314
Setting 66 variable matches 228, 248
Up Voicemail Transfer Options Variable Property 296
Setting 94 Variable Routing 228
Updates In 147, 409, 410 Variable Routing Action 203, 228
Updates Out 409, 410 VB Action 295
Upgrade 38, 66, 193, 352 VB Script Action 203, 244, 290
IP Office VoiceMail Pro window 39, 378 VB Scripting 291
Voicemail Pro 38, 40 add 244, 290
Voicemail Pro Server 378 VBS 292
US 61, 179, 268 VBScript 294
Voicemail Pro 281 enter 244, 290
US English 179 Use 244, 290
Voicemail Pro 268 VB-Script 295
US English Intuity Prompts 268 VBScripts 291
USB 351 VCM 59
Use Challenge Response Authentication verb">record</partofsp 63
set 111 Verification 413
Use DNS 410 Version 3.2 38, 39, 378
Use Port 346, 349 Version 5.0.2195.6713 413
user attempting 135 View Packet Statistics 413
User Cannot Change Password 348 Visual Voice
User Defined Fax Number 116 access 140
User Defined Variable menu 247 Visual Voice Button 140
User Defined Variables 192, 257 VM Pro 61, 62, 244, 290, 316, 392
User Details 347 VM Pro Database Interface 316
User Locale 144, 174, 175, 177, 178 VM Pro Generic TTS 61
Changing 174 VM Pro ScanSoft TTS 61
User Name Recordings 326 VM Pro TTS 62
user presses 161 VM Pro VBScript 244, 290
User Properties VM Server Specific 84, 384
select 359 VMCol 140
User Source Numbers Vmdata.mdb 193
Configuring 93 VMLite.exe 40
User Start Points 135 vmp file 193, 194, 245
user’s DTMF 299 VMPRo
User’s Name 374, 389, 397 start 389
userconfiguration.htm 91 VMPro Database Interface 203
UserID 83 VMPro Error 0x80004005 394
Username 372, 389 VMPro service 389
Users Access 140, 143, 184 VMPro TTS 62
Giving 142 VMPro User Log 83
Users Button Access VMPRO.arf
Giving 140 Copy 392
users including users 148 IMS Admin Tool 392
Users Owners 174 VMPro/IMS
User's PC 344, 345, 360, 372, 373 NAME 389

Index
VMProDBService 357, 397 Features 11
VMProIMSPC/IMSClient 372 System Overview 7
VMS API 84, 384 Voicemail Pro 1.2.6 227, 249
VmsNotifyTracing 84, 384 Voicemail Pro 1.4 173
Voice Mail 210, 232, 281 VoiceMail Pro 4.0. 39, 378
Voice Mailboxes 294, 377 Voicemail Pro Actions 244, 290
Associating 359 Voicemail Pro Administrators 125, 126, 127, 191, 195
Voice Messaging 59 Voicemail Pro attempting 394
Voice Question 156, 203, 232, 240 Voicemail Pro below version 3.2 38
add 223 Voicemail Pro Call Flow 190
preceding 212 Initialize 358
Voice Question Action 203, 223, 232, 240 Start 33, 79
Voice Recording Voicemail Pro Campaign Web Component
Select 163, 166 install 352
Voice Recording Administrators 160 Voicemail Pro CD
Voice Recording Library 21, 158, 160, 163, 166, 221 contains 38, 378
Voiced Names Insert 38, 378
Dynamic 410 Voicemail Pro Client 117, 125, 127, 128, 145, 159, 190,
Voicemail 191, 352, 358
Email settings 54 change 97
Voicemail Callback 183, 184 Close 38, 124, 193, 378
Voicemail Channel Reservations 90, 95 run 122, 123
Voicemail Code 90, 91, 93, 139, 140, 142, 143, 147, 148, Start 38, 40, 122, 160, 378
150, 184, 206, 326, 328 use 98
Add 96 Voicemail Pro Client Server 125
voicemail code For 139 Voicemail Pro Client window 122
Voicemail Collect 96, 131, 132, 133, 137, 139, 140, 142, parts 191
150, 181, 259, 327, 328 Voicemail Pro Database Operation 316
Voicemail Collect Button 139, 140 Voicemail Pro detects 112
Voicemail Console 81 Voicemail Pro Dial 225, 234, 410
Voicemail Destination Voicemail Pro Dial Plan 410
Leave 90 Voicemail Pro file 194
Set 60 Voicemail Pro GUI
Voicemail Domain Account Start 38, 378
Creating 42 Voicemail Pro housekeeping 102
Voicemail Email 61, 66, 90, 91, 147, 281, 349 Voicemail Pro Installation 62, 330, 346
MAPI 101 Voicemail Pro installation includes 62
Voicemail Email Mode Voicemail Pro installation including VPNM 346
Select 91, 147 Voicemail Pro involves 113
Voicemail Email Reading 66, 91 Voicemail Pro Licenses 59
voicemail functions Voicemail Pro Login window 122, 123
call 195 Voicemail Pro Module 131, 134, 137, 181
Voicemail Help 90, 91, 147 Access 133
Voicemail IP Address 90 Voicemail Pro Networked Messaging 111, 145
Voicemail Lite 59, 91, 93, 96, 135, 144, 147, 190, 281 Voicemail Pro PC 410
close 40 Voicemail Pro programming 190
Voicemail 40 Voicemail Pro SelfSelect 137
Voicemail Pro 38, 40 Voicemail Pro Server 58, 59, 60, 61, 90, 103, 109, 119,
Voicemail Lite Folders 124, 125, 126, 128, 144, 159, 164, 170, 174, 190, 191,
Move 40 207, 208, 220, 221, 245, 344, 346, 351, 352, 359, 381,
Voicemail Lite Installation Manual 96, 147 392, 394, 396, 408, 413
Voicemail Lite Manual 91 change 97
Voicemail Lite/Pro 90 connect 122, 358
Voicemail Mailbox 66, 98, 112, 114, 337, 352, 359, 372 Upgrading 378
Voicemail Message 91, 147, 183, 184, 342, 374, 377, 395 Voicemail Pro server during 174
Voicemail Node 133, 135, 195, 198 Voicemail Pro Server PC 90, 207, 208, 344, 392, 413
Voicemail On 90 Voicemail Pro Service 39, 101, 352, 357, 388, 397, 413
unchecking 91 Locate 81
un-checking 147 set 81
Voicemail Outcalling 183 Voicemail Pro SMTP Settings
Voicemail Password Check 413
match 98 Voicemail Pro Software 40, 61, 347, 348, 349, 352, 392
voicemail PC 389 Voicemail Pro Start Points 131, 134, 135
voicemail PIN Voicemail Pro System Fax Number 118
prompted 135 Setting 114
VoiceMail Pro Voicemail Pro System Variables 62, 236

Voicemail Pro TTS 61, 63 VPNM Setup
Voicemail Pro TTY Testing 408
Installing 174 VPNM Support 402
Voicemail Pro User Log 83 VPNMreceiver Service 408
Voicemail Pro Wave Editor VRL 98, 158, 160, 163, 166, 221
starts 207, 208 VRL application 160, 163, 166
Voicemail Pro window 98, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 127, VRL Record Length 98, 160
129, 187, 198 W
Voicemail Pro/IMS 389
Waiting Indication 90, 93, 146, 148
IMS 372
Waiting Indicators Not Clearing 397
Voicemail Pro/IMS Server 372, 389
WAN 122, 130
Voicemail Professional Server 81
Warning
Voicemail provides
Send Message 410
number 146, 151
wav As String 308, 309
Voicemail Reception 90, 94, 197, 220, 221, 281
Wav Editor 255
voicemail ringback 93, 132, 144, 148, 183
Web Browser 335, 337
Check 91
Web Campaign Component 330, 337
Voicemail Ringback Number 93
Web Campaigns 330, 352
voicemail ringback on/off 144
Using 337
voicemail rings
Web Server 337
user 195
Select 352
Voicemail running 90
Web Sites 113
Voicemail Server Directory 100
websites 63
Voicemail Server PC 59, 225, 226, 242, 346
Wed 413
Identifying 90
Week Planner 260, 261, 266
Voicemail Server Speech Directory 100
add 265
voicemail service 33, 79
Week Planner icon 265
Voicemail System 100, 154, 395
Week Planner window 265
Voicemail System Files 100
Welcome window 352
Voicemail Telephone Numbers 135
Whisper 197, 203, 232
Voicemail Transfer 94, 268
Whisper Action 197, 203, 232
Voicemail Trusted Source Access 93
wildcard 228
Voicemail Type 90
Window 2003 346, 361, 395
Line 58
Window menu 388
Set 58, 60
Windows 2000 81, 346, 361, 383
Voicemail User Account 66
Windows 2000 PC
Create 46
DCOM Settings 361
voicemail works 146
Windows 2000 Server 346, 361
voicemail/emails 389
Windows 2000 Server grant 361
voicemail/user 349
Windows 2003 PC's 361
Voicemail_Pro” 396
Windows 2003 Server 346
VoicemailCollect 135
Windows 2003 SP1 361
VoicemailPro” 396
Windows 2003 SP1 PCs 361
Voicemails 342, 343
Windows 64-bit 346
VoIP 58, 59, 60
Windows application 122
VoIP Settings
Windows Automatic Update 395
View 60
Windows DataCenter 346
Volume - Change 63
Windows Explorer 40
VPIM 410
Windows Firewall 373, 374, 389
VPIM Machine Administration 410
Windows Messaging 389
VPIM System
Windows SBC 346
Avaya Interchange Release 5.4 Adding 410
Windows Server 2003 361
VPN 60
Windows Servers 360, 361, 383
VPNM 97, 111, 145, 400, 410
Windows Settings 361
add 105, 405
Windows TTS 63
delete 105, 405
Windows Update Causes 395
including 346
Windows Update Causes Voicemail Pro
incoming 413
Stop 395
Select 105, 405
Windows Updates 395
test 408
Windows XP 361, 395
VPNM Database Service 413
Windows XP Pro SP2 361
VPNM Port Field 410
Windows XP Professional 395
VPNM Preferences 408
Windows XP Service Pack 361
VPNM Receiver 413
Windows XP SP1 361
VPNM Requirements 401
windowstemp 392
VPNM Server 413
WINNT/SYSTEM32 388

Index
winnt/temp 392
Within Voicemail Pro 180, 255, 291, 316
Wizard 38, 40, 251, 331, 378
Wordpad 84, 384
Work 104, 113, 187, 190, 193, 352
Work Group Member
Email 46
Workstation 122, 372, 374, 383
www.microsoft.com/speech/download/sdk51 61
www.support.avaya.com 410
X
XML 62
closing 63
opening 63
XML Tags
Entering 63
XP 81, 345, 360, 361
XP Pro 345, 360
DCOM Settings 361
XP Pro SP2
DCOM Settings 361
Y
YEAR/MONTH/DAY HOUR 307
Yes - Select 123
Your call 132, 268, 281
Your estimated 156
Your Network 410
Your Password 268
Changing 130

Performance figures and data quoted in this document are typical, and must be
specifically confirmed in writing by Avaya before they become applicable to any
particular order or contract. The company reserves the right to make alterations
or amendments to the detailed specifications at its discretion. The publication of
information in this document does not imply freedom from patent or other
protective rights of Avaya or others.
Intellectual property related to this product (including trademarks) and registered

to Lucent Technologies have been transferred or licensed to Avaya.
All trademarks identified by the ® or ™ are registered trademarks or trademarks,

respectively, of Avaya Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners.
This document contains proprietary information of Avaya and is not to be

disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Any comments or suggestions regarding this document should be sent to

"wgctechpubs@avaya.com".
© 2008 Avaya Inc. All rights reserved.

Avaya
Unit 1, Sterling Court
15 - 21 Mundells
Welwyn Garden City
Hertfordshire
AL7 1LZ
England.
Tel: +44 (0) 1707 392200

Fax: +44 (0) 1707 376933
Web: http://www.avaya.com/ipoffice/knowledgebase


Voicemail Pro Installation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Voicemail Pro Installation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Voicemail Pro Installation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IP Office

15-601063 Issue 20b - (11 July 2008)

Avaya Fraud Intervention

Voicemail Pro Page 2

Voicemail Pro Page 3

Voicemail Pro Page 4

Voicemail Pro Page 5

· IP Office Control Unit

· Voicemail Pro Server

· Voicemail Pro Client

Voicemail Pro Page 7

· Integrated Messaging Systems (IMS)

Voicemail Pro Page 8

1.1 What is New

Voicemail Pro 4.2

· Web Voicemail Service 71

· Test Variable Action 249

· Menu Action Invalid Input Handling 216

· License and Service Status Display

· System Variable Length Increase 255

Voicemail Pro Page 9

· Windows Vista Support 17

· Automatic Recording Mailbox for Hunt Groups 166

· Automatic Recording Mailbox for Account Codes 166

· Call Data Tagging on Transfer Actions 231

· Call Transfer Announcements 231

· LIFO/FIFO Mailbox Operation 102

· Time in Queue and Time on System Variables 255

· Castelle Fax Server Support 119

· Hunt Group/Account Code Call Recording Destination 166

· $DDI System variable for DDI Numbers 255

· Variable Routing (replaces the CLI Routing Action) 228

Voicemail Pro 4.0

· Personal & Hunt Group Announcements 171

· Automatic Recording 165

Voicemail Pro Page 10

1.2 Features of Voicemail Pro

Feature Embedded Voicemail Voicemail

Integration with Phone Manager Pro.

*Added in IP Office 4.2.

Voicemail Pro Page 11

Voicemail Pro server prompts can be installed in the following languages:

Brazilian Portuguese: ptb > pt > en. Greek: el > en.

Voicemail Pro Page 12

1.4 Number of Simultaneous Voicemail Users

IP Office Maximum for Maximum for

Small Office Edition 4 10

· Voicemail Pro Licenses

· The Voicemail Pro license enables 4 ports.

Voicemail Pro Page 13

Voicemail Pro Page 15

· Small Office Edition.

2.1 General Installation Requirements

· For IP500 systems an Upgrade Standard to Professional license.

· The IP Office Voicemail Pro CD.

Voicemail Pro Page 16

CD IP Office Voicemail Pro 4.2 CD's (700459357)

· Text to Speech (TTS)

· UMS Web Voicemail